Service Manual

SERVICE MANUAL
A4 Monochrome Laser Printer
EPSON EPL-N3000 AcuLaser M4000N
Confidential
SEPG03004
Notice:
The purpose of this manual is to provide the product knowledge and the technical information required for repair or maintenance of EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N.
All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION. The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice. All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual. However, should any errors be detected, SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being informed of them. The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences thereof. EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION.
General Notice:
Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners. EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks.
Copyright SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION 2008. Imaging Products CS, PL & Environmental Management
Confidential
PRECAUTIONS
Precautionary notations throughout the text are categorized relative to 1)Personal injury and 2) damage to equipment. DANGER WARNING Signals a precaution which, if ignored, could result in serious or fatal personal injury. Great caution should be exercised in performing procedures preceded by DANGER Headings. Signals a precaution which, if ignored, could result in damage to equipment.
The precautionary measures itemized below should always be observed when performing repair/maintenance procedures.
DANGER
1. ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE PRODUCT FROM THE POWER SOURCE AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR PROCEDURES. 2. NO WORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON THE UNIT BY PERSONS UNFAMILIAR WITH BASIC SAFETY MEASURES AS DICTATED FOR ALL ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS IN THEIR LINE OF WORK. 3. WHEN PERFORMING TESTING AS DICTATED WITHIN THIS MANUAL, DO NOT CONNECT THE UNIT TO A POWER SOURCE UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO. WHEN THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE MUST BE CONNECTED, USE EXTREME CAUTION IN WORKING ON POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS. 4. WHEN DISASSEMBLING OR ASSEMBLING THE PRODUCT, MAKE SURE TO WEAR GLOVES TO AVOID INJURY FROM METAL PARTS WITH SHARP EDGES.
WARNING
1. REPAIRS ON EPSON PRODUCT SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY AN EPSON CERTIFIED REPAIR TECHNICIAN. 2. MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE SOURCE VOLTAGES IS THE SAME AS THE RATED VOLTAGE, LISTED ON THE SERIAL NUMBER/RATING PLATE. IF THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS A PRIMARY AC RATING DIFFERENT FROM AVAILABLE POWER SOURCE, DO NOT CONNECT IT TO THE POWER SOURCE. 3. ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED FROM THE POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING OR REPLACING PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS AND/OR INDIVIDUAL CHIPS. 4. IN ORDER TO PROTECT SENSITIVE MICROPROCESSORS AND CIRCUITRY, USE STATIC DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS ANTISTATIC WRIST STRAPS, WHEN ACCESSING INTERNAL COMPONENTS. 5. REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS ONLY WITH THOSE COMPONENTS BY THE MANUFACTURE; INTRODUCTION OF SECOND-SOURCE ICs OR OTHER NON-APPROVED COMPONENTS MAY DAMAGE THE PRODUCT AND VOID ANY APPLICABLE EPSON WARRANTY. 6. WHEN AIR DUSTRE IS USED ON THE REPAIR AND THE MAINTENANCE WORK, THE USE OF THE AIR DUSTER PRODUCTS CONTAINING THE INFLAMMABLE GAS IS PROHIBITED. Confidential
About This Manual

This manual describes basic functions, theory of electrical and mechanical operations, maintenance and repair procedures of the printer. The instructions and procedures included herein are intended for the experienced repair technicians, and attention should be given to the precautions on the preceding page.
Manual Configuration
This manual consists of six chapters and Appendix. CHAPTER 1.PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS Provides a general overview and specifications of the product. CHAPTER 2.OPERATING PRINCIPLES Describes the theory of electrical and mechanical operations of the product. CHAPTER 3.TROUBLESHOOTING Describes the step-by-step procedures for the troubleshooting. CHAPTER 4.DISASSEMBLY / ASSEMBLY Describes the step-by-step procedures for disassembling and assembling the product. CHAPTER 5.ADJUSTMENT Provides Epson-approved methods for adjustment. CHAPTER 6.MAINTENANCE Provides preventive maintenance procedures and the lists of Epson-approved lubricants and adhesives required for servicing the product. APPENDIX Provides the following additional information for reference: Connectors Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Control Panel Special Operations Firmware Update Information Sheet Exploded Diagrams ASP List (Parts List)
Symbols Used in this Manual

Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide additional information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger present during a procedure or an action. Be aware of all symbols when they are used, and always read NOTE, CAUTION, or WARNING messages. Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition that is necessary to keep the products quality.
Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, or condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to, or destruction of, equipment.
May indicate an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition that is necessary to accomplish a task efficiently. It may also provide additional information that is related to a specific subject, or comment on the results achieved through a previous action. Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure, practice or condition that, if not strictly observed, could result in injury or loss of life.
Confidential
Abbreviation
This manual uses original abbreviations, in addition to general abbreviations. Typical abbreviations are as follows: AG ............................................... Analog Ground ASSY ....................................................Assembly B/W............................................ Black and White BCR .......................................... Bias Charge Roll Bk ............................................................... Black BTR .........................................Bias Transfer Roll BUR ................................................ Back Up Roll CCW .................................... Counter Clock Wise CRU......................... Customer Replaceable Unit CRUM............................................. CRU Monitor CST ....................................................... Cassette CW..................................................... Clock Wise DIAG................................................... Diagnostic dpi....................................................dots per inch DTS .................................................. Detack Saw ELEC. ...................................................... Electric EP......................................... Electrophotography FDR ..........................................................Feeder FG.................................................Frame Ground GND......................................................... Ground H/R ....................................................... Heat Roll Hex ................................................. Hexadecimal HVPS....................... High Voltage Power Supply I/F .......................................................... Interface I/L............................................................Interlock ID ...................... Image Density (or Identification) L..................................................................... Left L/H ........................................................Left Hand L/P ...................................................... Low Paper LD .....................................................Laser Diode LEF ............................................Long Edge Feed LVPS ........................ Low Voltage Power Supply MAG. ..................................................... Magnetic MCU ................................... Machine Control Unit MOT. .......................................................... Motor N/P ....................................................... No Paper NVM ................................... Non Volatile Memory OCT......................................... Offset Catch Tray OHP ..................................... Overhead Projector (In this manual, OHP means OHP film) OPT..................................... Optional Paper Tray P/H ..............................................Paper Handling P/R ................................................. Pressure Roll Pixel .................................................. Picture Cell PPM ......................................... Prints Per Minute PV ................................................... Print Volume PWB ................................... Printed Wiring Board R.................................................................. Right R/H .....................................................Right Hand REGI. ............................................... Registration ROS ................................Raster Output Scanner RTN...........................................................Return SEF .......................................... Short Edge Feed SG .................................................Signal Ground SNR.......................................................... Sensor SOL. .......................................................Solenoid SOS................................................ Start Of Scan SPI .............................................. Scans Per Inch SSI ..................................... Single Sheet Inserter SW ............................................................ Switch TEMP. ............................................. Temperature TR .......................................................... Transfer TRANS. ................................................ Transport XERO. .............................................. Xerographic
Confidential
Safety Information
To prevent accidents during a maintenance procedure, strictly observe the Warnings and Cautions and never depart from the instructions given in this document. Do not do anything that is dangerous even if not specifically described in this manual. In addition to the descriptions below and those given in this manual, there are many situations and circumstances that are dangerous. Be aware of these when you are working with the printer.
Power Supply
Before starting any service procedure, switch off the printer power and unplug the power cord from the wall outlet. If you must service the printer when the power is applied, be aware of the potential for electrical shock and do all tasks by following the procedures in this manual.
W A R N IN G
Mechanical Components
If you service a driving assembly (e.g., gears), first turn off the power and unplug the power cord. Then manually rotate the assembly. Do not touch the driving part (e.g., gears) while the assembly (printer) is being driven.
Do not touch any live part unless you are instructed to do so by a service procedure. The power supply switch/inlet part is live even when the power switch has been turned off. Do not touch any live part.
W A R N IN G
JG0102AA
Confidential
Laser Beam
This printer incorporates the laser radiation unit (ROS ASSY) of Class IIIb as specified in IEC60825-1.
ROS ASSY Warning Label
Maximum average electric power: 10 mW Wavelength:

770 ~ 790 nm
To prevent the laser radiation unit from emitting the laser beam unexpectedly, this printer is equipped with a switch (INTERLOCK S/W 5V) which physically cuts off the power to the laser beam output circuit. The interlock switch turns off the printer when the top cover is opened.
W A R N IN G
Take great care not to expose your naked eyes to the laser Never turn on the interlock switch forcibly without turning it
beam; otherwise, you can lose your eyesight. on by normal operation; otherwise, a laser beam can be emitted unexpectedly during a maintenance operation. Never disassemble any part or open any cover to which a warning label about laser beam is affixed. If you disassemble or assemble the printer, turn off the power. If you need to work on the printer with power applied, strictly follow the instructions in this manual. Understand how the laser beam functions and take maximum precautions not to injure yourself or anyone around you.
JG0104EA
C H E C K P O IN T
The laser beam has a narrower frequency band and more
coherent phases than any other light (sunlight, electric light). The beam has excellent monochromaticity and convergence, thus it reaches long distances. Because of these characteristics, the laser beam converges into one point, causing high density and high temperature. Therefore, a laser beam is harmful to the human body. The laser beam in this printer is invisible.
Confidential
High Temperature Assembly

To prevent you from becoming injured or burned, do the following: Before working with a high temperature assembly (e.g., FUSER ASSY), be sure to turn off the power, unplug the power cord and wait until it cools down adequately.
C A U T IO N
Ozone
Because of the printing principle of laser printers, this machine emits a very small amount of ozone in the process of printing. (The exhaust air may smell of ozone.) This printer generates only a very small amount of ozone that never exceeds the safety permissible value (0.1 ppm / 0.2 mg/m3) in the normal work environment. Avoid operating the printer under any of the following conditions:
The high temperature assembly is very hot immediately after any printer operation. Wait at least 40 minutes, until the printer cools down adequately.
Any ambient conditions other than specified for use of this printer Use of two or more laser printers in a small room Use in a place where sufficient ventilation is not available Especially, continuous operation for an extended period of time under any of the
above-mentioned conditions
FUSER ASSY
Warning Label
JG0105EA
Confidential
Warning/Caution Labels
Warning labels and caution labels are affixed to this printer for accident prevention.
C H E C K P O IN T
Parts
To prevent you from becoming injured, keep the following in mind:
In maintenance work, check that the labels are free from peeling and soiling.
Take due care in handling the printer, which is very heavy (main unit: 19.5 kg). Be careful not to injure yourself with the sharp edges of the parts. Do not work with wet or oily hands-you may drop a part or injure yourself. Dry
your hands first.
Laser Product Identification Marking

This printer is a Class 1 laser product as specified in IEC60825-1. For identification, a label as shown below is affixed to the printer body.
When pulling out a part (including a harness), do not use too much force. Pull out
the part carefully and slowly step by step.
Consumables
Understand the following explanation and handle the consumables carefully.
Some parts may cause a particulate explosion or fire if handled improperly. Do not
handle these parts near fire or throw into a fire.
Some materials, especially toner, may cause bodily injury. Do not swallow or Warning Label About Laser Beam
Stuck on the top of the laser beam emitting unit (ROS ASSY) to warn the maintenance personnel of danger of exposure to the laser beam. inhale such materials or allow them to come in contact with the eyes. Help to protect those around you and follow the prohibitions against swallowing or inhaling such materials. Be careful to protect the eyes at all times. Place a sheet inside or under the printer so that the floor or workbench is protected.
If the Developer or Fuser Oil gets on your clothing, dry it with a cloth and wash
with clean water.
Improper Printer Use

Modifying, revising, tampering with the printer, especially to the safety mechanism, is strictly prohibited in all circumstances.
Caution Label About High-temperature Surface

Stuck on the side front wall of the FUSER ASSY, which becomes hot, in order to warn the user of danger of suffering a burn.
Confidential
EPL-N3000
<SWITCH DUPLEX>
<SW REAR COVER>
Option 550 Feeder <ROS ASSY> LDD <INTERLOCK S/W 5V> <PWBA FEEDER550> <PWBA FEEDER550> <PWBA DUPLEX> <PWBA OCT>
Safety System Outline Diagram
Option 550 Feeder
Option Duplex
Option OCT
<Interlock S/W 5VR> <SWITCH I/L ASSY> <Interlock S/W Front R> <FUSER ASSY>
TEMP.
HVPS Circuit
INTERLOCK BEF
<HVPS/MCU>
<MAIN MOTOR>
24VDC AFT
24VDC AFT
POWER SWITCH
(Feed Back) Out Put Control Primary Control
24VDC AFT
The following diagram shows outline of the safety system of this printer. For names and other details of signal lines, refer to Appendix (p.405).
Heater Rod Short
/HEAT ON Short /HEAT ON Long
Heater Rod Long
<INTERLOCK S/W 24V>
<INTERLOCK S/W REAR>
<PWBA EXIT MOTOR>
A,B,/A,/B, 24VDC AFT
<MOTOR ASSY EXIT>
FAN ALARM
Transformer
<FAN MAIN> <FAN SUB>
Confidential
JG6126EA
FAN ALARM
<FAN MAIN> <SWITCH DUPLEX>
AcuLaser M4000N
<SW REAR COVER>

<FAN SUB>
Option 550 Feeder <PWBA FEEDER550> <PWBA FEEDER550> <PWBA DUPLEX> <PWBA OCT>
Option 550 Feeder
Option Duplex
Option OCT
FAN MAIN ALARM FAN SUB ALARM
SCANNER MOTOR ON, SCANNER MOTOR CLOCK
<ROS ASSY> <HVPS/MCU> LDD SCANNER MOTOR Control
FAN Control
<INTERLOCK S/W 5V L> HVPS Circuit MAIN MOTOR Control Power Save Control EXIT MOTOR Control
<FUSER ASSY>
CRU A,CRU B,INA,INB /INA,/INB
24VDC AFT
24VDC AFT
24VDC AFT
Low Voltage Generation POWER SWITCH
24VDC AFT
Heater Rod Short
/HEAT ON Short /HEAT ON Long POWER SAVE 1 POWER SAVE 2
MAIN MOTOR ON MAIN MOTOR ALM
Heater Rod Long
<INTERLOCK S/W 24V>
<INTERLOCK S/W REAR>
<MAIN MOTOR>
<PWBA EXIT MOTOR>
A,B,/A,/B, 24VDC AFT
<MOTOR ASSY EXIT>
J26126EA
Confidential
Revision Status
Revision Date of Issue Description
A B C
Oct 31, 2003 Nov 21, 2003 Feb 29, 2008
First Release Full-fledged revision Revised Contents: [All chapters] Information on AcuLaser M4000N has been added.
Confidential
EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N
Revision C
Contents
Chapter 1 Product Description
1.1 Product Specifications ...................................................................................... 1.1.1 Basic Specifications .................................................................................. 1.1.2 Paper Specifications .................................................................................. 1.1.3 Replacement Parts .................................................................................... 1.1.4 Controller Specifications .......................................................................... 20 20 25 28 29 2.5.10 DUPLEX ................................................................................................ 56 2.5.11 OCT ....................................................................................................... 57 2.6 Control ............................................................................................................... 2.6.1 Paper Size Control .................................................................................... 2.6.2 ROS Control ............................................................................................ 2.6.3 Fuser Control ............................................................................................ 59 59 59 60
1.2 List of Printer Messages ................................................................................... 30
2.7 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry ..................................................... 61 2.7.1 Operation Overview of the Main Control Circuit Board .......................... 61
Chapter 2 Operating Principles

2.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 34 2.1.1 Overview of the Electrophotographic Printing ......................................... 34 2.2 Print Data Flow ................................................................................................. 37 2.3 Driving Force Trasmission Route ................................................................... 2.3.1 Main Unit .................................................................................................. 2.3.2 OPTION FEEDER .................................................................................... 2.3.3 Duplex Unit .............................................................................................. 2.3.4 OCT .......................................................................................................... 38 38 41 42 42
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
3.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 3.1.1 Specified Tools ......................................................................................... 3.1.2 Procedure for Troubleshooting ................................................................. 3.1.3 Preliminary Checks ................................................................................... 3.1.4 Precautions in Performing Work .............................................................. 3.1.5 Notes on Troubleshooting ........................................................................ 3.1.6 Mechanical Controller Test Printing Function ......................................... 3.1.7 Details of Error Messages and Solutions .................................................. 3.1.8 Service Call Errors .................................................................................... 3.2 Troubleshooting When There is Error Display ............................................. 3.2.1 NVRAM Error ......................................................................................... 3.2.2 ROS Error ................................................................................................. 3.2.3 Fuser Error ................................................................................................ 3.2.4 FAN Error ................................................................................................. 3.2.5 Main Motor Error ..................................................................................... 3.2.6 Engine communication error (AcuLaser M4000N only) ......................... 3.2.7 Cover Error ............................................................................................... 3.2.8 Paper Jam/Regi to Fuser ........................................................................... 3.2.9 Paper Jam/Exit .......................................................................................... 3.2.10 Paper Jam/Tray to Regi .......................................................................... 3.2.11 Paper Jam/Misfeed ................................................................................. 64 64 64 65 65 66 67 68 70 72 73 73 73 74 75 75 76 76 78 79 81
2.4 Paper Transport ............................................................................................... 43 2.4.1 Paper Feeding Route ................................................................................. 43 2.4.2 Paper Feeding Route Layout .................................................................... 44 2.5 Functions of Major Components .................................................................... 2.5.1 Various Sensors ........................................................................................ 2.5.2 PAPER CASSETTE ................................................................................. 2.5.3 PAPER FEEDER ...................................................................................... 2.5.4 XERO ....................................................................................................... 2.5.5 FUSER ...................................................................................................... 2.5.6 500 PAPER EXIT & FACE UP TRAY ................................................... 2.5.7 DRIVE ...................................................................................................... 2.5.8 ELECTRICAL .......................................................................................... 2.5.9 OPTION FEEDER .................................................................................... 45 45 46 48 49 51 52 53 54 55
13 Confidential

3.2.12 Imaging Cartridge ................................................................................... 82 3.2.13 Paper Size Error ...................................................................................... 83 3.2.14 No Tray/Tray 1, 2 ................................................................................... 83 3.2.15 Paper Out/Tray 1,2 .................................................................................. 84 3.2.16 Tray Paper Low/Tray 2 ........................................................................... 85 3.2.17 Drum Life ............................................................................................... 85 3.2.18 Fuser Life ................................................................................................ 86 3.2.19 Maintenance unit Life (AcuLaser M4000N only) .................................. 86 3.2.20 No Tray/Tray 3, 4 ................................................................................... 87 3.2.21 Paper Out/Tray 3, 4 ................................................................................. 87 3.2.22 Only Little Paper in Tray/Tray 3, 4 ........................................................ 88 3.2.23 No Recognition of Option 550 Paper Feeder ......................................... 89 3.2.24 Option Duplex Cover Error .................................................................... 90 3.2.25 Option Duplex Error ............................................................................... 90 3.2.26 Paper Jam/Exit to Dup ............................................................................ 91 3.2.27 Paper Jam/Dup to Regi ........................................................................... 92 3.2.28 Paper Jam/Duplex Misfeed ..................................................................... 92 3.2.29 Paper Size Error/Duplex ......................................................................... 93 3.2.30 No Recognition of Option Duplex .......................................................... 93 3.2.31 Option OCT Cover Error ........................................................................ 94 3.2.32 Option OCT Error ................................................................................... 94 3.2.33 Paper Jam/Exit to OCT ........................................................................... 95 3.2.34 Paper Jam/OCT ....................................................................................... 96 3.2.35 Paper Size Error/OCT ............................................................................. 97 3.2.36 Full Stack Error/OCT ............................................................................. 97 3.2.37 No Recognition of Option OCT ............................................................. 98 3.2.38 Engine Communication Error ................................................................. 98 3.2.39 CPU Error ............................................................................................... 99 3.2.40 Standard RAM Error ............................................................................... 99 3.2.41 RAM Error (Slot 0) ............................................................................... 100 3.2.42 ROM Checksum Error (Font) ............................................................... 100 3.2.43 ROM Checksum Error (Program) ........................................................ 101 3.2.44 Option ROM Error ................................................................................ 101 3.2.45 EEPROM Error ..................................................................................... 102 3.2.46 Engine Initialization Error .................................................................... 102 3.2.47 Other Hardware Error ........................................................................... 103 3.2.48 Software Error ...................................................................................... 103 3.3 Troubleshooting for Faulty Operation ......................................................... 104 3.3.1 Power Does Not Turn ON ...................................................................... 104 3.3.2 LCD/LED Malfunction ........................................................................... 107
Revision C
3.3.3 Keypad Operation Impossible ................................................................ 3.3.4 Other Printer Operation Fault ................................................................. 3.3.5 Face Up Tray Error ................................................................................. 3.3.6 Full Stack Error/500 Paper Exit .............................................................. 3.4 Troubleshooting for Individual Units ........................................................... 3.4.1 LVPS ...................................................................................................... 3.4.2 MAIN MOTOR ...................................................................................... 3.4.3 ROS ASSY ............................................................................................. 3.4.4 FUSER ASSY ......................................................................................... 3.4.5 SENSOR REGI ....................................................................................... 3.4.6 SENSOR NO PAPER ............................................................................. 3.4.7 INTERLOCK S/W 24V .......................................................................... 3.4.8 INTERLOCK S/W 5V, SWITCH I/L ASSY (HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK4) ....................................................................................... 3.4.9 INTERLOCK S/W REAR ...................................................................... 3.4.10 SWITCH I/L ASSY (INTERLOCK S/W FRONT R) .......................... 3.4.11 PWBA EXIT MOTOR ......................................................................... 3.4.12 MOTOR ASSY EXIT .......................................................................... 3.4.13 CLUTCH REGI .................................................................................... 3.4.14 CLUTCH ASSY PH ............................................................................. 3.4.15 GUIDE TRAY LEFT ........................................................................... 3.4.16 HVPS/MCU .......................................................................................... 3.4.17 Electrical Noise ..................................................................................... 3.4.18 MOTOR ASSY EXIT .......................................................................... 3.4.19 SENSOR FACE UP OPEN .................................................................. 3.4.20 SENSOR FULL STACK ...................................................................... 3.4.21 PWBA FEEDER 550 ............................................................................ 3.4.22 PWBA FEEDER 550 ............................................................................ 3.4.23 SENSOR NO PAPER ........................................................................... 3.4.24 SENSOR LOW PAPER ....................................................................... 3.4.25 OPT ASSY SIZE .................................................................................. 3.4.26 CLUTCH ASSY PH ............................................................................. 3.4.27 CLUTCH PR-REGI .............................................................................. 3.4.28 PWBA DUPLEX .................................................................................. 3.4.29 MOTOR DUPLEX ............................................................................... 3.4.30 SENSOR DUP ...................................................................................... 3.4.31 SWITCH DUPLEX .............................................................................. 3.4.32 PWBA OCT .......................................................................................... 3.4.33 MOTOR ASSY OCT ............................................................................ 3.4.34 MOTOR ASSY OFFSET ..................................................................... 107 108 108 109 110 111 112 113 115 117 118 119 120 121 121 122 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 129 130 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 136 137 138 139 139 140
14 Confidential

3.4.35 SOLENOID ASSY GATE ................................................................... 3.4.36 S/W REAR COVER ............................................................................. 3.4.37 SENSOR OCT ...................................................................................... 3.4.38 Sensor Full Stack (on PWBA OCT) ..................................................... 3.4.39 Sensor Offset (on PWBA OCT) ........................................................... 3.5 Picture Image Trouble ................................................................................... 3.5.1 Overview ................................................................................................. 3.5.2 Too Light Print (Weak Gradation) ......................................................... 3.5.3 Blank Print .............................................................................................. 3.5.4 Solid Black .............................................................................................. 3.5.5 White or Light Bands (parallel with paper transport) ............................. 3.5.6 White or Light Bands (perpendicular to paper transport) ....................... 3.5.7 Black Stripes (parallel with paper transport) .......................................... 3.5.8 Black Stripes (perpendicular to paper transport) .................................... 3.5.9 Image Partial Missing (White Spots) ...................................................... 3.5.10 Black Spots ........................................................................................... 3.5.11 Ghost Image .......................................................................................... 3.5.12 Fog ........................................................................................................ 3.5.13 Skew ..................................................................................................... 3.5.14 Damaged Paper (Wrinkling) ................................................................. 3.5.15 Bad Fusing ............................................................................................ 140 141 142 143 143 144 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
Revision C
Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly

4.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 161 4.1.1 Precautions .............................................................................................. 161 4.1.2 Precautions in Performing Work ............................................................ 162 4.1.3 Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure ............................................... 163 4.1.4 Difference between EPL-N3000 and AcuLaser M4000N in Disassembly/ Assembly ................................................................................................. 164 4.2 Cover ................................................................................................................ 4.2.1 COVER REAR ....................................................................................... 4.2.2 COVER RIGHT ..................................................................................... 4.2.3 COVER LEFT ........................................................................................ 4.2.4 COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL ....................................................... 4.2.5 COVER FRONT ..................................................................................... 4.2.6 SWITCH I/L ASSY ................................................................................ 4.3 150 Paper Cassette .......................................................................................... 4.3.1 ROLL ASSY RETARD .......................................................................... 4.3.2 RACK SIZE ............................................................................................ 4.3.3 GEAR SECTOR ..................................................................................... 4.3.4 GUIDE ASSY END 150 ........................................................................ 4.3.5 PLATE ASSY BTM ............................................................................... 4.3.6 GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK ....................................... 4.3.7 HANDLE EXTENTION 150 ................................................................. 4.4 550 Paper Cassette .......................................................................................... 4.4.1 ROLL ASSY RETARD .......................................................................... 4.4.2 RACK SIZE ............................................................................................ 4.4.3 GEAR SECTOR ..................................................................................... 4.4.4 GUIDE ASSY END 550 ........................................................................ 4.4.5 PLATE ASSY BTM ............................................................................... 4.4.6 GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK ....................................... 4.4.7 HANDLE EXTENSION 550 ................................................................. 4.4.8 GUIDE INDICATOR 3 .......................................................................... 4.4.9 GUIDE INDICATOR 2 .......................................................................... 4.4.10 LOW IND FRONT ............................................................................... 4.5 150 Paper Feeder ............................................................................................ 4.5.1 150 FEEDER ASSY ............................................................................... 4.5.2 ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED ...................................... 4.5.3 CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER ............................................................ 4.5.4 ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER ............................................................. 167 167 168 169 170 172 173 175 175 177 181 183 185 188 190 191 191 192 196 198 200 203 206 207 208 210 211 211 213 214 215
15 Confidential

4.5.5 ROLL REGI RUBBER ........................................................................... 4.5.6 CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI ................................................... 4.5.7 SENSOR REGI ....................................................................................... 4.5.8 SENSOR NO PAPER ............................................................................. 4.5.9 ACTUATOR NO PAPER ...................................................................... 4.6 550 Paper Feeder ............................................................................................ 4.6.1 550 FEEDER ASSY ............................................................................... 4.6.2 ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED ...................................... 4.6.3 CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER ............................................................ 4.6.4 ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER ............................................................. 4.6.5 CLUTCH ASSY PH ............................................................................... 4.6.6 SENSOR NO PAPER ............................................................................. 4.6.7 GUIDE TRAY RIGHT ........................................................................... 4.6.8 GUIDE TRAY LEFT ............................................................................. 4.6.9 ACTUATOR NO PAPER ...................................................................... 217 219 221 222 223 224 224 226 227 228 230 232 234 236 238
Revision C
4.8.10 ROLL FU .............................................................................................. 4.8.11 LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE, LEVER GATE FU ................................................................................... 4.8.12 LEVER LATCH LEFT, SPRING LATCH FU, LEVER LATCH RIGHT ......................................................................... 4.8.13 ROLL PINCH FU, SPRING PINCH FU ............................................. 4.8.14 GATE FU ............................................................................................. 4.8.15 GATE ASSY EXIT .............................................................................. 4.9 Frame & Drive ................................................................................................ 4.9.1 MOTOR COVER ................................................................................... 4.9.2 MAIN MOTOR ...................................................................................... 4.9.3 GEAR ASSY HOUSING ....................................................................... 4.9.4 GEAR ASSY PLATE, GEAR 9 ............................................................. 4.10 Electrical ........................................................................................................ 4.10.1 SHIELD PLATE LVPS ........................................................................ 4.10.2 PWBA EXIT MOTOR ......................................................................... 4.10.3 LVPS .................................................................................................... 4.10.4 POWER SWITCH, HARNESS ASSY AC110V ................................. 4.10.5 INTERLOCK S/W REAR .................................................................... 4.10.6 FAN MAIN ........................................................................................... 4.10.7 SHIELD ASSY ESS ............................................................................. 4.10.8 SHIELD ASSY WINDOW .................................................................. 4.10.9 SHIELD PLATE HVPS ....................................................................... 4.10.10 GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B, SPRING TYPE-B ....................................... 4.10.11 BOARD ASSY. SUB ......................................................................... 4.10.12 BOARD ASSY., MAIN ..................................................................... 4.10.13 HVPS/MCU ........................................................................................ 4.10.14 BOARD ASSY, MEMORY ............................................................... 4.11 Option 550 Paper Feeder ............................................................................. 4.11.1 OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER ........................................................... 4.11.2 COVER RIGHT PLATE ...................................................................... 4.11.3 COVER LEFT PLATE ......................................................................... 4.11.4 OPT ASSY SIZE .................................................................................. 4.11.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR ..................................................................... 4.11.6 MOTOR FEEDER ................................................................................ 4.11.7 SENSOR LOW PAPER ....................................................................... 4.11.8 PWBA FEEDER 550 ............................................................................ 4.11.9 550 FEEDER OPTION ........................................................................ 4.11.10 ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED .................................. 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 277 279 281 283 285 285 286 287 289 291 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 301 302 303 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 313
4.7 Xero .................................................................................................................. 239 4.7.1 ROS ASSY ............................................................................................. 239 4.7.2 DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB ..................................................................... 241 4.7.3 SHIELD PLATE ROS ............................................................................ 243 4.7.4 GUIDE CRU LEFT ................................................................................ 245 4.7.5 INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W 5V ................................... 247 4.7.6 LEVER GUIDE ...................................................................................... 249 4.7.7 HARNESS ASSY FUSER ..................................................................... 251 4.7.8 FUSER ASSY ......................................................................................... 253 4.7.9 BTR ASSY ............................................................................................. 254 4.7.10 CHUTE TRANSFR .............................................................................. 255 4.7.11 PWBA ASSY ANT .............................................................................. 256 4.7.12 GUIDE ASSY CRU R .......................................................................... 257 4.7.13 LEVER LINK, LINK GEAR 3 ............................................................ 259 4.8 500 Paper Exit ................................................................................................. 4.8.1 COVER EXIT 500 .................................................................................. 4.8.2 500 EXIT ASSY ..................................................................................... 4.8.3 CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT ............................................... 4.8.4 ROLL EXIT ............................................................................................ 4.8.5 MOTOR ASSY EXIT ............................................................................. 4.8.6 SENSOR FACE UP OPEN .................................................................... 4.8.7 SENSOR FULL STACK ........................................................................ 4.8.8 ACTUATOR FULL STACK ................................................................. 4.8.9 COVER REAR 500 ................................................................................ 261 261 262 263 265 266 267 268 269 270
16 Confidential

4.11.11 CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER ........................................................ 4.11.12 ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER ......................................................... 4.11.13 ROLL ASSY TURN ........................................................................... 4.11.14 CLUTCH ASSY PH ........................................................................... 4.11.15 CLUTCH PR-REGI ............................................................................ 4.11.16 SENSOR NO PAPER ......................................................................... 4.11.17 ROLL ASSY RETARD ...................................................................... 4.11.18 RACK SIZE ........................................................................................ 4.11.19 GEAR SECTOR ................................................................................. 4.11.20 GUIDE ASSY END 550 .................................................................... 4.11.21 PLATE ASSY BTM ........................................................................... 4.11.22 GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK ................................... 4.11.23 HANDLE EXTENSION 550 ............................................................. 4.11.24 GUIDE INDICATOR 3 ...................................................................... 4.11.25 GUIDE INDICATOR 2 ...................................................................... 4.11.26 LOW IND FRONT ............................................................................. 4.11.27 SPRING EARTH TOP ....................................................................... 4.12 Option Duplex ............................................................................................... 4.12.1 Option Duplex ...................................................................................... 4.12.2 HSG UPPER ASSY .............................................................................. 4.12.3 HSG LOWER DUP .............................................................................. 4.12.4 COVER TOP ........................................................................................ 4.12.5 PWBA DUPLEX .................................................................................. 4.12.6 FAN DUPLEX ...................................................................................... 4.12.7 SENSOR DUP ...................................................................................... 4.12.8 ROLL DUP ........................................................................................... 4.12.9 COVER LEFT ...................................................................................... 4.12.10 COVER RIGHT .................................................................................. 4.12.11 MOTOR DUPLEX ............................................................................. 4.12.12 SWITCH DUPLEX ............................................................................ 4.12.13 COVER HARNESS, HARNESS ASSY DUP ................................... 4.13 Option OCT .................................................................................................. 4.13.1 Option OCT .......................................................................................... 4.13.2 COVER REAR ..................................................................................... 4.13.3 TRAY ASSY OCT ............................................................................... 4.13.4 COVER OCT ........................................................................................ 4.13.5 COVER FRONT ................................................................................... 4.13.6 ACTUATOR FULL STACK ............................................................... 4.13.7 PWBA OCT .......................................................................................... 4.13.8 MOTOR ASSY OFFSET ..................................................................... 314 315 317 318 319 320 321 322 326 328 330 333 336 337 338 340 341 342 342 343 344 346 347 349 350 351 353 354 355 357 359 360 360 362 363 364 366 367 368 370
Revision C
4.13.9 SOLENOID ASSY GATE ................................................................... 4.13.10 SENSOR OCT .................................................................................... 4.13.11 ROLL OCT LOWER .......................................................................... 4.13.12 ROLL OCT UPPER ........................................................................... 4.13.13 MOTOR ASSY OCT .......................................................................... 4.14 AcuLaser M4000N Unique Disassembly Procedures ................................ 4.14.1 COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N) .................................................. 4.14.2 COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N) ................................................................................ 4.14.3 150 FEEDER ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) .......................................... 4.14.4 CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (AcuLaser M4000N) ................................................................................ 4.14.5 ROS ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) ......................................................... 4.14.6 MAIN MOTOR (AcuLaser M4000N) ................................................. 4.14.7 LVPS (AcuLaser M4000N) .................................................................. 4.14.8 FAN MAIN (AcuLaser M4000N) ........................................................ 4.14.9 COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N) ..................................................... 4.14.10 COVER REAR DUP (AcuLaser M4000N) ....................................... 4.14.11 FAN DUPLEX (AcuLaser M4000N) ................................................. 371 372 374 376 378 379 379 380 382 384 386 388 390 392 393 394 395
Chapter 5 Adjustment
5.1 Adjustment Items ........................................................................................... 397 5.2 Adjustment ...................................................................................................... 398 5.2.1 Reset Life Counter .................................................................................. 398 5.2.2 Writing USB ID ...................................................................................... 399 5.3 Firmware Update ........................................................................................... 401
Chapter 6 Maintenance
6.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 405 6.1.1 Maintenance ............................................................................................ 406 6.1.2 Cleaning .................................................................................................. 407
17 Confidential
Revision C
Chapter 7 Appendix
7.1 Connectors ....................................................................................................... 409 7.1.1 Connector P/J Locations of the Printer ................................................... 409 7.1.2 Connector P/J Locations of the Optional Units ...................................... 411 7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information ................................................... 7.2.1 Notes on Use of Connection Wiring Diagrams ...................................... 7.2.2 Overall Connection Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 7.2.3 Wiring and Signal Descriptions between Components .......................... 413 413 415 418
7.3 Control Panel Special Operations ................................................................. 428 7.3.1 Operation Method & Functions .............................................................. 428 7.3.2 Special Menu .......................................................................................... 429 7.4 Information Sheet ........................................................................................... 7.4.1 Status Sheet ............................................................................................. 7.4.2 Network Status Sheet (AcuLaser M4000N only) ................................... 7.4.3 Engine Status Sheet (AcuLaser M4000N only) ...................................... 7.4.4 Print Log Report (AcuLaser M4000N only) .......................................... 430 430 432 434 436
7.5 Exploded Diagrams ........................................................................................ 438 7.6 ASP List (Parts List) ...................................................................................... 468
18 Confidential
CHAPTER
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
Confidential
Revision C
1.1 Product Specifications

This printer is a non-impact page printer supporting A4. It takes advantage of the laser and electro photographic technologies.
Item Power Max. consumption (100V/ Printing 110V/220240V) Sleep Stand by
EPL-N3000 110 V: 945 W 220 V: 959 W 110 V: 539 W 220 V: 538 W 110 V: 7 W 220 V: 10 W 110 V: 78 W 220 V: 76 W 53.6 dB 27.0 dB Temperature: 0 ~ 35 C Humidity: 15 ~ 80% RH 1,000,000 pages or five years
AcuLaser M4000N 120 V: 1090 W 220 V-240 V: 1120 W 120 V: 662 W 220 V-240 V: 654 W 120 V: 7W 220 V-240 V: 10 W 120 V: 78 W 220 V-240 V: 77 W 56.1 dB 28.0 dB Temperature: 0 ~ 35 C Humidity: 15 ~ 80% RH 1,000,000 pages or five years
1.1.1 Basic Specifications

PRINTER SPECIFICATIONS
Item Resolution Print speed (Single-sided / Duplex) Warm-up time (23C, 50% RH) First page out (MP tray/A4) Control Panel CPU RAM Interfaces Standard Max. 512 MB
IEEE1284 Parallel I/F USB 1.1 I/F
EPL-N3000 600 dpi 34 ppm / 20.9 ppm Less than 25 seconds Less than 8.7 sec TMPR4955 300 MHz 64 MB
AcuLaser M4000N 600 dpi, 1200 dpi 43 ppm / 26.4 ppm Less than 17 seconds Less than 7.9 sec RM7035C 500 MHz 576 MB
IEEE1284 Parallel I/F USB 2.0 HS I/F 10 BaseT / 100 BaseTx
Noise
Printing Standby
Storage and transportation conditions Life
Equipped with LCD
OPTIONAL UNIT
Optional paper cassette unit Duplex unit OCT Capacity: Paper size: Up to 550 sheets A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL,EXE, GLG, GLT
A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL, EXE, GLG, GLT A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL, EXE, GLG, GLT
(2.0 FS 12 Mbps Certified) 10 Base T/100 Base Tx Ethernet Type B slot (option) Printer Language
Ethernet
Type B slot (option)
PostScripts 3, PCL6, LJ4, GL2, ESC/Page (B/W), FX, ESCP2, ESC/P2, FX, I239X, ESC/Page I239X, PCL5e, PCL6, PostScript 3, PDF 1.3 428 x 468 x 404 mm 20.9 Kg AC120 V: 50/60 Hz AC220 V/240 V: 50/60 Hz 428 x 480 x 404 mm 21.5 Kg AC120 V: 50/60 Hz AC220 V/240 V: 50/60 Hz
Dimensions (Main unit) Weight (Main unit) Power supply
Product Description
Product Specifications
20 Confidential
Revision C
EXTERNAL VIEW AND PART NAMES Table 1-1. Names of Parts

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 top cover locking clip control panel right side cover paper indicator Name face-down tray No. 7 8 9 10 11 12 MP tray standard lower paper cassette power switch paper support cover A imaging cartridge Name No. 1 2 3 4 5 cover B upper option cover face up tray AC inlet
Table 1-2. Names of Parts

Name No. 6 7 8 9 Name parallel interface connector Ethernet interface connector Type-B interface card slot cover paper path lever
USB interface connector
8 1 2 3 7 10 6 5 4 8 9 5 11 8 7 6 7 5 6 AcuLaser M4000N 3 Figure 1-2. Rear View 12 4 EPL-N3000 9 1 2
Figure 1-1. Front view and Top view
Product Description
21 Confidential

Table 1-3. Names of Parts
No. 1 2 Duplex Unit OCT Name No. 3 Name 550-Sheet Cassette A4 Unit
Revision C
3 Figure 1-3. Option
Product Description
22 Confidential

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT The following figure shows the dimensions and weight of the printer. NOTE 1 : Manufacturing tolerance is 5 mm in dimensions and 0.5 kg in weight. 2 : Weight of main unit does not include controller and consumables.
NO. 1 2 3 Main unit Main unit + Duplex unit Main unit + 550-sheet unit (1 level) Main unit + 550-sheet unit (2 levels) Main unit + OCT Main unit + OCT +550-sheet unit (1 level) Main unit + OCT +550-sheet unit (2 levels)
Revision C
Table 1-4. Dimensions and Weight List
Configuration W 428 mm 428 mm 428 mm 428 mm 428 mm 428 mm 428 mm D H Weight 468 mm 404 mm 20.9 kg (480 mm) (21.5 kg) 540 mm 404 mm 22.8 kg (572 mm) (23.4 kg) 468 mm 499 mm 27.2 kg (480 mm) (27.8 kg) 468 mm 589 mm 33.5 kg (480 mm) (34.1 kg) 468 mm 539 mm 23.5 kg (480 mm) (24.1 kg) 468 mm 634 mm 29.8 kg (480 mm) (30.4 kg) 468 mm 724 mm 36.1 kg (480 mm) (36.7 kg)
D No.3 H No. 1 W No. 2
4 5 6 7
No. 4 No.6 No. 5
Note
: Dimensions in parenthesis ( ) are AcuLaser M4000N.
No. 7
Figure 1-4. Dimensions and Weight
Product Description
23 Confidential

INSTALLATION SPACE REQUIREMENTS The following figure shows the dimensions of the space required around the printer. Be sure to provide the space for installation, operation, and maintenance.
Revision C
NOTE : Dimensions in parenthesis ( ) are with the paper cassette extended. Figure 1-5. Installation Space Requirements
Product Description
24 Confidential
Revision C
1.1.2 Paper Specifications

SUPPORTED PAPERS Table 1-5. Supported Papers
Paper Feeder Standard MP Cassette Paper Type Standard paper*/Plain paper/Recycled paper Paper Size A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL, EXE, GLG, GLT Paper width: 76.2 - 215.9 mm Paper length: 127.0 - 355.6 mm A4, Letter A4, Letter C5, C6, Com-#10, DL, Monarch, ISO-B5 A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL, EXE, GLG, GLT Paper width: 76.2 - 215.9 mm Paper length: 127.0 - 355.6 mm A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL, EXE, GLG, GLT A4, Letter A4, Letter C6, Com-#10, DL, Monarch, ISO-B5 A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL, EXE, GLG, GLT The same specifications as the standard cassettes --A4, A5, B5, F4, LT, HLT, LGL,EXE, GLG, GLT --64 ~ 216 g/m2 Capacity (Height) 150 sheets Weight
EPL-N3000
60 ~ 105 g/m2 AcuLaser M4000N 64 ~ 105 g/m2 100 sheets 100 sheets 15 - 20 sheets 60 sheets ------106 ~ 216 g/m2
Transparency sheets Label Envelope Thick paper
Cassette (C1)
Standard paper*/Plain paper/Recycled paper Transparency sheets Label Envelope Thick paper
550 sheets 100 sheets 290 sheets 80 sheets 160 sheets
64 ~ 105 g/m2 ------106 ~ 216 g/m2
Option
Cassette unit (C2,C3) Duplex unit
Note *: Standard paper: XEROX 4024 20lb Letter (75 g/m2) RX-80 A4 (3R91720) (80 g/m2)
Product Description
25 Confidential
Revision C
UNSUITABLE PAPERS The following types of paper should not be used, otherwise decreased print quality, paper misfeeds, or damage to the printer may occur.
Copy paper (carbon paper, non-carbon paper), thermal paper, impact paper, acidbased paper.
Paper that is too thin or too thick Paper that is wet or damp. Paper with special coatings or color printer paper with processed surfaces. Glossy (too slick on its surface) paper, or paper with too smooth/rough surfaces. Paper with significantly different roughness on each surface of the front and back
side.
Paper with punch holes or perforations. Creased, curled or torn paper. Irregularly shaped paper or paper with non-perpendicular corners. Labels that peel off easily. Paper with glue, staples or paper clips attached to it. Ink jet paper for special applications (super-fine, glossy, glossy film, etc.). Paper previously used in a thermal or ink jet printer. Transparencies for other color laser printers or color photocopiers. Sheets already printed on other color/monochrome laser printers or photocopiers. Sheets of paper stuck together. 4-sided postcards, postcards for ink jet printers, unofficial postcards, and adhesive
postcards.
Iron print coated paper (for both ink jet and laser printers). Paper that is deteriorated or discolored at 240C or less. When postcards with illustrations are used, the paper feed roller may be soiled
with paper dust, and these postcards may not be fed properly. In this case, cleaning is required in accordance with Chapter 6 Maintenance (p.404).
Product Description
26 Confidential

PRINTABLE AREA ENVELOPE ORIENTATION
Envelope Size DL, C6, Com10, Monarch MP cassette Cassette 1, 2 and 3
Revision C
Maximum print area (Printing is guaranteed)

Paper width: 207.9 mm x Length: 347.6 mm NOTE:Although borderless printing is possible on smaller size paper than the maximum printable size, printing continuously with a border less than 4mm causes soiling inside the printer and jams. Therefore it is best to print at a smaller size than the paper.
C5, ISO-B5
Feeding Direction
Guaranteed print area

All areas except 4.0 mm from each edge of paper 4.0 mm 4.0 mm POSTCARD ORIENTATION
Postcard type Feeding Direction Postcard Front side printing Postcard Reverse side printing
4.0 mm
Set papers with their print side facing up.

4.0 mm
Do not use envelopes that have a tape or glue. It is impossible to print on the back side (flap side). Change the fuser lever when creases occur while printing
envelopes. Table 1-6. Guaranteed Print Area
Product Description
27 Confidential
Revision C
PAPER EJECT/CAPACITY
Paper eject Face down Face up Offset catch tray Capacity 500* sheets 70* sheets 500* sheets
1.1.3 Replacement Parts

CONSUMABLES AND PERIODIC REPLACEMENT PARTS
Consumables
Part name Imaging cartridge Fuser unit 6,000 Capacity EPL-N3000 pages*1 / 17,000pages AcuLaser M4000N 7,500 pages*2 / 20,000pages 200,000 pages
Note *: When Standard paper XEROX 4024 20lb Letter (75 g/m2) RX-80 A4 (3R91720) (80 g/m2) is us
200,000 pages
Periodic replacement parts

Part name BTR Assy KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (3 parts) Maintenance unit* Capacity EPL-N3000 200,000 pages 200,000 pages --AcuLaser M4000N --200,000 pages 200,000 pages
Note *1: Included with main unit of EPL-N3000 is 6,000 cartridge. *2: Included with main unit of AcuLaser M4000N is 7,500 cartridge. Note *: Maintenance unit is composed of the following parts. EBTR Assy EKIT ROLL ASSY FEED x 2 sets (For MP tray and Cassette 1)
Product Description
28 Confidential
Revision C
EXTERNAL INTERFACES
Item EPL-N3000 USB1.1 AcuLaser M4000N USB2.0 HS
1.1.4 Controller Specifications

BASIC SPECIFICATIONS
Item CPU Enhanced Technology RAM Standard (on-board) Maximum Expansion Type Numbers of slot ROM Type Program Font Control panel EPL-N3000 TMPR4955 (300MHz) AcuLaser M4000N RM7035C (500MHz)
Standard
USB Parallel Ethernet interface
IEEE1284 compliant 100Base-TX/10Base-T Type-B slot
PGI, RIT *RIT and PGI are disabled while operating at 1200 dpi 64 MB 512 MB 64MB 576MB
Optional
Type-B slot
Type-B slot
SDRAM 90 pin DIMM 2 slots 16-bit wide 16MB Included in the program 6 switches, 3 LEDs and 20 digits X 1 STN LCD with white backlight PostScripts 3, PCL6, LJ4, GL2, ESC/P2, FX, I239X, ESC/Page
DIAG mode Status Sheet USB Ext I/F StatusSheet Reserve Job List Form Overlay List Network Status Sheet AUX Status Sheet PS3 Status Sheet Hex dump SUPPORT MODE MAINTENANCE MODE
Network Parallel USB Type-B slot EPL-N3000
7 buttons, LCD (22 characters, 5 lines) and 3 LEDs ESC/Page (B/W), FX, ESCP2, I239X, PCL5e, PCL6, Adobe PostScript 3, PDF 1.3
Printer language
Auxiliary software
Network USB Parallel AcuLaser M4000N Figure 1-6. External Interfaces
Product Description
29 Confidential
Revision C
Table 1-7. List of Printer Messages
LEDs status Sort Printer Status
ESC/Page Font Sample PCL Font Sample ESCP2 Font Sample FX Font Sample 1239X Font Sample PS3 Status Sheet PS3 Font List Engine Status Sheet
1.2 List of Printer Messages

The following table shows the printer's LEDs indications in each printer status. The meanings of the symbols used in the table are as follows.
LCD status EPL-N3000 AcuLaser M4000N
Error
O: Lights ---: Lights or flashes depending on the condition X: Off 1: Flashes on and off at intervals of 0.3 seconds 2: Flashes on and off at intervals of 0.6 seconds 3: Flashes on for 0.6 seconds and off for 2.4 seconds
LEDs status Sort Printer Status ROM CHECK RAM CHECK HDD CHECK Unable Clear Error SELF TEST Reset All Reset Cancel All Print Job Status Cancel Print Job (by panel) Writing ROM P Reset to Save Form Feed Status Sheet Print Log Report Reserve Job List Form Overlay List Error X X X LCD status EPL-N3000 AcuLaser M4000N Status
Warming Up Cooling Down zz*1 min Offline Cancel Print Job (by host) Sleep Ready (Printing) (Communication with inactive I/F) (Job being executed (ready))
X X X X X X X X X
O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O
X X X
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O
X
All blinking
X X X X X X X X X X
Product Description
List of Printer Messages
30 Confidential

LEDs status Sort Printer Status Menus Locked Reserve Job Canceled Hard Disk full Form Data Canceled PS3 Hard Disk full Can't Print Collate Disabled Check Paper Size Image Optimum Check Paper Type Outbin Select Error Need Memory Warning Replace Toner Cartridge Cartridge Near Expiry Toner Low Worn Fuser Replace Fuser Replace Maintenance Unit Replace Feed Roller C2 Replace Feed Roller C3 Fuser Needed Soon Maintenance unit Needed Soon Feed Roller C2 Needed Soon Feed Roller C3 Needed Soon Non-Genuine Toner Cartridge Error X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X LCD status EPL-N3000 AcuLaser M4000N Sort Printer Status Service Req Cffff*2 Service Req Eggg*2
Revision C
LEDs status Error All blinking All blinking LCD status EPL-N3000 AcuLaser M4000N
O O O O O O O O O O O O
X
X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
X Error
O O O
X
O O O O O O O O O O O O X O X O
Optional RAM Error Write Error ROM P Cassette Error yyy (yyy=003) DM Error yyy (yyy=001) Stacker Error yyy (yyy=002) Check Duplex Paper Size Paper Jamwwww*3
O O O O
X 2
X O O O O O O X O X O O
O
2 2
Face-down Full Stacker Full Install Toner Cartridge Install Imaging Cart Wrong Toner Cartridge Image Cart ID Error Replace Toner Cartridge*4
O O O O O
O
X
O
X
O O O O O O O O O
X
X X X X X
X O
Product Description
31 Confidential

LEDs status Sort Printer Status Non-Genuine Toner Cartridge Toner Cart Error Replace Fuser Replace Maintenance Unit Replace Feed Roller C2 Replace Feed Roller C3 wwww*3 Open sss*5 Error LCD status EPL-N3000 AcuLaser M4000N Note " *1 " : This printer does not display the time and therefore always zz=0.
Revision C
"*2" : For details on the Service Req error code, see 3.1.8 Service Call Errors (p.70) . "*3" : WWWW indicates the jammed or opened point. See 3.1.7 Details of Error Messages and Solutions (p.68) . "*4" : An error when the toner counter has reached the threshold where continuing use is not possible. Enabled when a toner cartridge applied with the toner return program with collection conditions is installed. "*5" : sss indicates the Page Size setting of the control panel. "*6" : ttt indicates the Paper Source setting (except for Auto) of the control panel. "*7" : uuu indicates the paper size setting in the Tray Menu of the control panel.
O O
2 2 2 2
O
X X X
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
X
O O O O O O O O O O O O O
X
O
2 3 3
Manual Feed
Can't Print Duplex Face-up Path Selected Error Paper Out ttt*6 uuu*7 Cartridge*4
O O
2 3 3 3 3 3
Replace Toner
Replace Toner Cartridge Paper Set ttt*6 uuu*7
Print Overrun Memory Overflow Duplex Memory Overflow Invalid Data Invalid HDD Invalid N/W Module Invalid PS3 Invalid AUX I/F Card
O O O O
O O O O
O O
Product Description
32 Confidential
CHAPTER
OPERATING PRINCIPLES
Confidential
Revision C
2.1 Overview
2.1.1 Overview of the Electrophotographic Printing
This printer uses electrophotographic printing method to print images on paper by using the video signal transmitted from the Main Board Assy to the MCU of the HVPS/MCU. Electrophotographic printing method consists of the seven steps as described below: 1. Charging: The BCR (Bias Charge Roll) generates a uniform negative charge on the drum surface. Exposure: The Laser Scanner scans the surface of the drum using extremely thin laser beam modulated according to the signal from the controller, and generates an invisible latent image on the surface of the drum. Development: Toner is attracted to the electrostatic latent image on the drum surface, and a visible toner image is generated. Transfer: The toner image is transferred from the surface of the drum onto the paper. Separation: The paper is separated from the surface of the drum by partial neutralization of the charge on the paper. Fusing: The toner image is fused to the paper by application of heat and pressure. Cleaning: Residual toner is removed from the surface of the drum.
Cycle repeats for the next print
1. Charging 2. Exposure 3. Development 4. Transfer 7. Cleaning 5. Separation 6. Fusing Ejecting printed paper
: Paper flow : Transfer process
Paper enters
2.
3.
Figure 2-1. Overview of Printing Process
4. 5.
6. 7.
6. Fusing
7. Cleaning
As the drum turns, the surface of the drum passes the steps of charging, exposure, development, transfer, separation and cleaning, so that the toner image is generated on the surface of the drum and is transferred onto the paper. The paper passes the steps of transfer, separation and fusing by the operation of the paper transport mechanism. When the paper is positioned for the image, the toner image is transferred from the drum surface onto the paper and then fused.
5. Separation
1. Charging
2. Exposure 4. Transfer 3. Development
Figure 2-2. Components Related to Printing Process
Operating Principles
Overview
34 Confidential
Revision C
The laser beam striking the Drum surface excites the electrons moving toward the conductor and consequently generates electron hole pairs inside the photoconductive layer. Electrons, attracted by the electric field, move toward the inner metal portion of the drum and flow in there. Holes move toward the external surface of the photoconductive layer, thus reducing negative charges there. The areas of the lower negative charge level form the latent print image. In the next process, toner is attracted to the electrostatic latent image, thus a visible toner image is generated.
FUSER ASSY
to Duplex
Heat Roll
Pressure Roll Drum
IMAGING CARTRIDGE ROS ASSY
Attracted by positive charge supplied from the BTR (Bias Transfer Roll), the toner image is transferred from the surface of the Drum onto the paper. Then the Drum proceeds to the separation process and cleaning process.
BTR ASSY Mag.Roll
from Duplex
from Option Feeder

JG6103AA
Figure 2-3. Major Components Related to Paper Transport In the exposure step, the drum surface negatively charged in the previous charging step is scanned by thin laser beams. The laser, which the Laser Diode of the ROS (Raster Output Scanner) radiates, scans from one end to the other of the drum via the rotating Polygon Mirror (12 planes) and lens. Emission of the laser beam is adjusted according to the Video signal transmitted from the Main Board Assy.
Figure 2-4. Electrostatic Latent Image Generated on the Drum
Overview
35 Confidential

In the cleaning process, the surface of the Drum is cleared of the remaining toner to get ready for the next cycle. The toner is scraped off with the cleaning blade from the surface of the Drum.
Revision C
C H E C K P O IN T
Toner scraped at the step of cleaning is collected into the used
toner compartment separated from the compartment for unused toner. The transfer ratio is 90% or more, but varies with the coverage range of the image and ambient conditions, such as temperature and humidity. Toner used once cannot be reused. At the starting point of each printing process, the whole surface of the drum is scanned with laser beam and the charge from the previous printing process. If any charge remains on the surface of the drum from the previous step, it will be removed completely. At the starting and ending points of continuous printing process, a negative high voltage is applied to the BTR. If the toner adheres to the BTR in the previous printing process, the surface of the BTR will be cleaned by putting the toner back onto the surface of the drum.
Overview
36 Confidential
Revision C
The print data (electrical signal) from the printer controller forms the print image via the processes as shown in the flowchart below.
2.2 Print Data Flow

The NIC (Network Interface Card) of the printer connected to the network receives the packet signal in the form of bit stream transmitted from a client or server in the network. Then the NIC decomposes the received packet signal into the data format in the layer where the data is to be sent to the Controller. The Controller processes the data received from the NIC the same way as the data received from the host computer through the parallel port. (These two types of data are both called host data.) The Controller buffers the rasterized bit-image host data or converts the host data in PDL (Page Description Language) into rasterized bit-image data. Every stroke of scanning with the laser beam, the Controller transmits one line of rasterized bit-image data to the MCU of the HVPS/MCU. The /VDO signal carrying the image data is converted to the LVDS signal at the MCU of the HVPS/MCU and transmitted to the ROS ASSY as the P.DATA+ and P.DATAsignals. On the ROS ASSY, the received signal is converted to a very thin laser beam, which is turned on or off according to the video signal. The laser beam, once reflected by the surface of the spinning Polygon Mirror, passes through a series of lenses and is concentrated on the surface of the Drum in the Imaging Cartridge. As a result, an electrostatic latent image is generated on the surface of the Drum.
Host (Electrical Signal)
Electrostatic Latent Image on Drum (Invisible Image)
Printer Controller (Electrical Signal)
Toner Image on Drum (Visible Image)
MAIN PWB (Electrical Signal)
Toner Image on Paper
ROS ASSY (Laser Beam)
Print Image on Paper
Figure 2-5. Print Data Flow
Print Data Flow
37 Confidential
Revision C
As shown in Figure. 2-9, the driving force is distributed via the gears in the GEAR ASSY HOUSING and the GEAR ASSY PLATE to the Imaging Cartridge, 150 FEEDER ASSY, 250/550 FEEDER ASSY and FUSER ASSY. The driving force transmitted to the 150 FEEDER ASSY drives the ROLL REGI METAL and ROLL REGI RUBBER, and the ROLL ASSY NUDGER and ROLL ASSY FEED. The driving force transmitted to the 550 FEEDER ASSY drives the ROLL ASSY NUDGER and ROLL ASSY FEED. The driving force transmitted to the EP Cartridge drives the Drum and is transmitted via the Drum Gear to the BTR ASSY. The driving force transmitted to the FUSER ASSY drives the Heat Roll.
2.3 Driving Force Trasmission Route

2.3.1 Main Unit
2.3.1.1 Main Motor
The driving force for the main unit is generated by the MAIN MOTOR. The force is transmitted via the gears in the GEAR ASSY HOUSING and the GEAR ASSY PLATE to the printer components that require mechanical driving force.
2.3.1.2 Motor Assy Exit

The driving force for the base engine is generated by the MOTOR ASSY EXIT. The force is transmitted via the each gears to the printer components that require mechanical driving force.
MOTOR ASSY EXIT
GEAR 16/49
GEAR 25-1
GEAR 25-2
GEAR 21
GEAR 21
Figure 2-7. Driving Force of Motor Assy Exit
ROLL FU
ROLL EXIT
500 Paper Exit & Option Face Up Tray
Figure 2-6. Driving Force of Main Motor
Driving Force Trasmission Route
38 Confidential
Revision C
2.3.1.3 Gear Layout
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
Gear 3
150 FEEDER ASSY MAIN MOTOR
250/550 FEEDER ASSY
Gear 2
Gear 15
Gear 5
CLUTCH ASSY PH
Gear 13 CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER Gear 14 Gear 16
MAIN MOTOR
JG6110AA
GEAR IDLER NUDGER
GEAR NUDGER JG6108AA
Figure 2-8. Driving Force Transmission Route for Imaging Cartridge
Figure 2-9. Driving Force Transmission Route for FEEDER ASSY
39 Confidential
Revision C
FUSER ASSY
Gear 8
Gear HR
Gear 7
Gear 6 GEAR 9
MAIN MOTOR CLUTCH REGI
Gear 18
Gear 17
Gear 5
Gear 5
Gear 15 Gear 14 Gear 13 JG6109AA
MAIN MOTOR
JG6111AA
Figure 2-10. Driving Force Transmission Route for CLUTCH REGI
Figure 2-11. Driving Force Transmission Route for FUSER ASSY
40 Confidential
Revision C
GEAR 25-2 GEAR 16/49 GEAR 25-1 GEAR21
GEAR21 ROLL EXIT 500 Paper Exit
2.3.2 OPTION FEEDER

2.3.2.1 Motor Feeder
The driving force for the OPTION FEEDER is generated by the MOTOR FEEDER. The force is transmitted to the OPTION FEEDER components that require mechanical driving force, as shown in Figure. 2-14 and Figure. 2-13 below.
ROLL FU
MOTOR ASSY EXIT
JG6112AA
Figure 2-13. Driving Force of Motor Feeder
Figure 2-12. Driving Force Transmission Route for 500 Paper Exit & Face Up Tray
2.3.2.2 Gear Layout
Figure 2-14. Driving Force Transmission Route for OPTION FEEDER
41 Confidential
Revision C
2.3.3 Duplex Unit

2.3.3.1 Motor Duplex
The driving force for the OPTION DUPLEX is generated by the MOTOR DUPLEX. The force is transmitted to the OPTION DUPLEX components that require mechanical driving force, as shown in Figure. 2-16 and Figure. 2-15 below.
MOTOR DUPLEX GEAR IDLE 57/37 GEAR ROLLER GEAR IDLE 77 GEAR IDLE 47 GEAR IDLE 29 GEAR ROLL GEAR IDLE 57/37 GEAR ROLL
2.3.4 OCT
2.3.4.1 Motor Assy OCT
The driving force for the OPTION OCT is generated by the MOTOR ASSY OCT. The force is transmitted to the OPTION OCT components that require mechanical driving force, as shown in Figure. 2-18 and Figure. 2-17 below.
MOTOR ASSY OCT
GEAR 19/37
GEAR 45
GEAR 45
GEAR 19
GEAR 19
ROLL OCT LOWER
ROLL OCT UPPER JG6811AA
Figure 2-15. Driving Force of Motor Duplex
Figure 2-17. Driving Force of Motor Assy OCT
2.3.3.2 Gear Layout

GEAR IDLE 29
2.3.4.2 Gear Layout
GEAR IDLE 47 GEAR IDLE 77
MOTOR DUPLEX GEAR ROLL GEAR IDLE 57/37
Figure 2-16. Driving Force Transmission Route for Duplex Unit
Figure 2-18. Driving Force Transmission Route for OCT
42 Confidential
Revision C
2.4 Paper Transport

The paper is fed from the Tray1, Tray2, Tray3 or Tray4 and is transported along the paper path in the printer as shown in Figure. 2-19.
2.4.1 Paper Feeding Route
Figure 2-19. Paper Path
Paper Transport
43 Confidential
Revision C
2.4.2 Paper Feeding Route Layout

Figure. 2-20 and Figure. 2-21 show the sectional view of this printer. They show the major components related directly to the path of the paper and conveyance of the paper.
ROLL PINCH ROLL OCT UPPER
ROLL OCT LOWER ROLL PINCH FU ROLL PINCH OCT ROLL EXIT
ROLL EXIT
ROLL FU
FUSER ASSY ROLL PINCH EXIT Pressure Roll Heat Roll

ROLL PINCH ROLL DUP
ROLL PINCH EXIT
Drum BTR ASSY ROLL REGI RUBBER ROLL REGI METAL

ROLL ASSY TURN ROLL PINCH TURN
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
ROLL ASSY FEED
ROLL ASSY RETARD

ROLL ASSY FEED
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
JG6114AA
ROLL ASSY RETARD
Figure 2-20. Major Components Related to Paper Transport (Engine only)
JG6115AA
Figure 2-21. Major Components Related to Paper Transport (with OPTION DUPLEX, OPTION 550 FEEDER, OPTION OCT, 500 PAPER EXIT & FACE UP TRAY installed)
Paper Transport
44 Confidential
Revision C
Table 2-1. Various Sensors
Unit Detection Item Paper output full Face-down tray Paper output destination Detection Method Automatic detection using sensor Switched manually using the lever Switched manually using the lever Automatic detection using CSIC Soft counter Soft counter Automatic detection by connector connection None Soft counter (by engine) Automatic detection using connector connection Automatic detection using sensor Automatic detection using sensor Automatic detection of paper control lever using sensor Automatic detection using connector connection Automatic detection using connector connection Automatic detection 7 types Reset: inputs from an operation panel. No sensor No sensor If the face-up tray is chosen, the delivery to duplex printing and OCT will not be made. Note
2.5 Functions of Major Components

The following sections explain the functions of the major components of the printer:
2.5.1 Various Sensors (p.45) 2.5.2 PAPER CASSETTE (p.46) 2.5.3 PAPER FEEDER (p.48) 2.5.4 XERO (p.49) 2.5.5 FUSER (p.51) 2.5.6 500 PAPER EXIT & FACE UP TRAY (p.52) 2.5.7 DRIVE (p.53) 2.5.8 ELECTRICAL (p.54) 2.5.9 OPTION FEEDER (p.55) 2.5.10 DUPLEX (p.56) 2.5.11 OCT (p.57)
Standard
Face-up Full
Paper output destination
Presence of cartridge EP Cartridge
Presence of new cartridge IC chip detection method Toner near empty Toner empty Fuser Unit
Fuser Unit
New product Near end Presence of unit
2.5.1 Various Sensors

Table below lists various sensors. Table 2-1. Various Sensors
Unit Detection Item Presence of cassette No paper Detection Method Automatic detection using sensor Note 550 Sheets Cassette Unit
Presence of cassette No paper
Optional
MP Cassette
Automatic detection using sensor Automatic detection of paper control lever using sensor Automatic detection using sensor Automatic detection using sensor Automatic detection of paper control lever using sensor 7 types 7 types
Paper size Near end Duplex Unit Presence of unit
Standard
Paper size
Presence of cassette No paper
Cassette
OCT
Presence of OCT unit Paper output full
Paper size
Functions of Major Components
45 Confidential
Revision C
GUIDE ASSY SD L150 / GUIDE ASSY SD R150 Adjust the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 to the left or right to accommodate different sizes of paper. These guides make contact with the left and right edges of paper sheets to retain the paper in the predetermined position in the lateral direction. The GUIDE ASSY SD L150 moves in synchronization with the GUIDE ASSY SD R150.
2.5.2 PAPER CASSETTE

There are two types of Paper Cassettes, the 150 Paper Cassette and 550 Paper Cassette. When the parts have the same functions, they will be explained on the basis of the 150 Paper Cassette. However, since the LOW INDICATOR is not mounted on the 150 Paper Cassette, this part will be explained for only the 550 Paper Cassette. When the paper size is A4 or less, adjust the GUIDE ASSY END 150 and GUIDEs ASSY SD of the Paper Cassette to the paper size. When the paper size is greater than A4, unlock the LOCK EXTENSIONs, which secure the HOUSING BASE 150 and HOUSING EXTENSION 150, pull out the extensions, and adjust the GUIDE ASSY END 150 and GUIDEs ASSY SD to the paper size. When the extensions are returned to the original positions, the LOCK EXTENSIONs are automatically locked.
LOCK EXTENSION
The 150 PAPER CASSETTE can be adjusted to the paper length in its feed direction by changing the position of the HOUSING EXTENSION150 back and forth. The LOCK EXTENSION fastens the HOUSING EXTENSION150 to a proper position.
GUIDE ASSY END150

Can be slid back and forth and adjusted to accommodate different sizes of paper. This guide, set in a position where it is in contact with the rear end of the sheets of paper, retains the paper in an appropriate position in the back and forth direction. The paper size setting in the cassette is transmitted from the GUIDE ASSY END150 to the LINK SW SIZE 1/2/3 via the GEAR SECTOR and RACK SIZE. The three switches named LINK SW SIZE form a combination of ON and OFF corresponding to the paper size and transmit the information about the combination of ON and OFF to the SIZE SWITCH in the GUIDE TRAY LEFT, where the paper size is detected. The paper types that can be automatically detected are indicated as shown in the following table. Table 2-2. Auto detected type of paper
Type Letter SEF Legal 14" SEF Legal 13" SEF Executive SEF A4 SEF B5 (JIS) SEF A5 SEF Size (mm mm) 215.9 279.4 215.9 355.6 215.9 330.2 184.2 266.7 210.0 297.0 182.0 257.0 148.5 210.0
JG6116AA
Figure 2-22. Adjusting the PAPER CASSETTE to the Paper Size
46 Confidential

LEVER BTM LOCK AND STOPPER GEAR
GUIDE ASSY SD L150
Revision C
PLATE ASSY BTM
These parts are located at the rear end (front end in the paper advance direction) of the cassette. When the cassette is installed in the printer, the projection of the Feeder pushes the LEVER BTM LOCK, the RACK BTM LOCK 150 slides, the GEAR PINION is unlocked, and at the same time, the GEAR PB R of the STOPPER GEAR is unlocked. PLATE ASSY BTM The force to push up the PLATE ASSY BTM is supplied from the SPRING BTM UP150 when the LEVER BTM LOCK and STOPPER GEAR are released from the lock position. When the PLATE ASSY BTM is pushed up, the sheet to be fed comes in contact with the ROLL ASSY NUDGER. LOW INDICATOR Mounted on the 550 Paper Cassette only, the LOW INDICATOR indicates the remaining amount of paper in the 550 Paper Cassette with the up/down motion of the LOW IND FRONT. When the paper gets low, the PLATE ASSY BTM rises, and the LOW IND FRONT lowers synchronously via the GUIDE INDICATOR.
GUIDE ASSY END150
LEVER BTM LOCK
STOPPER GEAR
GUIDE ASSY SD R150
LOCK EXTENSION JG6117AA
Figure 2-23. 150 Paper Cassette

PLATE ASSY BTM GUIDE ASSY SD L 550 LOCK EXTENSION LEVER BTM LOCK
STOPPER GEAR GUIDE ASSY SD R550
GUIDE INDICATOR GUIDE ASSY END 550 LOW IND FRONT JG6017AA LOW INDICATOR
Figure 2-24. 550 Paper Cassette
47 Confidential
Revision C SENSOR REGI

When the sheet fed from the PAPER CASSETTE pushes up the ACTUATOR B, the flag of the ACTUATOR A permits the light transmission to the light receiver of the SENSOR REGI so that the passage of paper is detected. CLUTCH REGI This electromagnetic clutch turns on and off the driving force to the ROLL REGI RUBBER and ROLL REGI METAL to position the sheet properly.
ROLL REGI RUBBER ROLL ASSY FEED SENSOR REGI ROLL REGI METAL
2.5.3 PAPER FEEDER

As the Size Switches, ACTUATORs NO PAPER and SENSORs NO PAPER of the Tray 1 and Tray 2 have the same functions, they will be explained here for only one tray. 150 FEEDER ASSY, 550 FEEDER ASSY This mechanism feeds paper from the PAPER CASSETTE to the printer. The driving force from the MAIN MOTOR is transmitted via the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the ROLL ASSY FEED and FEEDER ASSY NUDGER, which are components of the FEEDER ASSY, so that the sheet is fed. As the amount of paper has decreased as a result of picking up of several sheets by the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, the roll lowers accordingly. The lowered ROLL ASSY NUDGER pushes down the lock lever of the PLATE ASSY BTM to the release position, so that the PLATE ASSY BTM gets pushed up by the spring and simultaneously the sheets get also raised. The raised paper lifts the SUPPORT NUDGER so that the SUPPORT NUDGER separates from the lock lever of the PLATE ASSY BTM, which stops rising of PLATE ASSY BTM.
CLUTCH REGI
CLUTCH ASSY PH
SIZE SWITCH
This component is equipped with the switches that set the size of the sheet to be fed from PAPER CASSETTE. The signal for the setting size is transmitted to the HVPS/ MCU in the form of a voltage.
Size Switch SENSOR NO PAPER ACTUATOR NO PAPER
ACTUATOR NO PAPER
When the sheets in the PAPER CASSETTE have been used up, the ACTUATOR NO PAPER lowers. The flag of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER intercepting the light in the slot of the SENSOR NO PAPER is dislocated from the intercepting position so that the light transmission to the sensor is permitted.
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
JG6118EA
SENSOR NO PAPER
The SENSOR NO PAPER detects the presence/absence of paper in the PAPER CASSETTE by the position of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER and converts the result of detection into an electric signal. When the light to the sensor is intercepted (when paper is present), the No-Paper 1/2 SNR ON signal turns OFF.
Figure 2-25. Major Components of the PAPER FEEDER
48 Confidential
Revision C
2.5.4 XERO
IMAGING CARTRIDGE
The Imaging Cartridge, an Imaging Cartridge also called the CRU (Customer Replaceable Unit), consists of the following five major components:
BTR ASSY
Drum:
An aluminum cylinder with the surface coated with photoconductive material. The photoconductive property of the drum allows the drum surface to hold electrical charge while in darkness, and discharge it when exposed to the light.
BCR (Bias Charge Roll):

Places uniform electrical charge on the drum surface to erase the electrical patterns of reduced charge remaining from the last print cycle.
Magnet Roll:
Holds toner on the surface in the form of a thin layer, and conveys toner into the gap between the drum and the Magnet Roll. Toner is supplied to the Magnet Roll by the Agitator in the Toner Compartment.
CM Blade (Charging and Metering Blade):

Spreads toner on the Magnet Roll in the form of a thin layer, and gives negative charge to the toner by friction charging.
Cleaning Blade:
Scrapes the residual toner from the drum surface after the transfer step.
IMAIGING CARTRIDGE JG6119EA
BTR ASSY
The BTR of the BTR ASSY, which is in contact with the Drum of the Imaging Cartridge, is driven by the Drum Gear. When the paper moves between the BTR and the Drum, the BTR applies positive charge to the back side of the paper. The positive charge on the back side of the paper attracts the negatively charged toner image from the drum surface and transfers it onto the front side of the paper.
Figure 2-26. Major Components of the XERO
49 Confidential
EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N ROS ASSY

The ROS (Raster Output Scanner) scans the surface of the drum with a laser beam. The ROS ASSY consists of the following three major components, namely, LD (Laser Diode) Assembly, Scanner Assembly and SOS PWB:
Revision C
LD Assembly:
The LD Assembly generates a laser beam. The generated beam is turned ON/OFF according to the printing data signal. The nominal maximum output of the semiconductor laser diode used as the light source of the laser is as indicated below.
600 dpi mode 10 mW 1200 dpi mode 10 mW
Scanner Assembly:
Consists of the Polygon Mirror with 12 mirror facets and the Scanner Motor. The Polygon Mirror is secured to the shaft of the Scanner Motor. The Scanner Motor rotates the Polygon Mirror at a certain speed. The spinning Polygon Mirror reflects the beam, via lenses and mirrors, onto the surface of the rotating drum and the beam scans the drum surface from one side to the other. One-line scanning is carried out by one mirror facet. The Scanner Motor is driven by three-phase full-wave current linear drive. The current in the coil for each phase is switched by the Hall amplifier matrix, and the signal from the phase detection terminal of the Motor is used. Figure 2-27. Conceptual Diagram of Image Creation by Scanning
SOS PWB
LD Assembly
SOS PWB:
The laser beam that has entered the SOS Sensor of the SOS PWB is converted to an electric signal (SOS signal) and detects the initial position for each line scanning. A latent image for one line is created when the laser beam is turned on and off and scans the drum surface from its one side to the other. A image for one plane is created when scanning by the laser beam is repeated on the rotating drum. The resolution in the scanning direction (from right to left) depends on the revolving speed of the Scanner Motor and the quickness of adjustment of laser. The resolution in the process direction (from top to bottom) depends on the revolving speed of the Scanner Motor (The faster the scanning is performed, the earlier the scanning of the next line is started).
Scanner Assembly
JG6121AA
Figure 2-28. Major Components of the ROS ASSY
50 Confidential
Revision C
HEAT ROLL FINGERS Peels the leading edge of the paper off the Heat Roll so that the paper does not wind around the Heat Roll. HEAT ROLL DIODE Negative charge is accumulated on the Heater Rod. This charge can disturb the toner image on the paper during fusing. The Heat Roll Diode dissipates this charge into the frame for grounding. EXIT SENSOR Detects the arrival of the paper at the detecting point of the outlet area behind the Fuser and ejection of the paper from there.The /EXIT signal turns low when the sensor is receiving light (there is paper).
Exit Sensor Actuator Temperature Sensor Pressure Roll
2.5.5 FUSER
HEAT ROLL This hollow surface-coated metal tube, heated by the Heater Rod located therein, applies heat to the paper passing between this roll and the Pressure Roll. This heat fuses the toner on the paper. PRESSURE ROLL This metal shaft, coated with sponge rubber, applies pressure to the paper between this roll and the Heat Roll. This pressure presses the molten toner against the paper. HEATER ASSEMBLY Consists of the Heater Rod, which is a lamp comprising a heat coil contained in a sealed quartz glass pipe, and the terminal installed from the end of the Heater Rod via the harness. The Heater Rod is located in the Heat Roll, and the Heat Roll gets heated. TEMPERATURE SENSOR This sensor is a thermistor whose resistance varies in a known value according to temperature change. This sensor, installed in contact with the surface of the Heat Roll, monitors the temperature. Using the signal from this sensor, the power to the Heater Rod is turned on and off so that the surface temperature of the Heat Roll is maintained within the rated range. This signal is also used for the first-stage overheat prevention. THERMOSTAT SENSOR (STS) Two STSs are installed. The STSs are connected in series with the Heat Roll, and function as overheat prevention in the second stage. If the overheat of the fuser cannot be prevented in the first stage, the STSs open the power supply circuit of the Heater Rod. The functions of the STSs are as described below.
To prevent the Pressure Roll from seizing up by wrong setting of paper, the STS
opens the power supply circuit to cool it down when the detected temperature rises to or above the preset temperature.
Heat Roll
To prevent both edges of paper from curling caused by a temperature rise on both
sides of the Heat Roll, the STS lights up the Short lamp to control a temperature rise when the detected temperature rises to or above the preset temperature.
Thermostat Sensor JG6122EA
Figure 2-29. Major Components of the FUSER&PAPER EXIT
51 Confidential
Revision C
GATE OCT EXIT This gate operates in synchronization with the LINK GATE OCT to change the paper transport path. When the SOLENOID ASSY GATE installed on the optional OCT operates, the GATE OCT EXIT intercepts the normal paper exit path by means of the LINK GATE OCT pushed down by the spindle of the SOLENOID ASSY GATE and switches the exit direction to the OCT paper exit tray.
2.5.6 500 PAPER EXIT & FACE UP TRAY

The 500 Paper Exit is a component designed to eject printed paper from the printer. In addition to Face Down paper ejection, the 500 Paper Exit allows ejection of Face Up paper to the Face Up Tray (tray mounted on the printer rear) and ejection to the Option OCT. MOTOR ASSY EXIT This motor drives the ROLL EXIT that transports paper to the corresponding exit tray. When the optional Duplex is installed, this motor also has the function to turn over and insert the paper to the Duplex. ROLL EXIT This roll transports the printed paper, which is fed from the Fuser, to the Face Down paper exit tray. ROLL FU This roll transports the printed paper, which is fed from the Fuser, to the Face Up paper exit tray. SENSOR FACE UP OPEN This sensor detects that Face Up print is selected. When the LEVER GATE FU is raised, the signal is detected by the Actuator mounted on the synchronizing GATE FU, and the printer is put in the Face Up print mode. SENSOR FULL STACK This sensor detects that the 500 Exit Face Down paper exit tray is full by means of the ACTUATOR FULL STACK. GATE FU This gate operates in synchronization with the LEVER GATE FU to change the paper transport path. When the LEVER GATE FU is raised, GATE FU intercepts the normal paper exit path, switching the exit direction to the Face Up paper exit tray.
Figure 2-30. 500 Paper Exit & Face Up Tray
52 Confidential
Revision C
2.5.7 DRIVE
GEAR ASSY HOUSING The GEAR ASSY HOUSING consists of gear trains that transmit the driving force from the MAIN MOTOR, which generates the drive of the printer body, to various parts of the printer.
GEAR ASSY HOUSING
LEVER LINK
GEAR ASSY PLATE

Transmits the driving force from the MAIN MOTOR to the Imaging Cartridge.
GEAR ASSY PLATE
LEVER LINK
This mechanism disconnects and connects the transmission of driving force from the MAIN MOTOR of the FUSER ASSY. When the COVER OPEN is opened, the LEVER LINK pushes up the Gear 8 in the GEAR ASSY HOUSING to disengage it from the GEAR 9 so that the driving force transmission to the FUSER ASSY gets disconnected. In addition, the LEVER LINK moves up and down and via the LINK GEAR 3, the Gear 4 in the GEAR ASSY PLATE moves right and left to connect/ disconnect transmission of driving force to the Drum in the Imaging Cartridge.
MAIN MOTOR JG6124EA
Figure 2-31. Major Components of the DRIVE
53 Confidential
Revision C
CONTROLLER BOARD Receives data from the host to print paper and control the whole printer. PWBA EXIT MOTOR Controls the MOTOR ASSY EXIT according to the signal from the HVPS/MCU. SWITCH I/L ASSY (EPL-N3000 ONLY) Consists of the two following safety switches:
2.5.8 ELECTRICAL
INTERLOCK S/W 24V
When the COVER OPEN is open, this safety switch shuts off the power supply of 24 VDC from the LVPS to the HVPS/MCU, MAIN MOTOR, etc.
INTERLOCK S/W 5V
When the COVER OPEN is open, this safety switch shuts off the power supply of 5 VDC from the LVPS to the LD Assembly of the ROS ASSY, etc.
INTERLOCK S/W 5VR

When the COVER OPEN is opened, this safety switch shuts off the power supply of 5 VDC from the LVPS to the LD Assembly of the ROS ASSY and others.
INTERLOCK S/W REAR

When the COVER REAR is open, this safety switch shuts off the power supply of 24 VDC from the LVPS to the HVPS/MCU, MAIN MOTOR, etc.
INTERLOCK S/W Front R

When the COVER OPEN is opened, this safety switch disconnects the INTERLOCK BEF (Front Cover Open detection signal) transmitted from the LVPS to the HVPS/MCU.
INTERLOCK S/W 5V (EPL-N3000 only) INTERLOCK S/W REAR INTERLOCK S/W 24V (EPL-N3000 only) FAN MAIN
FAN MAIN
To prevent abnormal temperature rise inside the printer, this fan sends out the air from inside the printer.
FAN SUB
To prevent an abnormal temperature rise inside the printer, this fan takes in outside air. Mounted above the ROS ASSY in the center of the Front side, this fan takes in outside air from the Front side.
PWBA EXIT MOTOR
LVPS Generates low DC voltages (5 V and 3.3 V for the logic circuits, 5 V for the Laser Diode and 24 V for the motor and clutch) from AC power.
HVPS/MCU The functions of HVPS and those of MCU are incorporated on one circuit board. The HVPS circuit generates AC and DC high voltages and supplies them to the processes for charging (BCR), development (Magnet Roll), transfer (BTR) and separation (Detack Saw). The MCU circuit controls printing operation based on communication with the print controller and information sent from sensors and switches.
LVPS PWBA ESS
HVPS/MCU FAN SUB CONTROL PANEL (ROUGH) J26125EAK1
Figure 2-32. Major Components of the ELECTRICAL
54 Confidential
Revision C 550 FEEDER OPTION

This mechanism supplies paper from the Paper Cassette to the printer. The driving force from the MOTOR FEEDER is transmitted to the ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY NUDGER via the CLUTCH ASSY PH to transport paper. As the amount of paper has decreased as a result of picking up of several sheets by the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, the roll lowers accordingly. The lowered ROLL ASSY NUDGER pushes down the lock lever of the PLATE ASSY BTM to the release position, so that the PLATE ASSY BTM gets pushed up by the spring and simultaneously the sheets get also raised. The raised paper lifts the SUPPORT NUDGER so that the SUPPORT NUDGER separates from the lock lever of the PLATE ASSY BTM, which stops rising.
2.5.9 OPTION FEEDER

This printer has the Option 550 Feeder as an optional Feeder. The PAPER CASSETTE installed in the optional feeders has the same functions as the standard PAPER CASSETTE used on the base engine. Therefore, description of the PAPER CASSETTE is omitted here.
OPT ASSY SIZE

This component is equipped with the switches that set the size of the sheet to be fed from each PAPER CASSETTE. The signal for the setting size is transmitted to the MCU of the HVPS/MCU in the form of a voltage.
ACTUATOR NO PAPER
When the sheets in the PAPER CASSETTE have been used up, the ACTUATOR NO PAPER lowers. The flag of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER intercepting the light in the slot of the SENSOR NO PAPER is dislocated from the intercepting position so that the light transmission to the sensor is permitted.
ROLL ASSY TURN

This roll transports the paper, which was conveyed by the ROLL ASSY NUDGER and ROLL ASSY FEED, into the printer. Driven from the MOTOR FEEDER via the CLUTCH PR-REGI, the ROLL ASSY TURN transports paper into the printer in conjunction with the ROLL PINCH TURN. PWBA FEEDER550 The PWBA FEEDER550, incorporating a CPU, receives commands from the HVPS/ MCU and information from sensors and switches and controls paper feeding operation in the OPTION 550 FEEDER. The CPU mounted on the PWBA FEEDER uses flash ROM so that the firmware can be rewritten by communication.
ROLL ASSY TURN
SENSOR NO PAPER
The SENSOR NO PAPER detects the presence/absence of paper in the PAPER CASSETTE by the position of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER and converts the result of detection into an electric signal. When the light to the sensor is intercepted (when paper is present), the No-Paper Feed550 SNR ON signal turns OFF.
ACTUATOR LOW PAPER

When the paper in the PAPER CASSETTE is running short, the arm of the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER is pushed up by the PLATE ASSY BTM. The flag of the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER intercepting the light in the slot of the SENSOR LOW PAPER is dislocated from the intercepting position so that the light transmission to the sensor is permitted. SENSOR LOW PAPER The SENSOR LOW PAPER detects a shortage of paper in the PAPER CASSETTE by the position of the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER and converts the result of detection into an electric signal. When the light to the sensor is intercepted (when enough paper is present), the Low-Paper Feed550 SNR ON signal turns OFF.
550 FEEDER OPTION
ACTUATOR NO PAPER SENSOR NO PAPER SENSOR LOW PAPER
ACTUATOR LOW PAPER PWBA FEEDER 550 OPT ASSY SIZE JG6515AA
Figure 2-33. Major Components of the OPTION FEEDER
55 Confidential
Revision C
2.5.10 DUPLEX
With this printer, the DUPLEX is available as an optional unit. Duplex printing is permitted if this DUPLEX unit is installed at the rear of the base engine.
SENSOR DUP FAN DUPLEX
PWBA DUPLEX
SWITCH DUPLEX
This switch detects that the HSG LOWER DUP and COVER HSG DUP are closed.
SENSOR DUP
This sensor detects presence/absence of paper in the DUPLEX unit.
SWITCH DUPLEX
FAN DUPLEX
To prevent abnormal temperature rise inside the DUPLEX unit, this fan sends out the air inside the DUPLEX unit and takes in outside air.
MOTOR DUPLEX ROLL DUP
ROLLER DUP
This roller feeds the paper whose first side was printed to the printer again through the DUPLEX unit in order to print the second side.
JG6615AA
Figure 2-34. Major Components of the DUPLEX
PWBA DUPLEX
The PWBA DUPLEX, incorporating a CPU, receives commands from the HVPS/ MCU and information from sensors and switches and controls paper feeding operation in the DUPLEX unit. The CPU mounted on the PWBA DUPLEX uses flash ROM so that the firmware can be rewritten by communication.
MOTOR DUPLEX
Gives driving force to the three rollers named ROLLER DUP that convey paper into the printer.
56 Confidential
Revision C SENSOR OFFSET

Located above the PWBA OCT, this sensor detects offset operation by means of the Actuator located on the CHUTE OFFSET.
2.5.11 OCT
This printer has the OCT as an option. Installing it at the top of the 500 Paper Exit enables offset exit.
MOTOR ASSY OCT

This motor gives driving force to the ROLL OCT LOWER and ROLL OCT UPPER that transport printed paper to the tray of the OCT.
ROLL OCT LOWER

This roll transports the printed paper, which is fed from the Fuser, to the ROLL UPPER OCT.
MOTOR ASSY OFFSET

This motor gives driving force to the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY via the GEAR CAM.
ROLL OCT UPPER

This roll ejects the printed paper, which is transported from the ROLL OCT LOWER, to the tray of the OCT.
SOLENOID ASSY GATE

This solenoid is provided to switch between the paper paths to the normal paper exit tray and to the paper exit tray of the OCT. When the SOLENOID ASSY GATE is activated, the GATE OCT EXIT is operated by the LINK GATE OCT pushed down by the spindle of the SOLENOID ASSY GATE to switch the paper exit direction of paper to the OCT paper exit tray.
PWBA OCT
The PWBA OCT, incorporating a CPU, the PWBA OCT receives instructions from the HVPS/MCU and information from the sensors and switches to control paper transport operation in the OCT.
S/W REAR COVER

This switch detects that the COVER REAR is closed.
SENSOR OCT
This sensor detects presence/absence of paper in the OCT.
SENSOR FULL STACK OCT

Located above the PWBA OCT, this sensor detects that the paper exit tray is full by means of the ACTUATOR FULL STACK.
57 Confidential

CHUTE OFFSET ASSY Driven by the MOTOR ASSY OCT and GEAR CAM, this part moves in the lateral direction at the time of paper ejection to perform offset operation. The offset paper and non-offset paper are spaced 25mm from each other as standard. The offset amount (the nearest paper distance between the offset bundle and non-offset bundle) is 10mm or more.
Revision C
Non-offset bundle
Offset bundle
Offset amount
Figure 2-35. Chute Offset Assy

ROLL OCT UPPER MOTOR ASSY OCT S/W REAR COVER Sensor Full Stack OCT Sensor Offset
PWBA OCT
SENSOR OCT ROLL OCT LOWER CUTE OFFSET ASSY SOLENOID ASSY GATE MOTOR ASSY OFFSET
Figure 2-36. OCT
58 Confidential
Revision C
The following table indicates the Scanner Motor speeds corresponding to the resolutions.
Process Speed 204 mm/s Resolution 600 dpi Scanner Corresponding 24, 094. 49 rpm CLK Signal Frequency 2, 409. 449 Hz
2.6 Control
2.6.1 Paper Size Control
PAPER FEED FROM PAPER CASSETTE
Table. 2-3 below indicates ON (1)/OFF (0) of the paper size switches corresponding to the paper size in the PAPER CASSETTE. Table 2-3. ON (1)/OFF (0) of Paper Size Switches
Paper Size No cassette Executive SEF B5(JIS) SEF A5 SEF Legal14"SEF Letter SEF A4 SEF Legal13"SEF Paper Size Switch SW1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 SW2 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 SW3 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 SW4 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
dpi (dots per inch) rpm (revolutions per minute)

NOTE: A laser beam is scanned per plane (entire plane) of the Polygon Mirror. WARM-UP OF ROS As soon as the ROS starts warming up, the Scanner Motor starts running. When the interval of the SOS signal sampled every 100ms is shorter than the Ready reference value three consecutive times, the ROS ends warming up (the Scanner Motor runs at constant speed.) REFERENCE VALUE OF ROS Table 2-5. Reference Values of ROS
Reference Value of ROS Ready reference value Fail reference value Description SOS signal interval corresponding to 98% or more of operating speed of Scanner Motor SOS signal interval corresponding to 90% or less of operating speed of Scanner Motor
Note : The Switches in the Size Switch are "SW1", "SW2", "SW3" and "SW4" in this order, starting from the Front side.
2.6.2 ROS Control

TURNING OF SCANNER MOTOR Turning ON/OFF of the Scanner Motor is controlled as described in Table. 2-4 below depending on the operation mode: Table 2-4. Turning of Scanner Motor
Operation Mode Standby mode Printing mode Power-save mode Turning ON/OFF of Scanner Motor Always OFF Scanner Motor turns ON upon receiving signal from Controller, and turns OFF after a lapse of ten seconds counted from completion of printing operation. Always OFF
NOTE: Against runaway of Scanner Motor, [U2] is detected by Fail reference value when laser beam does not enter SOS Sensor because of an increase of 1% or more in speed.
Control
59 Confidential
Revision C
2.6.3 Fuser Control

CONTROL METHOD OF FUSER
Turning ON/OFF of the Halogen Lamp is controlled based on the Fuser control temperature. The Fuser control temperature is the standby temperature at the start of warming up or during stoppage of the Main Motor. It is also the running temperature during operation of the Main Motor at any time other than during warming up.
TURNING ON/OFF CONTROL OF HALOGEN LAMP

Turning ON/OFF of the Halogen Lamp is to maintain the Fuser control temperature.
WARM-UP OF FUSER
When the Fuser starts warming up, the Halogen Lamp turns ON (lights up) simultaneously. The Fuser completes warming up when the surface temperature (detected by the thermistor) of the HEAT ROLL reaches the Fuser control temperature (standby temperature). The Main Motor is operating while the Fuser is warming up.
FUSER TEMPERATURE IN READY STATUS

When Ready (= Standby status): 180~185C (Temperature rises above 185C during operation)
FUSER TEMPERATURE AT DETECTION OF ABNORMAL TEMPERATURE (TOO HIGH/TOO LOW) Too high temperature: 250C Too low temperature: 130C
Control
60 Confidential
Revision C
2.7 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry

2.7.1 Operation Overview of the Main Control Circuit Board
EPL-N3000 (C554MAIN) As compared to the EPL-N2050, the EPL-N3000 has been increased in engine speed to enhance the total throughput, and configured on the basis of the EPL-N2500 controller to reduce costs.
C H E C K P O IN T
The jumper setting varies with intended markets.
Features Engine specifications: Enhanced engine speed: Price-reduced CPU: Totally improved ASIC: Data bus clock: Standard memory: Control panel: Standard interface: Optional interface Hard disk (IDE):
A3, monochrome, 600 dpi (No 1200 dpi mode) 34 ppm Toshiba TMPR4955BFG 300 MHz Memory control and I/O control integrated ASIC: DLC 66.7 MHz ROM:16 MB RAM:64 MB With LCD With back light Parallel interface USB1.1 (USB2.0FS) Ethernet TypeB Available as option. Controlled by the external PLD (IDEC).
Figure 2-37. C554MAIN Block Diagram (EPL-N3000)
Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry
61 Confidential

ACULASER M4000N (CA10MAIN)
Revision C
Features Engine specifications: Enhanced engine speed: Price-reduced CPU: Totally improved ASIC: Data bus clock: Standard memory: Control panel: Standard interface: Optional interface Hard disk (IDE):
A4, monochrome, 1200 dpi 45 ppm RM7035C-533L 500 MHz NICE, FAIO, B2 100 MHz ROM:16 MB RAM:64 MB With LCD With back light Parallel interface USB2.0 HS interface Ethernet TypeB Available as option. Controlled by the external PLD (IDEC).
CPU RM7035C-533L B2
CPU BUS 100MHz
Onboard ROM : 16MB Onboard RAM : 64MB ASIC Option RAM DIMM Option RAM DIMM USB Device
50MHz IOBUS
EEPROM Rarallel ASIC Wide Panel
HV BUS
DM9000A IDE Type-B
Network
Figure 2-38. CA10MAIN Block Diagram (AcuLaser M4000N)
Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry
62 Confidential
CHAPTER
TROUBLESHOOTING
Confidential
Revision C
3.1 Overview
With this printer, almost all troubles can be coped with by using EPSON Status Monitor 3 installed on the host personal computer. Once an error occurs, the EPSON Status Monitor 3 will appear as a pop-up window on the screen of the host PC. It will show details of how to cope with the trouble. In almost all cases, the user can recover the printer from the error, provided that the user follows the instructions indicated on the pop-up window. In addition, the User's Manual for EPSON EPL-N2500 describes detailed steps to be taken for recovery from typical errors.
START
3.1.3 Preliminary Checks (p.65)
Broken line arrow: Refer to depending on the result of diagnosis
Does the same error occur even when power is turned on again? Yes Is there any error display? No
No
Problem solved
3.1.1 Specified Tools

This printer does not require any specified tools for troubleshooting.
Yes
Either of warning status and error status? Yes
No
3.1.2 Procedure for Troubleshooting

Perform troubleshooting work according to the flowchart shown at right.
C A U T IO N
Take corrective steps by consulting the following: 1. Pop-up window of EPSON Status Monitor 2. Problem Solver in Reference Guide 3. 3.1.7 Details of Error Messages and Solutions (p.68)
Before starting disassembly and assembly work, read and understand thoroughly the contents of 3.1.4 Precautions in Performing Work (p.65) and 3.1.5 Notes on Troubleshooting (p.66).
Problem solved?
Yes
Problem solved
Check for the relevant service call error Service Call Errors (p.70) No Abnormal Yes operation without error display? No 3.2 Troubleshooting When There is Error Display (p.72) 3.3 Troubleshooting for Faulty Operation (p.104) Yes 3.5 Picture Image Trouble (p.144)
Is there any problem with print images? No
3.4.17 Electrical Noise (p.127)
3.4 Troubleshooting for Individual Units (p.110)
Flowchart 3-1. Procedure for Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Overview
64 Confidential
Revision C
3.1.3 Preliminary Checks

Before starting troubleshooting, be sure to verify that the following conditions are all met:
3.1.4 Precautions in Performing Work

Be sure to unplug the POWER CORD before starting troubleshooting work except
when turning power ON is needed.
W A R N IN G
The power supply voltage must be within the specification limits. (Measure the
voltage at the wall socket.)
The POWER CORD must be free from damage, short circuit or breakage, or
miswiring in the POWER CORD.
Never touch any live parts unnecessarily when power is on. The power switch/inlet part of the LVPS is alive even when the power switch is turned OFF. Take care not to touch any live parts.
The printer must be grounded properly. The printer should not be located in a place where it can be exposed to too high or
low temperature, too high or low humidity, or abrupt temperature change.
If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed and the interlock
and safety switches turned ON, be sure to disconnect the ROS ASSY connector (P/ J140), except when its connection is required.
W A R N IN G
The printer should not be located near waterworks, near humidifiers, near heaters
or near flames, in a dusty atmosphere or in a place where the printer can be exposed to blast from an air conditioner.
The printer should not be located in a place where volatile or inflammable gases
are produced.
The printer should not be located in a place where it can be exposed to direct rays
of the sun.
If you perform work with the power turned ON, covers removed and the interlock and safety switches turned ON, there is danger of laser radiation being emitted from the ROS ASSY. Be sure to disconnect the ROS ASSY connector (P/J140), except when its connection is required.
The printer must be located in a well-ventilated place. The printer must be placed on a strong and steady level table. The paper used must conform to the specification. (The standard paper is
recommended.)
Before starting work operations with the LEFT COVER removed and with power
on, be sure to disconnect the connector (P/J15) on the HVPS/MCU except when its connection is needed.
W A R N IN G
There is no error in handling of the printer. The Regular Replacement Parts must have been replaced every time their
respective specified numbers of sheets had been printed.
Check the inside of the printer, and remove foreign matters, if any, such as paper
clips, staples, bits of paper, paper dust or toner.
If you perform work with the power ON and the LEFT COVER removed, a high voltage may be output from the HVPS/MCU. Be sure to disconnect the connector (P/J31) on the HVPS/MCU. If any error diagnosis item requires the connector (P/J31) on the HVPS/MCU to be connected, take great care not to touch the HVPS/MCU or high voltage output parts.
Clean the inside of the printer and the rubber rolls.
When you touch any surface which can become hot, take care not to suffer a burn. Wear a wrist strap to discharge static electricity from the human body, whenever
possible.
Troubleshooting
Overview
65 Confidential
Revision C When P/J1-2 P/J3-4, for instance, is referred to in any diagnosis item for
voltage measurement, the negative terminal P/J3-4 is always of AG (Analog Ground), SG (Signal Ground) or RTN (Return). Therefore, first make certain that actually there is continuity between AGs, between SGs and between RTNs. Then you are allowed to connect the negative (-) probe of your meter not to P/J3-4PIN but to another AG, SG or RTN pin. However, AG, SG and RTN are not all of the same level, so you must be careful not to confuse them.
3.1.5 Notes on Troubleshooting

The troubleshooting method described here assumes there is no malfunction in the
printer controller (Main Board). If you can not fix a problem even by following the troubleshooting procedure, you are advised to replace the printer controller with a normal one and then follow the same procedure. If you can not recover the printer from the trouble even with the printer controller replaced, replace the "Parts that can be the cource of this error" with new ones in order one by one and repeat operation checks.
Some normal components may be required as troubleshooting tools to identify the

cause of the trouble. You are advised to have a spare HVPS/MCU, LVPS, FUSER ASSY, BTR ASSY, and Y/M/C/K Imaging cartridges.
Use a dedicated tool to measure the voltage of the small connector. Handle the tool
carefully as its front end is sharp.
Measure the voltage with the Imaging Cartridge, BTR ASSY and paper tray
mounted, with the COVER TOP ASSY, FUSER ASSY and COVER REAR closed and with the power turned ON, as long as these conditions do not obstruct the measuring work.
Be sure to unplug the POWER CORD before starting troubleshooting work except
when turning power ON is needed. With the power cord connected, never touch any live parts unnecessarily.
Conventions used to represent connectors are as follows: P/J12: Connector (P/J12) with the Plug and Jack connected to each other. P12: Plug side with the connector (P/J12) disconnected J12:
C H E C K P O IN T
All voltage values given in the diagnosis items are approximate values. Actually
measured values different somewhat from, but deemed close to, the given values should be accepted.
(This does not apply to direct connection to a circuit board) Jack side with the connector (P/J12) disconnected (This does not apply to direct connection to a circuit board) Unless otherwise specified, measure the voltage with the Plug and Jack connected to each other.
Remember that diagnosis items do not provide any description on removal of parts
which are supposed to be always removed, and work operations which are supposed to be done, to perform servicing work indicated in diagnosis items.
Replacement referred to in diagnosis items lists the parts which can be the
source of the trouble and signifies that the parts or the assemblies (HIGH ASSY) containing those parts should be replaced with normal ones one by one and checking should be repeated.
In the FIP, the first stage of the feeder using paper trays at the bottom of the printer When P/J1-2 P/J3-4, for instance, is referred to in any diagnosis item, make
measurement by placing the positive (+) probe of your meter on the pin 2 of P/J1 and the negative (-) probe on the pin 4 of P/J3. is described as "Tray 1" and the second stage as "Tray 2", and the first stage of the Option 550 Paper Feeder as "Tray 3" and the second stage as "Tray 4".
When P/J1 P/J2, for instance, is referred to in any diagnosis item, make
measurement between every pair of terminals of the P/J1 and P/J2 by consulting 7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information (p.410).
Troubleshooting
Overview
66 Confidential
Revision C
3.1.6 Mechanical Controller Test Printing Function

With this printer, you can carry out printing operation check of the engine alone by control of the Mechanical Controller as follows:
3.1.6.2 Test Print Pattern

Figure 3-2 below shows the pattern output by print test of the engine alone.
3.1.6.1 How to Execute Test Printing

Short-circuit the jumper wire (JP93 JP TEST) on the HVPS/MCU Board to the frame, and the test pattern as shown in Figure 3-2 will be printed. Quit short-circuitting to terminate printing.
About 4 mm
About 4 mm
About 4 mm
Frame
Paper Feed Direction
About 4 mm
Connect
Figure 3-2. Test Print Pattern
Figure 3-1. How to Execute Test Printing

Resolution 600 dpi d1 (dots) 6 d2 (dots) 3413 d3 (dots) 127
Note 1: The d2 value in table above represents the case of A4 LEF printing.
C H E C K P O IN T
There is no problem even if the lines in the paper feed direction is printed jaggy. Jaggy line printing occurs because jitter control is not performed.
Troubleshooting
Overview
67 Confidential
Revision C Jam MP A, Jam C1 A, Jam C2 A, Jam C3 A

Draw out each paper feeder, remove the jammed paper, and then repeat opening/closing of the cover A.If the jammed paper cannot be seen or removed, open the cover A and remove the imaging cartridge. Remove the jammed paper, replace the imaging cartridge, and then close the cover. Jam DM Open the duplex cover, remove the jammed paper, and then close the cover again. JAM STK Open the stacker cover, remove the jammed paper, and then close the cover again. INSTALL TONER CARTRIDGE The toner cartridge is not installed. Open Cover A, install the toner cartridge indicated and close Cover A. The error is cleared. WRONG TONER CARTRIDGE
3.1.7 Details of Error Messages and Solutions

CASSETTE ERROR 003 The cassette is removed while the printer is powered on. Turn the printer off, set the cassette correctly, and then turn the power on again. DM ERROR 001 The duplex unit is removed while the printer is powered on. Turn the printer off, set the duplex unit correctly, and then turn the power on again. STACKER ERROR 002 The stacker is removed while the printer is powered on. Turn the printer off, set the stacker correctly, and then turn the power on again. JAM W W W W NOTE: W=DM, MP, C1, C2, C3, A, B, STK
Panel display order EJL status bit DM 9 MP 10 C1 3 C2 4 C3 5 A 1 B 2 STK 8
The toner cartridge is incompatible. The error is cleared by setting an appropriate toner cartridge. REPLACE TONER CARTRIDGE Printing has stopped because the toner cartridge has reached its lifetime. Replace with a new toner cartridge. NONGENUINETONER CARTRIDGE The toner cartridge is non-genuine. The error is cleared by setting an appropriate toner cartridge. REPLACE FUSER The fuser unit has reached its lifetime. Replace the fuser unit and then execute "Reset Fuser Counter" in "Reset Menu".
Explanation
Paper jam occurred.
Solution
Remove the jammed paper and then close cover A or B, or DM or STK. Then printing starts from the jammed page.
Jam A
Open the cover A and then remove the imaging cartridge. Remove the jammed paper, replace the imaging cartridge, and then close the cover. Jam A B Open the cover A and then remove the imaging cartridge. Remove the jammed paper, replace the imaging cartridge, and then close the cover.Open the cover B, remove the jammed paper, and then close the cover again.
Troubleshooting
Overview
68 Confidential

REPLACE MAINTENANCE UNIT The maintenance unit has reached its lifetime. Replace the maintenance unit and then execute "Reset Maintenance Counter" in "Reset Menu". REPLACE FEED ROLLER C2,C3 The used amount of the paper feed roller C2 or C3 for an additional cassette has reached its lifetime. Replace the paper feed roller C2 or C3, and then execute "Reset C2 Counter" or "Reset C3 Counter" in "Reset Menu". FACE-DOWN FULL Paper in the face-down tray has reached the defined amount. Remove paper in the facedown tray and then press Start/Stop button to continue printing. STACKER FULL Paper in the shifter has reached the defined amount. Remove paper in the stacker and then press Start/Stop button to continue printing. W W W W OPEN FACEUP PATH SELECTED
Revision C
Output Selection Lever is set to the Face-up tray side when printing starts in the duplex printing mode or the Stacker is selected as the paper output destination. Return Output Selection Lever to the Face-down side, and then press the Start/Stop button or Cancel Job button. Pressing the Start/Stop button forces the paper to output to the Face-down tray. Auto continue can be applied when "Auto Cont = On" is selected. INVALID NETWORK MODULE No network program exists or the program for the other printer model is loaded. Update it to one for EPL-N3000. Auto Continue is not applied. Each interface state will not be changed. INVALID PS3 No PS3 program exists or the program for the other printer model is loaded. Update it to one for EPL-N3000. Auto Continue is not applied. Each interface state will not be changed.
Description
W=A, B, DM. STK The cover that indicated in W is open.
W A or B DM STK EJL Status Bit 0 1 2 Explanation Cover A or B is open Duplex cover is open Stacker cover is open
This error will be cleared by closing the corresponding cover.
Troubleshooting
Overview
69 Confidential
Revision C
3.1.8 Service Call Errors

This section lists service call errors of EPL-N3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. The special operating functions that can be used at occurrence of any service call error are as follows:
CPU reset at occurrence of service call error Detailed information display at occurrence of service call error Printing of error sheet Press Back + Up + Down + Enter + Job-cancel when any service call error has occurred. Press Back + Enter + Job-cancel when any service call error has occurred. Press Enter after CPU reset when any service call error has occurred.
3.1.8.2 Controller Errors

C H E C K P O IN T
Error codes may be displayed with "D" instead of "C" by the error detection device in the hardware, in such case replace "D" by "C" to proceed the troubleshooting.
Table 3-2. List of Controller Errors

Error Code C 0017 C 0081 C 0082 C 0083 C 0084 C 0085 C 0086 C 0087 C 0088 C 0089 C 0090 C 0091 C 0092 C 0093 C 0094 C 0095 Explanation CPU error (undefined interrupt) CPU error (TLB modification exception) CPU error (TLB error exception [Load/Fetch]) CPU error (TLB error exception [Store]) CPU error (address error exception [Load/Fetch]) CPU error (address error exception [Store]) CPU error (bus error exception [Fetch]) CPU error (bus error exception [Load/Store]) CPU error (SYSCALL exception) CPU error (break exception) CPU error (reserved command exception) CPU error (co-processor unused exception) CPU error (FPU exception) CPU error (TLB exception) CPU error (XTLB exception) CPU error (cache exception) CPU error (Trap exception) CPU error (FPU error exception) CPU error (watch exception) CPU error (undefined trap) CPU error (NMI exception) CPU error (division with 0) CPU error (calculation overflow) CPU error (break) IPL error (faulty control) p. 99 Ref.
Note : For other special operating functions, refer to 7.3.2 Special Menu (p.426).
C H E C K P O IN T
In case any service call error other than listed here occurs, probably there is any fault in hardware.
3.1.8.1 Engine Errors

C A U T IO N
The error codes are specific to this model.
Table 3-1. List of Engine Errors

Error Code EPL-N3000 E 001 E 002 E 004 E 008 E 020 --AcuLaser M4000N E 900 E 550 E 500 E 100 E 300 E 998 Explanation NVRAM error Fan motor error Main motor error ROS motor error Fuser unit error Engine communication error Ref. p. 73 p. 74 p. 75 p. 73 p. 73 p. 75
C 0096 C 0097 C 0098 C 0128~0254 C 0255 C 0256 C 0257 C 0258 C 0800
Troubleshooting
Overview
70 Confidential

Table 3-2. List of Controller Errors (continued)
Error Code C 0998 C 0999 C 1000 C 1001 C 1002 C 1020 C 1100 C 1101 C 1120 C 1121 C 1122 C 1123 C 1170 C 1180 C 1185 C 1200 C 1210 C 1400 C 1999 C 2000 Explanation Engine communication error (power-on only) No flash ROM program data Standard RAM error (completely absent, etc.) Standard RAM error (no minimum stack, etc.) Standard RAM error (no standard size, etc.) RAM error (slot 0) ROM checksum error (bit0~15) (font) ROM checksum error (bit16~31) (font) ROM checksum error (bit0~7) (program) ROM checksum error (bit8~15) (program) ROM checksum error (bit16~23) (program) ROM checksum error (bit24~31) (program) Optional font ROM checksum error Optional ROM module A checksum error Unsupported ROM module EEPROM write error EEPROM write count limit Engine initialization problem Other hardware error Software error p. 102 p. 102 p. 103 p. 103 p. 101 p. 101 p. 100 p. 100 p. 99 Ref. p. 98 p. 101
Revision C
Troubleshooting
Overview
71 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-3. Troubleshooting for Errors Indicated by Error Display (continued)
Component Error Item (Reference Page) No Tray/Tray 3, 4 ........................................................................... p.87 Option Cassette Paper Out/Tray 3, 4 ........................................................................ p.87 Only Little Paper in Tray/Tray 3, 4 ................................................ p.88 No Recognition of Option 550 Paper Feeder ................................. p.89 Option Duplex Cover Error ............................................................ p.90 Option Duplex Error ....................................................................... p.90 Paper Jam/Exit to Dup .................................................................... p.91 Duplex Unit Paper Jam/Dup to Regi ................................................................... p.92 Paper Jam/Duplex Misfeed ............................................................ p.92 Paper Size Error/Duplex ................................................................. p.93 No Recognition of Option Duplex ................................................. p.93 Option OCT Cover Error ................................................................ p.94 Option OCT Error .......................................................................... p.94 Paper Jam/Exit to OCT ................................................................... p.95 OCT Paper Jam/OCT .............................................................................. p.96 Paper Size Error/OCT .................................................................... p.97 Full Stack Error/OCT ..................................................................... p.97 No Recognition of Option OCT ..................................................... p.98 Engine Communication Error ........................................................ p.98 CPU Error ....................................................................................... p.99 Standard RAM Error ...................................................................... p.99 RAM Error (Slot 0) ...................................................................... p.100 ROM Checksum Error (Font) ....................................................... p.100 Controller ROM Checksum Error (Program) ................................................ p.101 Option ROM Error ....................................................................... p.101 EEPROM Error ............................................................................ p.102 Engine Initialization Error ............................................................ p.102 Other Hardware Error ................................................................... p.103 Software Error .............................................................................. p.103
3.2 Troubleshooting When There is Error Display

This section describes troubleshooting for errors indicated by error display. After identifying the error item, refer to the appropriate page for troubleshooting.
C H E C K P O IN T
Refer to Flowchart 3-1. Procedure for Troubleshooting (p.64) first and then consult Table below. Troubleshooting here should be used only for errors that can not be cleared even by following the instructions in EPSON Status Monitor.
Error Item (Reference Page) NVRAM Error ............................................................................... p.73 ROS Error ....................................................................................... p.73 Fuser Error ..................................................................................... p.73 FAN Error ...................................................................................... p.74 Main Motor Error ........................................................................... p.75 Engine communication error (AcuLaser M4000N only) ............... p.75 Cover Error ..................................................................................... p.76 Paper Jam/Regi to Fuser ................................................................. p.76 Paper Jam/Exit ............................................................................... p.78
Table 3-3. Troubleshooting for Errors Indicated by Error Display

Component
Main Unit
Paper Jam/Tray to Regi .................................................................. p.79 Paper Jam/Misfeed ......................................................................... p.81 Imaging Cartridge .......................................................................... p.82 Paper Size Error ............................................................................. p.83 No Tray/Tray 1, 2 ........................................................................... p.83 Paper Out/Tray 1,2 ......................................................................... p.84 Tray Paper Low/Tray 2 .................................................................. p.85 Drum Life ....................................................................................... p.85 Fuser Life ....................................................................................... p.86 Maintenance unit Life (AcuLaser M4000N only) ......................... p.86
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting When There is Error Display
72 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.1 NVRAM Error

Table 3-4. Troubleshooting for NVRAM Error
Step Action and Question Yes No
3.2.3 Fuser Error

Table 3-6. Troubleshooting for Fuser Error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) FUSER ASSY (p.253) HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) HARNESS ASSY FUSER (p.251) HARNESS ASSY LVPS Thermistor 1. Turn on the main power. Go to 3.4.4 2. Observe whether the error display appears Replace the FUSER ASSY immediately at power on or just after short warming FUSER ASSY (p.115) up.
Does the error occur immediately at power on?
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301)
1 2 3 4
1. Turn on the main power.

Does the error occur?
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 2
1. Turn on the main power again.

Go to Step 4
Go to Step 3
1. Repeat turning on and off the main power several times.

Go to Step 4
Problem solved*1
1. Replace the HVPS/MCU.

Go to 3.4.17 Problem Electrical solved Noise (p.127)
Note "*1" : The cause is considered to be external noises. To make sure, however, go to 3.4.17 Electrical Noise (p.127) and perform the specified checking.
3.2.2 ROS Error

Table 3-5. Troubleshooting for ROS Error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) ROS ASSY (p.239) HVPS/MCU (p.301) Imaging Cartridge HARNESS ASSY ROS LVPS (p.287)
ROS ASSY
Go to 3.4.3 ROS ASSY (p.113)
Troubleshooting
73 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-7. Troubleshooting for FAN Error
Step No Action and Question FAN ALARM signal
Is the voltage between P/J27-18 P/J27-17 0.82
3.2.4 FAN Error

Table 3-7. Troubleshooting for FAN Error
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) FAN MAIN (p.293) FAN SUB (p.241) LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301)
Yes
No
8 9
Replace FAN Replace the SUB HVPS/MCU
VDC or more? FAN SUB 1. Replace the FAN SUB. (p.241)

Does the FAN error occur when power is switched
Go to Step 10
Problem solved
1 2 3 4 5
FAN MAIN
Does the Fan operate when the main power is turned Go to Step 2
on?
Go to Step 3
on? Operation of FAN SUB

Does the FAN SUB operate when power is switched Go to Step 3
10
LVPS 1. Replace the LVPS. (p.287)

Replace the HVPS/MCU
Problem solved
Go to Step 7
on?
on? Power supply to FAN MAIN

Is the FAN MAIN connected correctly and is the
voltage between P/J24-18 P/J24-17 24 VDC (12 VDC at a half speed)? FAN ALARM signal
Is the voltage between P/J24-17 P/J24-16 0.82
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 5
Replace FAN Replace the MAIN HVPS/MCU
VDC or more? FAN MAIN 1. Replace the FAN MAIN. (p.293)

Go to Step 6
Problem solved
on?

Problem solved
on? Power supply to FAN SUB
Is the FAN SUB connected correctly and is the
voltage between P/J27-19 P/J27-18 24 VDC (12 VDC at a half speed)?
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 9
Troubleshooting
74 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.5 Main Motor Error

Table 3-8. Troubleshooting for Main Motor Error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) MAIN MOTOR (p.279) GEAR ASSY HOUSING (p.281) GEAR ASSY PLATE, GEAR 9 (p.283) LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301)
3.2.6 Engine communication error (AcuLaser M4000N only)

Table 3-9. Troubleshooting for Engine communication error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) FFC ASSY ESS (p. 299) HVPS/MCU (p.301)
1 2
Checking for proper installation of MAIN MOTOR

Have MAIN MOTOR, GEAR ASSY HOUSING
Go to Step 2
and GEAR ASSY PLATE been installed properly? GEAR ASSY HOUSING and GEAR ASSY PLATE Go to 3.4.2 1. Turn each gear of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING and MAIN GEAR ASSY PLATE by hand. MOTOR (p.112) Does each gear turn properly?
Remount the part(s) causing the fault. Replace the part(s) causing the fault.
1 2
Check the firmware version of the HVPS/MCU

Check the firmware version of the HVPS/MCU. Is
Go to Step 2
the version latest? Check the firmware version of the BOARD ASSY, MAIN
Check the firmware version of the BOARD ASSY,
Update the firmware and go to step 2. Update the firmware.
Go to Step 3
MAIN. Is the version latest? Check the continuity of FFC ASSY ESS 1. Disconnect P28 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Disconnect the CN601 on the BOARD ASSY, MAIN. 3. Check each wiring for continuity. Do all of the wiring have normal continuity? Replace the FFC ASSY ESS. Go to Step 4
Replace the BOARD ASSY, MAIN End of Replace the Replace the BOARD ASSY, MAIN.Does the error still 3.4.16 HVPS/ procedure MCU (p.126) occur after the replacement?
Troubleshooting
75 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.7 Cover Error

Table 3-10. Troubleshooting for Cover Error
3.2.8 Paper Jam/Regi to Fuser

Table 3-11. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Regi to Fuser
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) FUSER ASSY (p.253) HVPS/MCU (p.301) CLUTH REGI (p.219) BTR ASSY (p.254) Imaging Cartridge GEAR ASSY HOUSING (p.281) HARNESS ASSY FUSER (p.251) LVPS (p.287) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) Paper condition
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W 5V (p.247) INTERLOCK S/W REAR (p.291) SWITCH I/L ASSY (p.173) CONTROL PANEL (p.170) HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) COVER OPEN and COVER REAR 1. Open the COVER OPEN and COVER REAR and check the parts.
Are the tabs that push down the INTERLOCK
S/W 24V, 5V, REAR and SWITCH I/L ASSY damaged?
Replace the Go to COVER OPEN INTERLOCK or COVER S/W REAR
Replace the sheets of paper Are any sheets of paper in the paper tray wrinkled or Go to Step 2 with new dry damaged? ones. Replace paper or change paper size setting.
Paper size setting 1. Check to see if the paper size used agrees with the paper size setting by the GUIDE END or the paper size setting by the driver on the PC side.
Does the size of paper used agree with the paper size
Go to Step 3
setting? Position of paper (1) 1. Open the COVER OPEN. 2. Check to see if the leading edge of paper is in contact with the Actuator Exit in the Fuser.
Is the paper in contact with the Actuator Exit?
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 4
Position of paper (2) 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Check the leading edge position of the paper.
Has the leading edge of paper passed the Heat Roll /
Go to Step 5
Pressure Roll of the Fuser Assy?
Troubleshooting
76 Confidential

Table 3-11. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Regi to Fuser (continued)
Step Action and Question Position of paper (3) 1. Check the leading edge position of the paper.
Has the leading edge of paper passed the BTR
Revision C
Step Action and Question Power supply to the Sensor Exit
3.3 VDC between P/J46-3 P/J46-4?
Yes
No
Yes
No
10
Go to Step 14 Go to Step 6
Go to Step 12 Go to Step 11 Go to 3.4.1 Replace the LVPS (p.111) LVPS
ASSY? Position of paper (4) 1. Check the leading edge position of the paper.
Has the leading edge of paper passed between the
11
Continuity of the LVPS

Is there continuity between P/J41-1 P/J46-3?
ROLL REGI METAL and the ROLL REGI RUBBER? Actuator Exit 1. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been removed. 2. When the Actuator Exit of the FUSER ASSY is Go to Step 8 moved up/down by hand inserted through the outlet of the FUSER ASSY, does the Actuator Exit operate smoothly?
Does the Actuator Exit move smoothly?
12
Roll of the FUSER ASSY 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) WARNING!: Start this work after the Fuser Replace the has cooled off. LVPS 2. Try to turn the Gear HR of the Fuser Assy with your finger.
Do the gear and roll turn smoothly?
Replace the FUSER ASSY
13
BTR ASSY 1. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 2. Check the shapes of the BTR ASSY, shaft and Bearing BTR.
Is the BTR ASSY free from any abnormality?
Go to Step 14
Replace the BTR ASSY
Exit Sensor 1. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been removed. 2. While pressing and releasing the Actuator Exit repeatedly, measure the voltage of P/J46-5 P/J46- Replace the 4 on the HVPS/MCU. (Refer to Connectors LVPS (p.406))
0 VDC between P/J46-5 P/J46-4 when the
GUIDE ASSY CRU R
14
Go to Step 9
Is the GUIDE ASSY CRU R free from dirt and
damage? Continuity to GUIDE ASSY CRU R 1. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257)
Does each wire of harness have continuity?
Clean or replace the Go to Step 15 GUIDE ASSY CRU R Replace the Go to Step 16 GUIDE ASSY CRU R
15
Actuator Exit is pressed and 3.3 VDC when it is released? Continuity of HARNESS ASSY FUSER WARNING!: Start this work after the Fuser has cooled off. 1. Disconnect P/J46 from the LVPS. 2. Remove the FUSER ASSY.
Is there normal continuity between P/J46 P/
16
Replace the Go to Step 10 HARNESS ASSY FUSER
HVPS/MCU 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301) 2. Print the status sheet. Refer to p. 430
Does a similar trouble occur?
Go to Step 17
Problem solved
J4647?
Troubleshooting
77 Confidential

Step Action and Question Imaging Cartridge 1. Replace the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Print the status sheet. Refer to p. 430
Does problem occur even after replacement of the
Revision C
Yes
No
3.2.9 Paper Jam/Exit

Table 3-12. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Exit
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) FUSER ASSY (p.253) HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY FUSER (p.251) MOTOR ASSY EXIT (p.266) LVPS (p.287) CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT (p.263) 500 EXIT ASSY (p.262) 150 Paper Cassette (p.175) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) Paper condition
17
Go to Step 18
Problem solved
Imaging Cartridge? ROLL REGI METAL and ROLL REGI RUBBER 1. Turn the ROLL REGI METAL and the ROLL REGI Replace the RUBBER by hand. Go to Step 19 150 FEEDER ASSY Do the ROLL REGI METAL and the ROLL REGI RUBBER turn smoothly? GEAR ASSY HOUSING (2) 1. Remove the GEAR ASSY HOUSING. (p.281)
Does each gear turn smoothly?
18
19
Replace the Replace the GEAR ASSY gear in HOUSING question.
Replace the sheets of paper Are any sheets of paper in the paper tray wrinkled or Go to Step 2 with new dry damaged? ones. Replace the paper or set the paper size correctly.
Does the paper size setting agree with the size of
Go to Step 3
paper used?
3 4 5 6
1. Turn on power.
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
Paper in the Actuator Exit area

Is there paper in the Actuator Exit area?
Take out the paper and then Go to Step 9 go to Step 5. Go to Step 8 Go to Step 6 Problem solved
1. Turn on power.
1. Print the status sheet (p.430)

Go to Step 7
Troubleshooting
78 Confidential

Table 3-12. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Exit (continued)
Step Action and Question ROLL PINCH EXIT 1. Remove the COVER TOP ASSY. (p.170) 2. Turn the ROLL PINCH EXIT by hand.
Is the ROLL PINCH EXIT free from wear or
Revision C
Yes
No
3.2.10 Paper Jam/Tray to Regi

Table 3-13. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Tray to Regi
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) 150 Paper Cassette (p.175) SENSOR REGI (p.221) ACTUATOR B CHUTE ASSY FDR1 HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) CHUTE ASSY FDR2 CLUTCH ASSY PH (p.318) ROLL ASSY RETARD (p.321) CLUTCH PR-REGI (p.319) 550 FEEDER OPTION (p.311) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) Paper size setting 1. Check to see if the paper size used agrees with the paper size setting by the GUIDE ASSY END or Go to Step 2 the paper size setting by the driver on the PC side.
Go to Step 8
Replace the ROLL PINCH EXIT
damage, and does it turn smoothly? Is the SPRING PINCH EXIT set in its position? Rotation of the ROLL EXIT 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Close the COVER OPEN. Go to Step 9 3. Turn on power. 4. Check the turning of the ROLL EXIT during warming up.
Does the ROLL EXIT turn smoothly?
Replace the 500 EXIT ASSY
Actuator Exit 1. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been removed. Replace the 2. When the Actuator Exit of the FUSER ASSY is moved Go to Step 10 up/down by hand inserted through the outlet of the FUSER ASSY FUSER ASSY, does the Actuator Exit operate smoothly?
Does the Actuator Exit move smoothly?
10
Exit Sensor 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. While pressing and releasing the Actuator Exit repeatedly, measure the voltage between P/J46-5 Go to Step 13 Go to Step 11 P/J46-4 on the HVPS/MCU. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
0 VDC between P/J46-5 P/J46-4 when the Actuator
1 2 3 4
Replace the paper or set the paper size correctly.
paper used? 1. Turn on power.

Go to Step 3
Go to Step 5
Exit is pressed and 3.3 VDC when it is released?
11 12 13
Power supply to the Exit Sensor Continuity of the LVPS
Replace the Is the voltage 3.3 VDC between P/J46-3 P/J46-2? LVPS
Go to Step 12
Paper in the ACTUATOR B 1. Check the ACTUATOR B area.

Is there paper in the ACTUATOR B area?
Remove the Go to 3.4.5 paper and then SENSOR REGI go to Step 4. (p.117) Go to 3.4.5 SENSOR Go to Step 5 REGI (p.117)
Go to 3.4.1 Replace the LVPS (p.111) LVPS Replace the HARNESS ASSY LVPS
1. Turn on power.
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect P/J11 of the HVPS/MCU. 2. Disconnect P/J41 of the LVPS.
Is there normal continuity between J11-10 J41-7?
Replace the LVPS
Troubleshooting
79 Confidential

Table 3-13. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Tray to Regi (continued)
Step Action and Question ROLL ASSY RETARD 1. Check the ROLL ASSY RETARD installed on each Paper Cassette.
Is the ROLL ASSY RETARD clean and installed
Revision C
Yes
No Replace the ROLL ASSY RETARD
Go to Step 6
normally? Test Printing 1. Feed paper from Tray 1 or Tray 2 to execute test printing. Go to Step 7 2. When there is an optional feeder, feed paper from Tray 3 or Tray 4 to execute test printing.
Problem solved
Position of paper 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.

Is the leading edge of paper in contact with the
Go to Step 8
Go to 3.4.5 SENSOR REGI (p.117)
ACTUATOR B of the SENSOR REGI?
Paper feed tray 1. Check the paper feed tray during execution of test Go to Step 9 printing.
Was paper fed from the Tray 1 or Tray 2?
Go to Step 10
CHUTE ASSY FDR1/2 1. Turn each gear and roller of the CHUTE ASSY FDR1/2 by hand.
Does each gear and roller turn smoothly?
Replace the Go to Step 10 CHUTE ASSY FDR1/2
10
Paper feed tray Check that paper 1. Check the paper feed tray during execution of test Go to Step 11 has been set, and printing. then go to Step 8 Was paper fed from the Tray 3 or Tray 4? 550 FEEDER OPTION 1. Turn each gear or roller of the 550 FEEDER OPTION by hand.
Does each gear or roller turn smoothly?
11 12
Replace the OPTION 550 Go to Step 12 PAPER FEEDER Replace the HVPS/MCU Replace ROLL ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN 1. Turn the ROLL ASSY TURN by hand.

Does the ROLL ASSY TURN turn smoothly?
Troubleshooting
80 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-14. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Misfeed (continued)
Step No Action and Question PLATE ASSY BTM 1. Remove the Paper Cassette. 2. While installing the Paper Cassette, check to see if the PLATE ASSY BTM is pushed up. 3. Push and release the PLATE ASSY BTM by hand repeatedly and check its operation. 4. By visual inspection, check that the PLATE ASSY BTM is not inclined in the lateral direction.
Is the PLATE ASSY BTM pushed up when the
3.2.11 Paper Jam/Misfeed

Table 3-14. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Misfeed
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) 150 Paper Cassette (p.175) SENSOR REGI (p.221) ACTUATOR B LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301) CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (p.219) CHUTE ASSY FDR1 GEAR ASSY HOUSING (p.281) SENSOR NO PAPER (p.222) CHUTE ASSY FDR2 PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) ROLL ASSY RETARD (p.321) CLUTCH ASSY PH (p.318) ROLL ASSY TURN (p.317) CLUTCH PR-REGI (p.319) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191)
Yes
No
Go to Step 5
Replace the PLATE ASSY BTM
Paper Cassette is installed and does it move up and down smoothly?

Are the side guides located too tight for the paper?
5
Position of paper 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.
Is the leading edge of paper in contact with the
Move the side guides outward Go to Step 6 slightly and let paper run again. Go to 3.4.5 SENSOR REGI (p.117)
Go to Step 7
ACTUATOR B of the SENSOR REGI? ROLL ASSY RETARD 1. Check the ROLL ASSY RETARD mounted in each Paper Cassette. Go to Step 8
Is the ROLL ASSY RETARD free from dirt and
1 2
1. Take out all the paper from the tray which supplied the paper having developed paper jam.
Go to Step 2
Go to 3.2.15 Paper Out/ Tray 1,2 (p.84)
Replace the ROLL ASSY RETARD
Paper condition
Is the paper curled, damaged or wet?
Replace the sheets of Go to Step 3 paper with new dry ones. Replace the paper or set the paper size correctly.
wear, and has it been installed correctly?
8 9
Paper feed tray 1. Check the paper feed tray when an error occurs.
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 10
Go to Step 4
CHUTE ASSY FDR1/2 1. Turn each gear or roller of the CHUTE ASSY FDR1/2 by hand.
Replace the CHUTE Go to Step 10 ASSY FDR1/ 2
paper used?
Troubleshooting
81 Confidential

Table 3-14. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Misfeed (continued)
Step Paper feed tray Action and Question
At error occurrence, was paper fed from the Tray 3
Revision C
Yes
No
3.2.12 Imaging Cartridge

Table 3-15. Troubleshooting for Imaging Cartridge
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) Imaging Cartridge GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257)
10 11 12
or Tray 4? 550 FEEDER OPTION 1. Turn each gear or roller of the 550 FEEDER OPTION by hand.
Check that paper has been Go to Step 11 set, and then go to Step 8 Replace the Go to Step 12 550 FEEDER OPTION Replace the ROLL ASSY TURN
ROLL ASSY TURN 1. Turn the ROLL ASSY TURN by hand.

Does the ROLL ASSY TURN turn smoothly?
1 2
Imaging Cartridge (1) 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge and check its type.
Is the type of the Imaging Cartridge appropriate?
Go to Step 2
Replace the Imaging Cartridge
Imaging Cartridge (2) 1. Install the Imaging Cartridge again. 2. Turn on power.
Does the error recur?
Go to Step 3
Problem solved
GUIDE ASSY CRU R 1. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257) 2. Check continuity of each wire of harness. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Go to Step 4
Replace the GUIDE ASSY CRU R
Imaging Cartridge (3) 1. Replace the Imaging Cartridge 2. Turn on power.

Does the error recur?
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
82 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.13 Paper Size Error

Table 3-16. Troubleshooting for Paper Size Error
3.2.14 No Tray/Tray 1, 2
Table 3-17. Troubleshooting for No Tray/Tray 1, 2
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) GUIDE TRAY LEFT (p.236) 150 Paper Cassette (p.175) HVPS/MCU (p.301) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) 150 Paper Cassette (p.175) SENSOR REGI (p.221) ACTUATOR B HVPS/MCU (p.301) GUIDE TRAY LEFT (p.236) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) Paper size setting 1. Check to see if the paper size used agrees with the paper size setting by the GUIDE END or the paper size setting by the driver on the PC side.
1 2 3
Has the error occurred in the Tray 3 or Tray 4?
Go to3.2.20 No Tray/Tray Go to Step 2 3, 4 (p.87) Problem solved
Go to Step 2
Replace paper or change paper size setting.
1. Take out the Paper Cassette of the Tray 1 and Tray 2 once and insert it again. Go to Step 3 Does the error still occur? Paper Cassette
Are the GUIDE ASSY END, GEAR SECTOR,
paper used?
Paper feed tray 1. Check the paper feed tray when an paper size error occurs.
RACK SIZE and LINK SW SIZE1/2/3 of the Paper Cassette in Tray 1 or Tray 2 installed correctly?
Go to 3.4.15 GUIDE TRAY LEFT (p.125)
Remount the part(s) causing the fault.
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 4
Paper Cassette (1)
Go to 3.4.15 Remount the GUIDE TRAY part(s) causing RACK SIZE and LINK SW SIZE1/2/3 of the Paper LEFT (p.125) the fault. Cassette in Tray 1 or Tray 2 installed correctly? Replace the HVPS/MCU
Paper feed tray 1. Check the paper feed tray when an paper size error occurs.
Go to Step 5
Paper Cassette (2)
RACK SIZE and LINK SW SIZE1/2/3 of the Paper Cassette in Tray 3 or Tray 4 installed correctly?
Go to 3.4.25 OPT ASSY SIZE (p.133)
Troubleshooting
83 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-18. Troubleshooting for Paper Out/Tray 1, 2
Step No Action and Question 1. Clamp the ceenter part of RACK BTM LOCK 550 ageinst HOUSING BASE 550 while holding down PLATE ASSY BTM.
Is there any gap between RACK LOCK 550 and
3.2.15 Paper Out/Tray 1,2

Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR NO PAPER (p.222), (p.232) ACTUATOR NO PAPER (p.223), (p.238) HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) RACK BTM LOCK 550 (p.203) HOUSING BASE 550 (p.208)
Is the Tray 3 or Tray 4 pointed out by error display? Go to 3.2.21
Yes
No
HOUSING BASE 550?

RACK BTM LOCK 550
Go to Step 5
Reinstall the RACK BMTM LOCK 550 (p. 203)
1 2
Presence of paper 1. Check Tray 1 or Tray 2 for paper.
Is there paper in Tray 1 or Tray 2? Is each PLATE ASSY BTM raised properly?
Paper Out/ Tray 3, 4 (p.87) Go to Step 3
Go to Step 2
Supply paper. Remove the Paper Cassette and install PLATE ASSY BTM properly. ACTUATOR NO PAPER 1. Remove the Paper Cassette. 2. Insert your hand through the cassette inserting opening, and move the ACTUATOR NO PAPER.
Does the ACTUATOR NO PAPER move
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
Replace the ACTUATOR NO PAPER
smoothly?
HVPS/MCU 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301)

Dose the problem still occur?
Go to 3.4.23 SENSOR NO Problem PAPER solved (p.131)
Troubleshooting
84 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.16 Tray Paper Low/Tray 2

Table 3-19. Troubleshooting for Tray Paper Low/Tray 2
3.2.17 Drum Life

Table 3-20. Troubleshooting for Drum Life
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) Imaging Cartridge GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) HVPS/MCU (p.301)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR LOW PAPER (p.309) ACTUATOR LOW PAPER PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) HVPS/MCU (p.301) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) SENSOR
1 2
Imaging Cartrideg
After a new Imaging Cartridge is installed, does the
Go to Step 2
Problem solved
error still occur? HVPS/MCU 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R.
Is there continuity in each wiring of each harness?
Does the error still occur after the Paper Cassette
Go to Step 2
loaded with the specified amount of paper is inserted in Tray 2? ACTUATOR LOW PAPER 1. Remove the Paper Cassette.
Problem solved
When the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER is moved up/
down by your finger, does the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER operate smoothly? And, when the flag is pushed up, does it enter the slot of the SENSOR LOW PAPER, and when released, is it dislocated from the slot? PLATE ASSY BTM
When the PLATE ASSY BTM is pushed by hand
Go to Step 3
Replace the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER
and released, does the PLATE ASSY BTM move the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER normally?
Go to 3.4.24 Replace SENSOR PLATE ASSY LOW PAPER BTM (p.132)
Troubleshooting
85 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.18 Fuser Life

Table 3-21. Troubleshooting for Fuser Life
3.2.19 Maintenance unit Life (AcuLaser M4000N only)

Table 3-22. Troubleshooting for Maintenance unit Life
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) BTR ASSY (p.254) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (MP Cassette) (p. 175, p. 213) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Cassette 1) (p. 191, p. 226) GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) HVPS/MCU (p.301) Maintenance Unit 1. Replace the following parts. BTR ASSY KIT ROLL ASSY FEED x 2 sets (MP Cassette and Cassette1) 2. Excute the "Reset Maintenance Counter" in the Reset Menu.
Does the error still occur?
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) FUSER ASSY (p.253) HARNESS ASSY FUSER (p.251) HVPS/MCU (p.301) FUSER ASSY 1. Replace the FUSER ASSY for a new one. 2. Excute the "Reset Fuser Counter" in the Reset Menu.
Problem solved
Go to Step 2
Problem solved
HVPS/MCU 1. Remove the BTR ASSY. 2. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R.
Is there continuity in each wiring of each harness?
Troubleshooting
86 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.20 No Tray/Tray 3, 4
Table 3-23. Troubleshooting for No Tray/Tray 3, 4
3.2.21 Paper Out/Tray 3, 4

Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) SENSOR NO PAPER (p.222), (p.232) ACTUATOR NO PAPER (p.223), (p.238) OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) RACK BTM LOCK 550 (p.203) HOUSING BASE 550 (p.208)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) OPT ASSY SIZE (p.306) OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303) Paper Cassette HVPS/MCU (p.301)
1 2
1. Take out the Paper Cassette from the Option 550 Feeder of Tray 3 and Tray 4 once and insert it again. Go to Step 2 Does the error still occur? Paper Cassette
Are the GUIDE END, GEAR SECTOR, RACK
Problem solved
SIZE and LINK SW SIZE1/2/3 of the Paper Cassette of Tray 3 and Tray 4 installed properly?
Go to 3.4.25 OPT ASSY SIZE (p.133)
1 2
Presence of paper
Is there paper in Tray 3 and Tray 4? Dose the PLATE ASSY BTM raise properly?
Go to Step 2
Supply paper. Reinstall it properly after removing the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
Go to Step3
Troubleshooting
87 Confidential

Step Action and Question 1. Clamp the ceenter part of RACK BTM LOCK 550 ageinst HOUSING BASE 550 while holding down PLATE ASSY BTM.
Is there any gap between RACK LOCK 550 and
Revision C
Yes
No
3.2.22 Only Little Paper in Tray/Tray 3, 4

Table 3-25. Troubleshooting for Only Little Paper/Tray 3, 4
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR LOW PAPER (p.309) ACTUATOR LOW PAPER PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303) Paper Cassette HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) Sensor Operation 1. Fill the Paper Cassette with a sufficient amount of paper, and insert the cassette into the Tray 3 or Tray 4. Go to Step 2
Does the error display still appear even when there
HOUSING BASE 550?

RACK BTM LOCK 550
Go to Step 4
Reinstall RACK BTM LOCK 550 (p. 203)
Problem solved
is an adequate amount of paper in the Paper Cassette? ACTUATOR NO PAPER 1. Remove the Paper Cassette. 2. Insert your hand through the cassette insertion opening of Tray 3 or Tray 4 and move the ACTUATOR NO PAPER with your hand.
Does the ACTUATOR NO PAPER move
Go to Step 5
ACTUATOR LOW PAPER 1. When pushed up with your finger. 2. After pushing up the flag into the sensor area of ACTUATOR LOW PAPER, when you release it.
Does the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER move
Go to Step 3
smoothly?

Go to 3.4.23 SENSOR NO Problem PAPER solved (p.131)
smoothly under the following conditions? When pushed up with your finger After pushing up the flag into the sensor area of SENSOR LOW PAPER, when you release it
PLATE ASSY BTM 1. Check the operation of the ACTUATOR LOW Go to 3.4.24 Replace the PAPER by pushing and releasing the PLATE ASSY SENSOR PLATE ASSY BTM with your hand. LOW PAPER BTM (p.132) Does the PLATE ASSY BTM move the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER normally?
Troubleshooting
88 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-26. Troubleshooting for No Recognition of Option 550 Feeder (continued)
Step Action and Question Continuity in HARNESS ASSY FDR5 of Feeder corresponding to Tray 3 1. Remove the Option 550 Paper Feeder. (p.303) 2. Disconnect P/J84 from the PWBA FEEDER550. 3. Check continuity between J84 J8483. J84-1 J8483-10 J84-2 J8483-9 J84-3 J8483-8 J84-4 J8483-7 J84-5 J8483-6
Does each wiring between J84 J8483 have
3.2.23 No Recognition of Option 550 Paper Feeder

C H E C K P O IN T
Here, both Tray 3 and Tray 4 are described on the assumption that they are mounted with the Option 550 Paper Feeders.
Yes
No
Table 3-26. Troubleshooting for No Recognition of Option 550 Feeder

Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY FDR2 HARNESS ASSY FDR5 LVPS (p.287) Continuity in HARNESS ASSY FDR2 of Feeder corresponding to Tray 3 1. Remove the Option 550 Paper Feeder. (p.303) 2. Disconnect P/J2083 from the PWBA FEEDER550. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 3. Check continuity between J2083 J83. J2083-1 J83-10 J2083-2 J83-9 J2083-3 J83-8 J2083-4 J83-7 J2083-5 J83-6
Go to Step 3
Replace the HARNESS ASSY FDR5
continuity? Continuity in HARNESS ASSY FDR2 of Feeder corresponding to Tray 4 1. Remove the Option 550 Paper Feeder. (p.303) 2. Disconnect P/J8483 from the PWBA FEEDER550. 3. Check continuity between J8483 J83. J8483-1 J83-10 J8483-2 J83-9 J8483-3 J83-8 J8483-4 J83-7 J8483-5 J83-6
3
Go to PWBA FEEDER550 Replace the (p. 130/p. 130) HARNESS (If Tray 4 is not ASSY FDR2 recognized, go to Step 2)
Go to PWBA FEEDER550 (p. 130/p. 130)
continuity?
continuity?
Troubleshooting
89 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.24 Option Duplex Cover Error

Table 3-27. Troubleshooting for Option Duplex Cover Error
3.2.25 Option Duplex Error

Table 3-28. Troubleshooting for Option Duplex Error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) HARNESS ASSY DUP (p.359) HVPS/MCU (p.301)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HSG LOWER DUP (p.344) COVER HSG DUP SWITCH DUPLEX (p.357) PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) COVER HSG DUP 1. Open the COVER HSG DUP. Go to 3.4.31 2. Check the rib of the HSG LOWER DUP for damage SWITCH to its part where it comes in contact with the DUPLEX SWITCH DUPLEX. (p.138) Is the part of the HSG LOWER DUP which pushes the SWITCH DUPLEX normal?
Installing the Option Duplex Go to 3.4.28 1. Remove the Option Duplex once and install it again. PWBA 2. Turn the power on again. DUPLEX (p.136) Does the error recur?
Problem solved
Replace the HSG LOWER DUP (p.344)
Troubleshooting
90 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-29. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Exit to Dup
Step No Action and Question Transmission of Driving Force 1. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 2. Turn the Gear by hand.
Do the Roll and the Gear turn smoothly?
3.2.26 Paper Jam/Exit to Dup

Table 3-29. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Exit to Dup
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR DUP (p.350) ACTUATOR DUP ROLL DUP (p.351) ROLL PINCH MOTOR DUPLEX (p.355) HVPS/MCU (p.301)
Yes
No Replace the part(s) blocking smooth turning.
Go to Step 7
1 2 3 4
1. Turn on power.
Does the error occur at power on?
ROLL DUP and ROLL PINCH 1. Open the COVER HSG DUP, supply paper and close the cover. 2. Check paper transport by turning the upper GEAR ROLL clockwise by hand.
Is the paper transported smoothly?
Go to Step 8
Replace the roll blocking smooth transport.
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 4
Paper in the ACTUATOR DUP area 1. Open the COVER HSG DUP. 2. Check to see if there is paper at the ACTUATOR DUP.
Is there paper at the ACTUATOR DUP?
Remove the Go to 3.4.30 paper and then SENSOR DUP (p.137) go to Step 3

Go to 3.4.29 MOTOR DUPLEX (p.136)
Problem solved
1. Turn on power.
Go to 3.4.30 SENSOR DUP (p.137)
Go to Step 4
Option Duplex 1. Remove the Option Duplex once and install it again. Go to Step 5 2. Perform test printing for duplex printing.
Problem solved
Position of paper (1) 1. Open the COVER HSG DUP. 2. Check the leading edge position of the paper.
Has the front edge of the sheet reached the
Go to Step 6
Replace the FUSER ASSY (p.253)
ROLLER DUP (upper)?
Troubleshooting
91 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.27 Paper Jam/Dup to Regi

Table 3-30. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Dup to Regi
3.2.28 Paper Jam/Duplex Misfeed

Table 3-31. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Duplex Misfeed
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) FDR1 AS SUB 150 A4 HVPS/MCU (p.301) ROLL DUP (p.351) ROLL PINCH MOTOR DUPLEX (p.355) HVPS/MCU (p.301)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR DUP (p.350) ACTUATOR DUP FDR1 AS SUB 150 A4 ROLL PINCH ROLL DUP (p.351) ROLL PINCH MOTOR DUPLEX (p.355) HVPS/MCU (p.301)
1 2
Problem solved
1 2
Problem solved
FDR1 AS SUB 150 A4 Go to Step 3 Reinstall the FDR1 AS SUB 150 A4 properly. Replace the part(s) blocking smooth turning.
Is the FDR1 AS SUB 150 A4 installed properly?
FDR1 AS SUB 150 A4

Is the FDR1 AS SUB 150 A4 installed properly?
Go to Step 3
Reinstall the FDR1 AS SUB 150 A4 properly. Replace the part(s) blocking smooth turning.
Transmission of Driving Force 1. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 2. Turn ROLL DUP and all the Gear by hand.
Do the Roll DUP and all the Gear turn smoothly?
Transmission of Driving Force 1. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 2. Turn ROLL DUP and all the Gear by hand.
Do the Roll DUP and all the Gear turn smoothly?
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 4
ROLLER DUP and ROLL PINCH 1. Open the COVER HSG DUP, supply paper and close the cover. 2. Check paper transport by turning the upper GEAR ROLL clockwise by hand.
Go to Step 5
ROLLER DUP and ROLL PINCH 1. Open the COVER HSG DUP, supply paper and close the cover. 2. Check paper transport by turning the upper GEAR ROLL clockwise by hand.
Go to Step 5

Problem solved

Problem solved
Troubleshooting
92 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.29 Paper Size Error/Duplex

Table 3-32. Troubleshooting for Paper Size Error/Duplex
3.2.30 No Recognition of Option Duplex

Table 3-33. Troubleshooting for No Recognition of Option Duplex
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY DUP (p.359) HARNESS ASSY LVPS Option Duplex detection signal (1) 1. Remove the PWBA DUPLEX. (p.347) 2. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY DUP. 3. Connect the Connector J2750 of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the Connector P2750 of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 4. Check the voltage between P2750-5 J2750-6.
3.3 VDC between P2750-5 J2750-6?
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) GUIDE TRAY LEFT (p.236) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310)
Paper Size
Does the specification for the paper size permit
Go to Step 2
Replace the paper
duplex printing? Paper size setting 1. Check to see if the paper size setting by the GUIDE END of the Paper Cassette agrees with the actual Go to Step 3 paper size.
Does the paper size setting of each tray agree with
Correct paper size setting
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 2
the actual paper size?
3 4 5 6
Paper feed tray (1) 1. Check the paper feed tray when the error occurs.
Is Tray 1 the paper feed tray when the error occurs?
Go to Step 4
Option Duplex detection signal (2) 1. Measure the voltage between the connectors P/J27-4 P/J27-3 on the HVPS/MCU.
Go to Step 3
Is Tray 2 the paper feed tray when the error occurs?
Go to Step 5
Paper feed tray (3) 1. Check the paper feed tray when the error occurs. Paper feed tray (4) 1. Check the paper feed tray when the error occurs.
Go to PWBA FEEDER550 Is Tray 3 the paper feed tray when the error occurs? (p. 130/p. 130) Go to PWBA FEEDER550 Is Tray 4 the paper feed tray when the error occurs? (p. 130/p. 130)
Go to Step 6 Replace the HVPS/ MCU
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. 2. Check continuity between J27 J2750. J27-4 J2750-5 J27-3 J2750-6 J27-2 J2750-7 J27-1 J2750-8
Is there continuity between J27 J2750?
Go to Step 4
Replace the HARNESS ASSY LVPS
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY DUP 1. Disconnect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY DUP. 2. Check continuity between J2750 J50. J2750-3 J50-8 J2750-4 J50-7 J2750-5 J50-6 J2750-6 J50-5
Replace the PWBA DUPLEX
Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP
Troubleshooting
93 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.31 Option OCT Cover Error

Table 3-34. Troubleshooting for Option OCT Cover Error
3.2.32 Option OCT Error

Table 3-35. Troubleshooting for Option OCT Error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HARNESS ASSY OCT1 HVPS/MCU (p.301) PWBA OCT (p.368) HARNESS ASSY OCT2 Checking for proper installation of Option OCT
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) PWBA OCT (p.368) COVER REAR (p.362) COVER OCT (p.364) S/W REAR COVER HARNESS ASSY REAR COVER 1. Check the COVER REAR
Does the error occur again when power is switched
Is the part of the COVER REAR rib that pushes the
S/W REAR COVER damaged?
Go to 3.4.36 S/W REAR COVER (p.141)
Replace the COVER REAR
on after the Option COT is removed once and then installed again?
3.4.32 PWBA Problem OCT (p.139) solved
Troubleshooting
94 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-36. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Exit to OCT
Step No Action and Question Transmission of Driving Force 1. Remove the COVER OCT (p.364), and turn the ROLL OCT LOWER, ROLL OCT UPPER and all GEARs by hand to check.
Do the ROLL OCT LOWER, ROLL OCT UPPER
3.2.33 Paper Jam/Exit to OCT

Table 3-36. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/Exit to OCT
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) SENSOR OCT (p.372) ACTUATOR OCT ROLL OCT LOWER (p.374) ROLL OCT UPPER (p.376) ROLL PINCH MOTOR ASSY OCT (p.378)
Yes
Go to Step 6
and all GEARs rotate smoothly? Paper transport at ROLL OCT LOWER and ROLL PINCH Replace the roll blocking smooth transport.
From the bottom of the Option OCT, insert a piece
Go to Step 7
1 2 3 4
1. Turn on power.
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 4
of paper into between the ROLL OCT LOWER and ROLL PINCH. Is it transported smoothly when the GEAR 19/37 is turned by hand counterclockwise? HVPS/MCU 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301)
Paper in ACTUATOR OCT section 1. Open the COVER REAR.

Is there paper remaining in the ACTUATOR OCT
Remove the 3.4.37 paper and then SENSOR go to Step 3 OCT (p.142) 3.4.37 SENSOR OCT (p.142)
Go to 3.4.33 MOTOR ASSY OCT (p.139)
Problem solved
section? 1. Turn on power.

Go to Step 4
1. Execute test printing

Does the error occur when test printing is performed Go to Step 5
in the OCT mode after the Option OCT is removed and installed again?
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
95 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-37. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/OCT
Step No Action and Question Transmission of Driving Force 1. Remove the COVER OCT (p.364), and turn the ROLL OCT LOWER, ROLL OCT UPPER and all GEARs by hand to check.
Do the ROLL OCT LOWER, ROLL OCT UPPER
3.2.34 Paper Jam/OCT

Table 3-37. Troubleshooting for Paper Jam/OCT
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) SENSOR OCT (p.372) ACTUATOR OCT ROLL OCT LOWER (p.374) ROLL OCT UPPER (p.376) ROLL PINCH MOTOR ASSY OCT (p.378)
Yes
Go to Step 7
and all GEARs rotate smoothly? Paper transport at ROLL OCT LOWER and ROLL PINCH 1. From the bottom of the Option OCT, insert a piece of paper into between the ROLL OCT LOWER and Go to Step 8 ROLL PINCH. 2. Turn the GEAR 19/37 by hand counterclockwise?
1 2
1. Turn on power.
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 5
Paper in the ACTUATOR OCT area 1. Open the COVER REAR. 2. Check to see if there is paper at the ACTUATOR OCT.
Is there paper at the ACTUATOR OCT?
Remove the 3.4.37 paper and then SENSOR OCT (p.142) go to Step 3

Go to 3.4.33 MOTOR ASSY OCT (p.139)
Problem solved
3 4 5
Transmission of OCT 1. Turn the Gear by hand.

Do the Roll and the Gear turn smoothly?
Go to Step 4 3.4.37 SENSOR OCT (p.142)
Replace the ACTUATOR OCT Go to Step 5
1. Turn on power.
Execution of test printing

Does the error occur when test printing is performed Go to Step 6
in the OCT mode after the Option OCT is removed and installed again?
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
96 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.35 Paper Size Error/OCT

Table 3-38. Troubleshooting for Paper Size Error/OCT
3.2.36 Full Stack Error/OCT

Table 3-39. Troubleshooting for Full Stack Error/OCT
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR FULL STACK (p.268) HVPS/MCU (p.301) PWBA OCT (p.368) ACTUATOR FULL STACK (p.269) ACTUATOR FULL STACK
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) GUIDE TRAY LEFT (p.236)) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310)
1 2 3 4 5
Paper Size
Does the used paper size match the paper size set
Go to Step 2
Replace the paper
with the GUIDE ASSY END? Paper feed tray (1) 1. Check the paper feed tray when the error occurs.
At error occurrence, was paper fed from Tray 1?
When the ACTUATOR FULL STACK in the paper Go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
exit is moved, does the ACTUATOR FULL STACK operate smoothly? PWBA OCT 1. Replace the PWBA OCT.
After a new PWBA OCT is installed, does the
Replace the ACTUATOR FULL STACK
Replace the HVPS/MCU Go to PWBA FEEDER550 (p. 130/p. 130) Go to PWBA FEEDER550 (p. 130/p. 130)
Go to Step 4
Problem solved
problem still occur?
Go to Step 5 Replace the HVPS/ MCU
Troubleshooting
97 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.37 No Recognition of Option OCT

Table 3-40. Troubleshooting for No Recognition of Option OCT
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY OCT1 PWBA OCT (p.368) HARNESS ASSY OCT2
3.2.38 Engine Communication Error

This error is in communication between the main control circuit and the engine control circuit. Table 3-41. Troubleshooting for Engine Communication Error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299)
1 2 3 4 5
Option OCT detection signal (1) 1. Disconnect P/J 70 on the PWBA OCT.
Is the voltage between J70-5 P/J70-6 of the
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 2

HARNESS ASSY OCT2 3.3 VDC? Option OCT detection signal (2)
Is the voltage between P/J30-4 P/J30-3 on the
Replace the Go to 3.4.17 BOARD Electrical ASSY., Noise (p.127) MAIN.
Go to Step 3
Replace the HVPS/MCU Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT2 Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT1
HVPS/MCU 3.3 VDC? Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT2 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT2.
Is there normal continuity between J70 J3070?
Go to Step 4
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT1 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT1.

Go to Step 5
PWBA OCT 1. Replace the PWBA OCT. (p.368).

After the PWBA OCT is replaced with a new one,
Problem solved
does the problem still occur?
Troubleshooting
98 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.39 CPU Error

Table 3-42. Troubleshooting for CPU Error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299)
3.2.40 Standard RAM Error

This error relates to the standard RAM memory mounted on the board assy. Table 3-43. Troubleshooting for Standard RAM Error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) Standard ROM-DIMM Checking the Standard ROM-DIMM 1. Check to see if the mounted ROM-DIMM is exactly as specified and connected properly. (Remove once Go to Step 2 and then install again)
Main Board Assy. 1. Replace the BOARD ASSY., MAIN.

C H E C K P O IN T
A CPU error can occur depending on the printing data structure sent from the host/application to the printer. Therefore, perform operation checks in different operation environments and with different printing data.
Problem solved
2 3
Replacing the Standard ROM-DIMM 1. Replace the Standard ROM-DIMM

Go to Step 3
Replace the faulty ROMDIMM
BOARD ASSY., MAIN 1. Replace the BOARD ASSY., MAIN.

Note : The Main Board Assy and Memory Board Assy used with EPL-N3000 are as listed below. The standard RAM is mounted on the Memory Board Assy. For details, refer to 2.7 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry (p.61). Parts Name BOARD ASSY., MAIN BOARD ASSY, MEMORY Spec C553MAIN C533PROG
Troubleshooting
99 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.41 RAM Error (Slot 0)

This error relates to expanded RAM. Table 3-44. Troubleshooting for RAM Error
3.2.42 ROM Checksum Error (Font)

This error is a standard font ROM fault. Table 3-45. Troubleshooting for ROM Checksum Error (Font)
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) Standard ROM-DIMM Checking the standard ROM-DIMM 1. Check to see if the mounted ROM-DIMM is exactly as specified and connected properly. (Remove once Go to Step 2 and then install again)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) Expanded RAM DIMM Expanded RAM-DIMM 1. Remove the expanded RAM DIMM and check the operation.
Go to Step 2
Problem solved (Advise the user to use the recommended RAM)
Problem solved

2 3
Replace the standard ROM-DIMM 1. Replace the standard ROM-DIMM.

Go to Step 3

C H E C K P O IN T
Since the expanded RAM is mounted at the user level, make

certain before troubleshooting that it has been mounted securely. The expanded RAM must be EPSON's original SDRAMDIMM.
Note : The Main Board Assy and Memory Board Assy used with EPL-N3000 are as listed below. The font ROM is mounted on the Memory Board Assy. For details, refer to 2.7 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry (p.61). Parts Name BOARD ASSY., MAIN BOARD ASSY, MEMORY Spec C553MAIN C533PROG
Troubleshooting
100 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.43 ROM Checksum Error (Program)

This error is a built-in program ROM fault. Table 3-46. Troubleshooting for ROM Checksum Error (Program)
3.2.44 Option ROM Error

This error is an optional ROM fault. Table 3-47. Troubleshooting for Option ROM Error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) Option ROM-DIMM (PS module/Form overlay) Checking the option ROM-DIMM 1. Check to see if the mounted ROM-DIMM is exactly as specified and connected properly. (Remove once Go to Step 2 and then install again)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) Standard ROM-DIMM Checking the standard ROM-DIMM 1. Check to see if the mounted ROM-DIMM is exactly as specified and connected properly. (Remove once Go to Step 2 and then install again)
Problem solved
Problem solved
2 3
Replace the standard ROM-DIMM 1. Replace the Standard ROM-DIMM.

Go to Step 3
2 3
Replace the option ROM-DIMM 1. Replace the option ROM-DIMM.

Go to Step 3


Note : The Main Board Assy and Memory Board Assy used with EPL-N3000 are as listed below. The program ROM is mounted on the Memory Board Assy. For details, refer to 2.7 Operating Principles of Electric Circuitry (p.61). Parts Name BOARD ASSY., MAIN BOARD ASSY, MEMORY Spec C553MAIN C533PROG
Troubleshooting
101 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.45 EEPROM Error

This error is an EEPROM fault. Table 3-48. Troubleshooting for EEPROM Error
3.2.46 Engine Initialization Error

Table 3-49. Troubleshooting for Engine Initialization Error
1 2
EEPROM 1. Initialize EEPROM and check the operation.


Go to Step 2
Problem solved

C H E C K P O IN T
How to initialize EEPROM is as follows: Turn on the power while pressing Start/Stop + Job-cancel + Back.
Troubleshooting
102 Confidential
Revision C
3.2.47 Other Hardware Error

Table 3-50. Troubleshooting for Other Hardware Error
3.2.48 Software Error

Table 3-51. Troubleshooting for Software Error
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299)

Go to3.4.17 Problem Electrical solved Noise (p.127)
1 2 3
1. Reboot the host PC.

Go to Step 2
Problem solved Problem solved
Printer Driver 1. Reinstall the printer driver.

Go to Step 3

Troubleshooting
103 Confidential
Revision C
3.3 Troubleshooting for Faulty Operation

This section describes troubleshooting for faulty operation. For error items, see Table 3-3. Troubleshooting for Errors Indicated by Error Display (p.72).
3.3.1 Power Does Not Turn ON

Table 3-53. Troubleshooting for Power Does Not Turn ON
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) POWER CORD LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301) CONTROL PANEL (p.170) WIRE HARNESS INTERLOCK S/W 24V (p.247) INTERLOCK S/W 5V (p.247) INTERLOCK S/W REAR (p.291) FAN MAIN (p.293) FAN SUB (p.241) ROS ASSY (p.239) FUSER ASSY (p.253) GEAR ASSY HOUSING (p.281) MAIN MOTOR (p.279) CLUTCH REGI (p.219) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) CLUTCH ASSY PH (p.318) CLUTCH PR-REGI (p.319)
Table 3-52. Troubleshooting for Faulty Operation

Component Error Item (Reference Page) Power Does Not Turn ON .......................................... p.104 LCD/LED Malfunction .............................................. p.107 Main Unit Keypad Operation Impossible .................................... p.107 Other Printer Operation Fault ..................................... p.108 Face Up Tray Error ..................................................... p.108 Full Stack Error/500 Paper Exit ................................. p.109
POWER CORD 1. Check continuity of the Power Cord.

Does each wiring of the Power Cord have
Go to Step 2
Replace the POWER CORD Ask the user to make arrangements for a proper AC power voltage.
continuity? Input power supply voltage 1. Check the voltage at the power supply receptacle.
Is the input power supply voltage about 100
Go to Step 3
VAC 10%?
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting for Faulty Operation
104 Confidential

Table 3-53. Troubleshooting for Power Does Not Turn ON (continued)
Step Action and Question Fuse 1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 2. Check to see if the fuse on the LVPS is blown.
Is the fuse blown?
Revision C
Step Action and Question Yes No CLUTCH REGI 1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE HVPS. (p.296) 2. Disconnect P/J243 from the HVPS/MCU. Go to 3.4.13 3. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. CLUTCH REGI 4. Check to see if the Fan Main operates at turning (p.123) power on.
Does the Fan Main operate?
Yes
No
Replace the LVPS Go to Step 4
7
Go to 3.4.21 PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.130), 3.4.22 PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.130), 3.4.26 CLUTCH ASSY PH (p.134) and 3.4.27 CLUTCH PR-REGI (p.135) Go to 3.4.28 PWBA DUPLEX (p.136) and 3.4.29 MOTOR DUPLEX (p.136)
Go to Step 8
550 Option Feeder 1. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311) 2. Check whether the two FANs operate or not when power is switched on.
Do the two FANs operate?
Go to Step 5
OPERATION PANEL 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY PANEL from the Main Board. 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. Go to Step 9 3. Turn on the main power. 4. Check for wind from the exhaust hole at the rear of the printer to see if the Fan Main operates.
Go to Step 10
Option Duplex 1. Remove the Option Duplex. (p.342) 2. Check whether the two FANs operate or not when power is switched on.
Do the two FANs operate?
Go to Step 6
24V Power Supply 1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE HVPS. (p.296) 2. Make certain that P/J10 is connected to the HVPS/MCU. (refer to Connectors (p.406)) 3. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 4. Measure the voltage across each of the following Go to Step 7 pairs: P/J10-1 P/J10-4 P/J10-2 P/J10-5 P/J10-3 P/J10-6 P/J10-8 P/J10-7
Is each voltage 24 VDC?
HARNESS ASSY PANEL 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY PANEL from the Main Board. Replace the 2. Check the harness for broken wire or short OPERATION circuit. PANEL 3. Check continuity of each wire of harness.
Is the harness free from broken wire or short
Replace the HARNESS ASSY PANEL
circuit and do all the wires have continuity? ROS ASSY 1. Disconnect P/J13, P/J14, P/J16 and P/J17 from the HVPS/MCU. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 3. Turn on power.
Go to 3.4.1 LVPS (p.111)
10
Replace the ROS ASSY
Go to Step 11
Troubleshooting
105 Confidential

Step Action and Question PWBA FEEDER 1. Disconnect P/J20 from the HVPS/MCU. 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 3. Turn on power.
Revision C
Step Action and Question FAN MAIN 1. Replace the FAN MAIN. (p.293) 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 3. Turn on power.
Does the FAN MAIN operate?
Yes
No
Yes
No
11
Replace the PWBA Go to Step 12 FEEDER 550
16
Problem solved
Go to Step 17
12
INTERLOCK S/W 1. Disconnect P/J44 and P/J45 from the LVPS. 2. While pushing and releasing the lever of the Interlock S/W, check continuity between P/J44-1 P/J44-3 and between P/J45-1 P/J45-3. Go to Step 13
Is there continuity between P/J44-1 P/J44-3
Replace the INTERLOCK S/W
17
FAN SUB 1. Replace the FAN SUB. 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 3. Turn on power.
Does the FAN SUB operate?
Problem solved
and between P/J45-1 P/J45-3 when the lever of the Interlock S/W is pushed, and discontinuity when lever is released? Replace the SWITCH I/L ASSY
13
SWITCH I/L ASSY 1. Disconnect the P/J411.

Is there continuity between P/J411-2 P/J411-1 Go to Step 14 when the SWITCH I/L ASSY is pushed, and no continuity when it is released?
14
CLUTCH ASSY PH 1. Disconnect P/J242 and P/J247 from the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1/2. Go to 3.4.14 2. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been CLUTCH ASSY removed. PH (p.124) 3. Turn on power.
Does the Fan operate?
Go to Step 15
15
MAIN MOTOR 1. Disconnect P/J43 from the LVPS. 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 3. Turn on power.
Does the FAN MAIN operate?
Go to 3.4.2 MAIN Go to Step 16 MOTOR (p.112)
Troubleshooting
106 Confidential
Revision C
3.3.2 LCD/LED Malfunction

Table 3-54. Troubleshooting for LCD/LED Malfunction
3.3.3 Keypad Operation Impossible

Table 3-55. Troubleshooting for Keypad Operation Impossible
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) CONTROL PANEL (p.170) HARNESS ASSY PANEL HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) 3.3 VDC Power Supply 1. Check the voltage across the harness of the OPERATION PANEL.
Is the voltage 3.3 VDC across the harness of the
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) CONTROL PANEL (p.170) WIRE HARNESS HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) 3.3 VDC Power Supply 1. Check the voltage across the harness of the OPERATION PANEL.
Is the voltage 3.3 VDC across the harness of the
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 4
OPERATION PANEL?
OPERATION PANEL? Replace the HARNESS ASSY PANEL Replace the BOARD ASSY., MAIN Replace the BOARD ASSY., MAIN
2 3 4
OPERATION PANEL (1) 1. Check continuity of each wire of the WIRE HARNESS.
Go to Step 3
2 3 4
OPERATION PANEL (1) 1. Check continuity of each wire of harness.

Go to Step 3
Replace the HARNESS ASSY PANEL Replace the BOARD ASSY., MAIN Replace the BOARD ASSY., MAIN
OPERATION PANEL (2) 1. Replace the OPERATION PANEL. (p.170)

Has the display been stabilized?
Problem solved
OPERATION PANEL (2) 1. Replace the OPERATION PANEL. (p.170)

Has the display been stabilized?
Problem solved
OPERATION PANEL (3)

Is the voltage between P/J28-5P/J28-4 on the
OPERATION PANEL (3)

Is the voltage between P/J28-5P/J28-4 on the
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 5
BOARD ASSY., MAIN 3.3 VDC? FCC ASSY ESS 1. Disconnect P/J28 of the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between the following connectors. P/J28-5P/J280-22 P/J28-4P/J280-23
Is there normal continuity in each wiring?
BOARD ASSY., MAIN 3.3 VDC? FCC ASSY ESS 1. Disconnect P/J28 of the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between the following connectors. P/J28-5P/J280-22 P/J28-4P/J280-23
Is there normal continuity in each wiring?
Replace the BOARD ASSY., MAIN
Replace the FCC ASSY ESS
Replace the BOARD ASSY., MAIN.
Replace the FCC ASSY ESS
Troubleshooting
107 Confidential
Revision C
3.3.4 Other Printer Operation Fault

Table 3-56. Troubleshooting for Other Printer Operation Fault
3.3.5 Face Up Tray Error

Table 3-57. Troubleshooting for Face Up Tray Error
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) SENSOR FACE UP OPEN (p.267) GATE FU LEVER GATE FU Actuator
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287)
Performing Test Print (p.67)

Is the printer capable of test printing?
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 2
LVPS (1) 1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 3. Check the voltage between P/J11-13 P/J11-14. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
5 VDC between P/J11-13 P/J11-14?
1
Go to Step 3 Go to 3.4.1 LVPS (p.111)
When the LEVER GATE FU is moved up/down,
Go to Step 2
does the Actuator Full Stack at the end of the GATE FU operate smoothly? SENSOR FACE UP OPEN 1. Replace the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN.
After the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN is replaced,
Replace the GATE FU
3 4 5
LVPS (2) 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Check the voltage between P/J11-16 P/J11-15.
2
Replace the HVPS/MCU Go to 3.4.1 LVPS (p.111)
Problem solved
does the problem still occur?
1. Install the Imaging Cartridge and execute test printing.

Does the printer accept RESET?
Go to 3.4.17 Electrical Go to Step 5 Noise (p.127)
Interface Cable 1. Replace the Interface Cable connecting the printer to Problem the host. solved
Does the problem still occur?
Go to Step 6

Inform the customer that the problem is Problem solved attributed to the host computer.
Troubleshooting
108 Confidential
Revision C
3.3.6 Full Stack Error/500 Paper Exit

Table 3-58. Troubleshooting for Full Stack Error/500 Paper Exit
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR FULL STACK (p.268) ACTUATOR FULL STACK (p.269) HVPS/MCU (p.301) ACTUATOR FULL STACK
1 2
Does the ACTUATOR FULL STACK in the paper
Go to Step 2
exit operate smoothly? SENSOR FULL STACK 1. Replace the SENSOR FULL STACK. (p.268).
Replace the ACTUATOR FULL STACK Problem solved
Replace the After the SENSOR FULL STACK is replaced, does HVPS/MCU the problem still occur?
Troubleshooting
109 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-59. Troubleshooting for Individual Units (continued)
Component Error Item (Reference Page) PWBA FEEDER 550 .................................................. p.130 PWBA FEEDER 550 .................................................. p.130 SENSOR NO PAPER ................................................. p.131 Option Cassette SENSOR LOW PAPER ............................................. p.132 OPT ASSY SIZE ........................................................ p.133 CLUTCH ASSY PH ................................................... p.134 CLUTCH PR-REGI .................................................... p.135 PWBA DUPLEX ........................................................ p.136 Duplex Unit MOTOR DUPLEX ..................................................... p.136 SENSOR DUP ............................................................ p.137 SWITCH DUPLEX .................................................... p.138 PWBA OCT ................................................................ p.139 MOTOR ASSY OCT .................................................. p.139 MOTOR ASSY OFFSET ........................................... p.140 OCT SOLENOID ASSY GATE ......................................... p.140 S/W REAR COVER ................................................... p.141 SENSOR OCT ............................................................ p.142 Sensor Full Stack (on PWBA OCT) ........................... p.143 Sensor Offset (on PWBA OCT) ................................. p.143
3.4 Troubleshooting for Individual Units

Table 3-59. Troubleshooting for Individual Units
Component Error Item (Reference Page) LVPS .......................................................................... p.111 MAIN MOTOR .......................................................... p.112 ROS ASSY ................................................................. p.113 FUSER ASSY ............................................................ p.115 SENSOR REGI .......................................................... p.117 SENSOR NO PAPER ................................................. p.118 INTERLOCK S/W 24V ............................................. p.119 INTERLOCK S/W 5V, SWITCH I/L ASSY (HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK4) ............................................... p.120 INTERLOCK S/W REAR .......................................... p.121 Main Unit SWITCH I/L ASSY (INTERLOCK S/W FRONT R) p.121 PWBA EXIT MOTOR ............................................... p.122 MOTOR ASSY EXIT ................................................ p.122 CLUTCH REGI .......................................................... p.123 CLUTCH ASSY PH ................................................... p.124 GUIDE TRAY LEFT ................................................. p.125 HVPS/MCU ................................................................ p.126 Electrical Noise .......................................................... p.127 MOTOR ASSY EXIT ................................................ p.128 SENSOR FACE UP OPEN ........................................ p.129 SENSOR FULL STACK ............................................ p.129
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting for Individual Units
110 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.1 LVPS
Table 3-60. Troubleshooting for LVPS
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY LVPS LVPS control power 1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 2. Disconnect P/J41 from the LVPS. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 3. Turn on the main power. Go to Step 2 Replace the LVPS 4. Measure the voltages between the following pins of P/J41 to see if the values are as follows: P/J41-1 P/J41-2 3.3V P/J41-4 P/J41-3 5V
Are the voltages between the pins of P/J41 as specified? LVPS drive power 1. Disconnect P/J42 from the LVPS. 2. Turn on the main power. 3. Measure the voltages between the following pins of P/J42 to see if the values are as follows: Go to Step 3 P/J42-1 P/J42-2 24V 24V between P/J42-1 P/J42-2?
Go to 3.4.7 INTERLOCK S/W 24V (p.119) or 3.4.9 INTERLOCK S/W REAR (p.121) or 3.4.10 SWITCH I/L ASSY (INTERLOCK S/ W FRONT R) (p.121)
HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Turn off the main power. 2. Disconnect the P/J11 from the HVPS/MCU. 3. Disconnect the P/J41 from the LVPS.
Is there continuity in each wiring between P/J11
Replace the Go to Step 4 HARNESS ASSY LVPS
P/J41? AC Power Supply 1. Check the AC power connection.
Replace the Notify the HVPS/ customer or its electrical engineer. Is the AC power cable connected and grounded properly? MCU
Troubleshooting
111 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-61. Troubleshooting for MAIN MOTOR (continued)
Step No Action and Question HVPS/MCU 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301)
Has the trouble been cleared?
3.4.2 MAIN MOTOR

Table 3-61. Troubleshooting for MAIN MOTOR
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) MAIN MOTOR (p.279) HARNESS ASSY LVPS LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301) MAIN Motor 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Close the COVER OPEN. 3. Turn on the main power. 4. Check for operating sound of the MAIN Motor.
Does the MAIN Motor operate? Has the trouble been cleared?
Yes Problem solved
No Replace the MAIN MOTOR
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Problem solved
Go to Step 3
HARNESS ASSY LVPS (1) 1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 2. Disconnect P/J41 from the LVPS. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 3. Disconnect P/J11 from the HVPS/MCU. 4. Check continuity between P/J41 P/J11.
Is there continuity in each wiring between P/J41 P/J11?
Go to Step 4
HARNESS ASSY LVPS (2) 1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 2. Disconnect P/J42 from the LVPS. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 3. Disconnect P/J10 from the HVPS/MCU. 4. Check continuity between P/J42 P/J10.
Is there continuity in each wiring between P/J42 P/J10?
Go to Step 5

Problem solved
Go to Step 6
Troubleshooting
112 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-62. Troubleshooting for ROS ASSY (continued)
Step No Action and Question HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect the P/J141. 2. Make certain that there is continuity between P/ J141-1 P/J141-3 when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V and SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V are pushed simultaneously.
3.4.3 ROS ASSY

Table 3-62. Troubleshooting for ROS ASSY
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) ROS ASSY (p.239) HARNESS ASSY ROS INTERLICK S/W 5V (p.247) HARNESS ASSY LVPS HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) Power supply to the Laser Diode of ROS ASSY. 1. Remove the COVER TOP ASSY (p.170) 2. Disconnect P/J140 from the ROS ASSY. 3. Install the Imaging Cartridge. 4. Close the COVER OPEN. 5. Check the voltage between J140-8 J140-7. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Is the voltage 5 VDC between J140-8 J140-7?
Yes
No
Go to Step 5
Replace the Harness Assy LVPS
when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V and SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V are pushed simultaneously, and no continuity when they are released? HARNESS ASSY ROS 1. Disconnect the connector P/J14 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Disconnect the connector P/J140 on the ROS ASSY. 3. Make certain that there is continuity between P/J141 P/J140-8 when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V and Go to Step 6 SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V are pushed simultaneously.
Go to Step 9
Go to Step 2
Replace the HARNESS ASSY ROS
INTERLOCK S/W 5V 1. INTERLOCK S/W 5V (p.364) 2. While pushing and releasing the INTERLOCK S/W 5V, check continuity between P/J142-1 P/J142Go to Step 3 3.
when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V and SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V are pushed simultaneously, and no continuity when they are released? Replace the INTERLOCK S/W 5V Power supply to HVPS/MCU 1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 2. Install the Imaging Cartridge. 3. Disconnect P/J41 from the LVPS. 4. Check whether there is continuity between P/J41-4 P/J41-3.
when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V is pressed and discontinuity when it is released? SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V 1. Remove the SWITCH I/L ASSY. (p.173) 2. While pushing and releasing the SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V, check continuity between P/J144-1 P/ Go to Step 4 J144-3.
Replace the LVPS
Go to Step 6
Replace the SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V
Continuity of the HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J14 and P/J11 from the HVPS/MCU 2. Check continuity between P/J14-1 P/J11-13.
Go to Step 8
when the SWITCH I/L ASSY 5V is pressed and discontinuity when it is released?
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect P/J11 from the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between P/J11-13 P/J41-4.
Go to Step 9
Troubleshooting
113 Confidential

Table 3-62. Troubleshooting for ROS ASSY (continued)
Step Action and Question /ROSMOT ON Signal of Scanner Motor 1. Install the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Close the COVER OPEN. 3. Check voltage behavior between P/J131-3 P/ J131-2 after turning power on.
Is the voltage 0V immediately after power on and 5
Revision C
Yes
No
VDC 10 seconds after stop of the Main Motor? Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY ROS 1. Disconnect P/J13 of the HVPS/MCU 2. Check continuity between P/J13 P/J130.
10
Replace the HARNESS ASSY ROS
P/J130? Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY ROS 1. Disconnect P/J17 and P/J16 from the HVPS/MCU. 2. Disconnect P/J170 and P/J160 from the ROS ASSY. Replace the 3. Check continuity between the following terminals: Go to Step 12 HARNESS P/J17 P/J170 ASSY ROS P/J16 P/J160
Does each wire between P/J17 P/J170 and
11
between P/J16 P/J160 have continuity?
12
SOS power supply circuit of the ROS ASSY 1. Disconnect P/J140 from the ROS ASSY. 2. Check continuity between the following terminals: P/J140-8 P/J201-1 P/J140-6 P/J201-2 P/J140-7 P/J201-3
Is there continuity between each circuitry of P/J140
Go to Step 13
Replace the ROS ASSY
P/J201?
13 14

Go to Step 14
Problem solved
ROS ASSY 1. Replace the ROS ASSY. (p.239)

Troubleshooting
114 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-63. Troubleshooting for FUSER ASSY (continued)
Step No Action and Question Fuser Power Supply 1. Disconnect P/J48 from the LVPS. 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 3. Turn the Power Switch ON. 4. Check the voltage between P/J48-1 P/J48-3.
Is the voltage between P/J48-1 P/J48-3 the
3.4.4 FUSER ASSY

Table 3-63. Troubleshooting for FUSER ASSY
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) FUSER ASSY (p.253) HVPS/MCU (p.301) INTERLOCK S/W 24V (p.247) HARNESS ASSY FUSER (p.251) HARNESS ASSY AC110V (p.289) HARNESS ASSY LVPS LVPS (p.287) Heater circuit 1. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 2. Disconnect P/J47 from the LVPS. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
When the following connectors are checked, is there
Yes
No
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 4
standard voltage of 100-110 VAC?
Power Supply 1. Check the voltage of the AC outlet.

Is the power source voltage the standard voltage of
100-110 VAC? Heater Rod ON signal 1. Make certain that the FUSER ASSY has cooled. 2. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been removed. 3. Measure the voltage between P/J41-13 P/J41-3 and between P/J41-12 P/J41-3.
Is the voltage 0 VDC at turning on of the Heater
Replace the HARNESS ASSY AC100V
Inform and ask customer's electrical engineer to correct.
Go to Step 3
Go to Step 2
normal continuity between them? P/47-1 P/J47-5 P/47-1 P/J47-3 HARNESS ASSY FUSER 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and then start work. 2. Check whether there is continuity between the following connectors. J4647B-3 J47-1 J4647B-2 J47-3 J4647-B1 J47-5
Is there continuity in each wiring between J4647
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 6
Rod and 3.3 VDC at its turning off between P/J4113 P/J41-3 and between P/J41-12 P/J41-3? Replace the Replace the HARNESS FUSER ASSY ASSY FUSER HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect P/J11 from the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between the following terminals: P/J41-1 P/J11-16 P/J41-9 P/J11-8 P/J41-10 P/J11-7 P/J41-12 P/J11-5 P/J41-13 P/J11-4
J47?
P/J11?
Troubleshooting
115 Confidential

Table 3-63. Troubleshooting for FUSER ASSY (continued)
Step Action and Question Thermistor of Temperature Sensor 1. Disconnect P/J46 from the LVPS. 2. Check the resistance between P/J46-6 P/J46-7 and between P/J46-1 P/J46-2.
Is the resistance about 480 k at normal
Revision C
Yes
No
Go to Step 8
temperature (about 20C) between P/J46-6 P/ J46-7 and between P/J46-1 P/J46-2? Go to Step 9 Problem solved
8 9


Replace the Problem FUSER ASSY solved
Troubleshooting
116 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-64. Troubleshooting for SENSOR REGI (continued)
Step No Action and Question Power supply to the SENSOR REGI 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Check the voltage between P/J24-9 P/J24-10.
3.4.5 SENSOR REGI

Table 3-64. Troubleshooting for SENSOR REGI
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR REGI (p.221) ACTUATOR B 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) HARNESS ASSY CHUTE HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) ACTUATOR B 1. Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) 2. From the paper inlet side in each of the area under the 150 FEEDER ASSY and the area at the side of it, push the ACTUATOR B with a mini screwdriver or the like and check whether they operate smoothly. Go to Step 2 3. Check the shape of the flag of the ACTUATOR B.
Does the Actuator B operate smoothly, and does the
Yes
No
Go to Step 4
Go to Step 6
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE 1. Disconnect the connector P/J24 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Disconnect the P/J245. 3. Check continuity of the following wiring: Go to Step 5 J24-9 J245-10 J24-10 J245-9 J24-11 J245-8
Does each wire between J24 J245 have
Replace the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE
continuity? Replace the ACTUATOR B Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 1. Remove the SENSOR REGI. (p.221) 2. Disconnect P/J245 from the HVPS/MCU. 3. Check continuity between the following terminals: P/J245-4 P/J241-3 P/J245-5 P/J241-2 P/J245-6 P/J241-1
flag of the Actuator B have a proper shape to intercept the light to the detecting point of the sensor? SENSOR REGI 1. With the 150FEEDER ASSY removed, connect the connector J241 of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 to the SENSOR REGI. 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 3. Close the COVER OPEN. Replace the HVPS/MCU 4. While moving the Actuator Regi A with a mini screwdriver or the like, measure the voltage between P/J24-11 P/J24-10.
0 VDC between P/J24-11 P/J24-10 when the
Go to Step 7
Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1
P/J241?
6
Go to Step 3
Continuity of the HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J11 from the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between P/J11-16 P/J24-9.
Go to 3.4.1 Replace the LVPS (p.111) HVPS/MCU
SENSOR REGI (2) 1. Replace the SENSOR REGI. (p.221)

Problem solved
ACTUATOR B is pressed and 3.3 VDC when it is released?
Troubleshooting
117 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-65. Troubleshooting for SENSOR NO PAPER
Step No Action and Question Yes No SENSOR NO PAPER(1) 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Close the COVER OPEN. 3. Remove the Paper Cassette. 4. Insert your hand through the tray insertion opening and while moving the ACTUATOR NO PAPER up and down with your hand, measure the voltage Replace the between P/J24-8 P/J24-7 and between P/J24-3 HVPS/MCU P/J24-2 on the HVPS/MCU. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Is the voltage 0 VDC between P/J24-8 P/J24-7
3.4.6 SENSOR NO PAPER

Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR NO PAPER (p.222), (p.232) ACTUATOR NO PAPER (p.223), (p.238) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 HARNESS ASSY CHUTE HVPS/MCU (p.301) PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) LVPS (p.287) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) ACTUATOR NO PAPER
Does the ACTUATOR NO PAPER move smoothly
Go to Step 4
and between P/J24-3 P/J24-2 when the ACTUATOR NO PAPER has moved up and 3.3 VDC when the ACTUATOR NO PAPER has moved down?
when moved with your finger, furthermore, does the Go to Step 2 flag go into the sensor area when paper is present and move down from the sensor when paper is not present? PLATE ASSY BTM 1. Install the Paper Cassette containing no paper. 2. Check the relationship between the flag of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER and the detecting point of Go to Step 3 the sensor.
Is the flag of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER
Power supply to the SENSOR NO PAPER 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Check the voltage between P/J24-8 P/J24-7 and between P/J24-3 P/J24-2 on the HVPS/MCU.
Is the voltage 3.3 VDC between P/J24-8 P/J24-7
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 7
and between P/J24-3 P/J24-2? Replace the PLATE ASSY BTM Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE 1. Disconnect the connector P/J24 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Disconnect P/J245 and P/J248. 3. Check continuity of the following wiring: J24-6 J245-13 J24-7 J245-12 Go to Step 6 J24-8 J245-11 J24-1 J248-5 J24-2 J248-4 J24-3 J248-3
Does each wiring between J24 J245 and between
positioned in the sensing area of the sensor?
J24 J248 have continuity?
Troubleshooting
118 Confidential

Step Action and Question Yes No Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1, HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 1. Remove the SENSOR NO PAPER. (p. 222 / p. 232) 2. Disconnect the connector P/J24 on the HVPS/MCU. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 3. Check continuity between P/J245 P/J240 and between P/J248 P/J246. Go to Step 7 P/J245-1 P/J240-3 P/J245-2 P/J240-2 P/J245-3 P/J240-1 P/J248-1 P/J246-3 P/J248-2 P/J246-2 P/J248-3 P/J246-1
Does each wire between P/J245 P/J240 and
Revision C
3.4.7 INTERLOCK S/W 24V

Table 3-66. Troubleshooting for INTERLOCK S/W 24V
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) INTERLOCK S/W 24V (p.247) LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301)
Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 or HARNESS ASSY TRAY2
INTERLOCK S/W 24V 1. Disconnect P/J45 on the LVPS. 2. While pressing and releasing the lever of the INTERLOCK S/W 24V, check continuity between P/J45-1 P/J45-3. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Is there continuity between P/J45-1 P/J45-3 when
Replace the Go to 3.4.1 INTERLOCK LVPS (p.111) S/W 24V
the INTERLOCK S/W 24Vis pressed and discontinuity when it is released?
between P/J248 P/J246 have continuity?
HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J11 on the HVPS/MCU.

Is there continuity between P/J11-16 P/J24-6,
P/J11-16 P/J24-1 when the INTERLOCK S/W 24Vis pressed and discontinuity when it is released?
SENSOR NO PAPER (2) 1. Replace the SENSOR NO PAPER. (p. 222 / p. 232)
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
119 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-67. Troubleshooting for INTERLOCK S/W 5V (continued)
Step Action and Question HARNESS ASSY ROS 1. Disconnect the P/J141, P/J14 and P/J143. 2. Check continuity of the following wiring: P141-1 J14-1 P141-3 P140-8
Does each wiring have continuity?
3.4.8 INTERLOCK S/W 5V, SWITCH I/L ASSY (HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK4)
Table 3-67. Troubleshooting for INTERLOCK S/W 5V
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) INTERLOCK S/W (p.247) SWITCH I/L ASSY (p.173) HARNESS ASSY ROS HARNESS ASSY LVPS LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301) INTERLOCK S/W 5V 1. Remove the INTERLOCK S/W 5VL. 2. While pressing and releasing the lever of the INTERLOCK S/W 5V, check continuity between P/ Go to Step 2 J142-1 P/J142-3. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Yes
No
Replace the Go to 3.4.1 HARNESS LVPS (p.111) ASSY ROS
Replace the INTERLOCK S/W 5V
when the INTERLOCK S/W 5V is pressed and discontinuity when it is released? SWITCH I/L ASSY 1. Remove the P/J144. 2. While pushing and releasing the SWITCH I/L ASSY, check continuity between P/J144-1 P/ J144-3.
Go to Step 3
Replace the SWITCH I/L ASSY 5VR
when the SWITCH I/L ASSY is pressed and discontinuity when it is released? HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect the P/J141, P/J142 and P/J144. 2. Check continuity of the following wiring: J141-3 P142-1 J141-1 P144-3 P142-3 P144-1
Go to Step 4
Troubleshooting
120 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.9 INTERLOCK S/W REAR

Table 3-68. Troubleshooting for INTERLOCK S/W REAR
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) INTERLOCK S/W REAR (p.291) LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301) INTERLOCK S/W REAR 1. Disconnect P/J44 on the LVPS. 2. While pressing and releasing the lever of the INTERLOCK S/W REAR, check continuity between P/J44-1 P/J44-3. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Is there continuity between P/J44-1 P/J44-3 when
3.4.10 SWITCH I/L ASSY (INTERLOCK S/W FRONT R)

Table 3-69. Troubleshooting for SWITCH I/L ASSY
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SWITCH I/L ASSY (p.173) LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301) SWITCH I/L ASSY 1. Disconnect the P/J411. 2. While pushing and releasing the SWITCH I/L ASSY, check continuity between P/J411-1 P/ J411-2.
Replace the Go to 3.4.1 INTERLOCK LVPS (p.111) S/W REAR
Go to Step 2
Replace the SWITCH I/L ASSY
the INTERLOCK S/W REAR is pressed and discontinuity when it is released?
when the SWITCH I/L ASSY is pressed and discontinuity when it is released? HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect the P/J11, P/J41 and P/J411. 2. Check continuity of the following wiring: P411-2 J41-5 P411-1 J11-12
Replace the Go to 3.4.1 HARNESS LVPS (p.111) ASSY LVPS
Troubleshooting
121 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.11 PWBA EXIT MOTOR

Table 3-70. Troubleshooting for PWBA EXIT MOTOR
3.4.12 MOTOR ASSY EXIT

Table 3-71. Troubleshooting for MOTOR ASSY EXIT
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) MOTOR ASSY EXIT (p.266) HARNESS ASSY LVPS PWBA EXIT MOTOR (p.286) HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287)
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) PWBA EXIT MOTOR (p.286) HARNESS ASSY LVPS HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect P/J27, P/J10, P/J102 and P/J101 of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. 2. Check continuity of the following wiring: J27 J102
Go to Step 2
MOTOR ASSY EXIT 1. Replace the MOTOR ASSY EXIT.

Problem solved Go to Step 2
continuity?
2 3
PWBA EXIT MOTOR 1. Disconnect P/J101 on the PWBA EXIT MOTOR.

Is the voltage between J101-2 J101-1 24 VDC?
Go to Step 3
Replace the LVPS
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect P/J27, P/J10, P/J102 and P/J101 of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. 2. Check continuity of the following wiring: J27 J102
Go to Step 3
PWBA EXIT MOTOR 1. Replace the PWBA EXIT MOTOR.

Is the problem solved?
continuity? Replace the Problem solved HVPS/MCU
3 4
Power Supply to MOTOR ASSY EXIT 1. Disconnect P/J101 on the PWBA EXIT MOTOR.
Is the voltage between J101-2 J101-1 24 VDC?
Go to Step 4
Replace the LVPS
PWBA EXIT MOTOR 1. Replace the PWBA EXIT MOTOR.

Is the problem solved?
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
122 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.13 CLUTCH REGI

Table 3-72. Troubleshooting for CLUTCH REGI
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (p.219) HARNESS ASSY CHUTE HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE 1. Disconnect P/J24 on the HVPS/MCU. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 2. Check continuity of the following wiring: J24-14 J245-5 J24-15 J245-4
Go to Step 2
continuity? Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 1. Remove the CLUTCH REGI (p.173) 2. Disconnect the P/J245. 3. Check continuity of the following wiring: P/J245-9 P/J243-2 P/J245-10 P/J243-1
Go to Step 3
Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1
continuity? CLUTCH REGI 1. Measure the resistance between P/J243-1 P/J2432. Go to Step 4
Is the coil resistance of the CLUTCH REGI
Replace the CLUTCH REGI
172 10% (20C)?
Continuity of the HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J24 and P/J10 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between the following terminals: J24-14 J10-1
Troubleshooting
123 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-73. Troubleshooting for CLUTCH ASSY PH
Step No Action and Question Continuity of the HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J24 and P/J10 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between the following terminals: J24-12 J10-1 J24-4 J10-1
3.4.14 CLUTCH ASSY PH

Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) CLUTCH ASSY PH (p.318) HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 HARNESS ASSY CHUTE HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE 1. Disconnect P/J24 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity of the following wiring: (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) J24-13 J245-6 J24-12 J245-7 J24-5 J248-1 J24-4 J248-2
Yes
No
Go to Step 2
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 and TRAY2 1. Remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH. (p.318) 2. Disconnect P/J245 or P/J248. 3. Check continuity of the following wiring: P/J245-8 P/J242-1 Go to Step 3 P/J245-7 P/J242-2 P/J248-5 P/J247-1 P/J248-4 P/J247-2
Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 or TRAY2
CLUTCH ASSY PH 1. Measure the resistance between P/J242-1 P/J2422 and between P/J247-1P/J247-2. Go to Step 4
Is the coil resistance of the CLUTCH ASSY PH
Replace the CLUTCH ASSY PH
172 10% (20C)?
Troubleshooting
124 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.15 GUIDE TRAY LEFT

Table 3-74. Troubleshooting for Holder Assy Size
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) GUIDE TRAY LEFT (p.236) HARNESS ASSY LVPS HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect P/J18 on the HVPS/MCU. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 2. Disconnect the P/J1821. 3. Check all the wires between J18 J1821 for continuity.
Go to Step 2
continuity? GUIDE TRAY LEFT 1. Check the harness of the GUIDE TRAY LEFT for continuity between Tray 1 Size Switch J1821 and between Tray 2 Size Switch J1821.
Is there continuity in the harness of the GUIDE
Go to 3.4.16 HVPS/MCU (p.126)
TRAY LEFT between Tray 1 Size Switch J1821 and between Tray 2 Size Switch J1821?
Replace the GUIDE TRAY LEFT (p.236)
Troubleshooting
125 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-75. Troubleshooting for HVPS/MCU (continued)
Step No Action and Question Yes No 24V power supply to the HVPS/MCU 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Measure the voltage between P/J10-1 P/J10-4 on Go to Step 5 the HVPS/MCU. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
24V between P/J10-1 P/J10-4?
3.4.16 HVPS/MCU
Table 3-75. Troubleshooting for HVPS/MCU
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) Imaging Cartridge HARNESS ASSY ANT HARNESS ASSY LVPS Power supply by GUIDE ASSY CRU R 1. Check to see if the GUIDE ASSY CRU R is installed properly.
Check if the GUIDE ASSY CRU R is installed
Go to Step 4
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect the connector P/J10 on the HVPS/MCU. Replace the Go to 3.4.1 2. Disconnect the connector P/J42 on the LVPS. HARNESS LVPS (p.111) ASSY LVPS 3. Check continuity between P/J10 P/J42.
Is there continuity between P/J10 P/J42?
properly.
Check if the GUIDE ASSY CRU R contacts with
the HVPS/MCU and the plate of the Imaging Cartridge properly.

Check if the HVPS/MCU is assembled to under the
HARNESS ASSY ANT 1. Disconnect the connector P/J15 on the HVPS/MCU. Replace the 2. Check continuity between J15 J150. HVPS/MCU
Replace the HARNESS ASSY ANT
hook of the FRAME. Go to Step 2

HOOK Note1
JG54A7AA
GUIDE ASSY CRU R 1. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257) 2. Check the Plate Earth of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. Go to Step 3
Is the Plate Earth free from deformation, dirt and
damage?
Troubleshooting
126 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-76. Troubleshooting for Electrical Noise (continued)
Step No Action and Question Yes No GUIDE ASSY CRU R (1) 1. Is there continuity in the harness of the GUIDE TRAY LEFT between Tray 1 Size Switch J1821 and between Tray 2 Size Switch J1821? Go to Step 6
Are the Plates Earth of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R in
3.4.17 Electrical Noise

Table 3-76. Troubleshooting for Electrical Noise
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) HVPS/MCU (p.301) GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) FUSER ASSY (p.253) Imaging Cartridge HARNESS ASSY ANT HARNESS ASSY AC110V (p.289) HARNESS ASSY LVPS Option 550 Paper Feeder (p.303) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) External noise 1. Check to see if within 3 m from the printer there is another electrical apparatus, such as a generator, a radio transmitter or an apparatus incorporating a motor. 2. Turn off the power to the electrical apparatus in question or move the printer to a position at least 6 m distant from the apparatus.
Does the problem with electrical noise still occur?
contact with the respective terminals on the HVPS/ MCU properly? GUIDE ASSY CRU R (2) 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257) 3. Check the Plate Earth of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. Go to Step 7
Are the Plate Earth of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R
free from abnormalities, dirt, obstacles or deformation? HARNESS ASSY ANT 1. Disconnect the connector P/J15 on the HVPS/MCU. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) Go to Step 8 2. Check continuity between J15 J150.
Clean the plates or replace the GUIDE ASSY CRU R
Go to Step 2
Problem solved
Replace the HARNESS ASSY ANT
AC grounding 1. Check the AC power connection.

Is the AC power cable connected and grounded
Go to Step 3
properly? HARNESS ASSY AC100V 1. Inspect the grounding screw of the cable connected to the HARNESS ASSY AC100V.
Is the cable grounded properly?
Ask the customer for repair of the AC power connection. Install the grounding screw properly. Problem solved
3 4
Go to Step 4
Imaging Cartridge 1. Replace the Imaging Cartridge.

Does the problem with electrical noise still occur?
Go to Step 5
Troubleshooting
127 Confidential

Table 3-76. Troubleshooting for Electrical Noise (continued)
Step Action and Question Grounding of circuit boards 1. Remove the following SHIEELD PLATE.
SHIELD PLATE LVPS (p.285) SHIELD PLATE HVPS (p.296) 2. Check whether the following screws and nut for grounding the circuit boards are tightened securely. All the screws for HVPS/MCU All the screws for LVPS 3. (When Option 550 Paper Feeder has been installed) Go to Step 9 Check to see if the screws for the PWBA FEEDER550 are tightened securely. 4. (When Option OCT has been installed) Check to see if the screws for the PWBA OCT are tightened securely. 5. (When Option Duplex has been installed) Check to see if the screws for the PWBA DUPLEX are tightened securely. Is grounding ensured?
Revision C
Yes
No
3.4.18 MOTOR ASSY EXIT

Table 3-77. Troubleshooting for MOTOR ASSY EXIT
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) MOTOR ASSY EXIT (p.266) HARNESS ASSY LVPS PWBA EXIT MOTOR (p.286) HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287)
Ensure grounding.
MOTOR ASSY EXIT 1. Replace the MOTOR ASSY EXIT. (p.266)

Go to Step 2
Problem solved
HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect the P/J27, P/J10, P/J102 and P/J101 on the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. 2. Check continuity between J27 J102.
Go to Step 3
FUSER ASSY 1. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and then start work.
3
Go to Step 10 Problem solved
Power Supply to MOTOR ASSY EXIT 1. Disconnect the P/J101 on the PWBA EXIT MOTOR.
Is the voltage between J101-2 J101-1 24VDC?
Go to Step 4
Replace the LVPS
4
Replace all the Problem relevant parts. solved
10

PWBA EXIT MOTOR 1. Replace the PWBA EXIT MOTOR. (p.286) 2. Does the trouble still occur?
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
128 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.19 SENSOR FACE UP OPEN

Table 3-78. Troubleshooting for SENSOR FACE UP OPEN
3.4.20 SENSOR FULL STACK

Table 3-79. Troubleshooting for SENSOR FULL STACK
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR FULL STACK (p.268) ACTUATOR FULL STACK (p.269) HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR HVPS/MCU (p.301) ACTUATOR FULL STACK 1. Open the COVER ASSY REAR500.
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR FACE UP OPEN (p.267) GATE FU LEVER GATE FU HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR HVPS/MCU (p.301) GATE FU 1. Open the COVER ASSY REAR500.
When the LEVER GATE FU is moved up/down,
does the GATE FU operate smoothly? And, when Go to Step 2 the LEVER GATE FU is raised, does the Actuator Full Stack at the end of the GATE FU enter the slot of the sensor, and when lowered, is it dislocated from the slot? HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR 1. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) 2. Remove the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR. 3. Check continuity between J29291. J29-4 291-3 J29-5 291-2 J29-6 291-1
Replace the LEVER GATE FU, GATE FU
When the Actuator Full Stack is moved by hand,
Go to Step 2 does the Actuator Full Stack operate smoothly? And, when paper is low, does the plug enter the slot of the sensor, and when paper is full, is the plug dislocated from the slot?
2
Go to Step 3 Replace the HARNESS ASSY ANT
HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR 1. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) 2. Remove the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR. 3. Check the continuity between J29 H290 J29-1 J290-3 J29-2 J290-2 J29-3 J290-1
Go to Step 3
Replace the HARNESS ASSY SNR
SENSOR FACE UP OPEN 1. Replace the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN. (p.267)

3
Replace the HVPS/MCU Problem solved
SENSOR FACE UP OPEN 1. Replace the SENSOR FULL STACK. (p.268)

Problem solved
Troubleshooting
129 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.21 PWBA FEEDER 550

C H E C K P O IN T
3.4.22 PWBA FEEDER 550

C H E C K P O IN T
The description given here assumes that Tray 3 is the Option 550 Feeder. If the Option 550 Feeder is installed as Tray 4, see 3.4.22 PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.130) for conditions for use of the circuit. Table 3-80. Troubleshooting for PWBA FEEDER 550
The description given here assumes that Tray 4 is the Option 550 Feeder. If the Option 550 Feeder is installed as Tray 3, see 3.4.21 PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.130) for conditions for use of the circuit. Table 3-81. Troubleshooting for PWBA FEEDER 550
Step
Action and Question
Yes
No
Step
Action and Question
Yes
No
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY FDR1 HARNESS ASSY FDR2 HARNESS ASSY FDR2 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR2. 2. Check whether there is continuity between J2083 Go to Step 2 J83. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY FDR5 HARNESS ASSY FDR2 HARNESS ASSY FDR2 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR2. 2. Check whether there is continuity between J8483 Go to Step 2 J83. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
2 3
HARNESS ASSY FDR1 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR1.

Go to Step 3
Replace the HARNESS ASSY FDR1 Replace the HVPS/MCU
PWBA FEEDER550 1. Replace the PWBA FEEDER 550. (p.310)

After replacing, has the truble been cleared?
HARNESS ASSY FDR5 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR5. 2. Check whether there is continuity between J8483 Go to Step 3 J84.
Problem solved
PWBA FEEDER550 1. Replace the PWBA FEEDER 550. (p.310)

After replacing, has the trouble been cleared?
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
130 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-82. Troubleshooting for SENSOR NO PAPER (continued)
Step No Action and Question Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1. 2. Check continuity between J855 J852. J855-5 J852-3 J855-6 J852-2 J855-7 J852-1
Do all the wires between J855 J852 have

Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR NO PAPER (p.222), (p.232) ACTUATOR NO PAPER (p.223), (p.238) HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) HVPS/MCU (p.301) ACTUATOR NO PAPER 1. Remove the OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER. (p.303) 2. Install the 550 Paper Cassette. 3. Check the operation of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER by moving it with your hand.
Does the ACTUATOR NO PAPER operate
Yes
No
Go to Step 4
Replace the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1
continuity? Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 1. Disconnect the connector P/J85 on the PWBA FEEDER550. 2. Check continuity between J85 J852. J85-5 J855-3 J85-6 J855-2 J85-7 J855-1
4
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 2
continuity?
smoothly in such a way that the flag enters the sensing area of the sensor when there is paper and the flag leaves the sensing area when there is no paper? SENSOR NO PAPER (1) 1. Install the Option 550 Paper Feeder. (p.303) 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 3. Close the COVER OPEN. 4. Remove the 550 Paper Cassette. Go to PWBA 5. Insert your hand through the cassette inserting FEEDER550 opening, lift the ACTUATOR NO PAPER, and measure the voltage between P/J85-7 P/J85-6 on (p. 130/p. 130) the PWBA FEEDER 550. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Is the voltage 0 VDC between P/J85-7 P/J85-6
5 6
Continuity of the HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J11 and P/J20 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between P11-16 P20-5.
Is there continuity between P11-16 P20-5?
Go to Step 6
SENSOR NO PAPER (2) 1. Replace the SENSOR NO PAPER. (p.320)

Problem solved
Go to Step 3
when the ACTUATOR NO PAPER is lifted and 3.3 VDC when the Actuator NO PAPER is released?
Troubleshooting
131 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-83. Troubleshooting for SENSOR LOW PAPER
Step No Action and Question Yes No SENSOR LOW PAPER (2) 1. Install the Option 550 Paper Feeder. (p.303) 2. Make certain that the Imaging Cartridge has been removed. 3. Close the COVER OPEN. 4. Remove the 550 Paper Cassette. Go to PWBA 5. Insert your hand through the cassette inserting FEEDER550 opening, lift the ACTUATOR NO PAPER, and (p. 130/p. 130) measure the voltage between P/J81-3 P/J81-2 on the PWBA FEEDER 550. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Is the voltage 3.3 VDC between P/J81-3 P/J81-2
3.4.24 SENSOR LOW PAPER

Table 3-83. Troubleshooting for SENSOR LOW PAPER
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR LOW PAPER (p.309) ACTUATOR LOW PAPER HARNESS LOW PAPER HARNESS ASSY FDR2 OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) HVPS/MCU (p.301) ACTUATOR LOW PAPER 1. Remove the OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER. (p.303) 2. Install the 550 Paper Cassette. 3. Check the operation of the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER by pushing and releasing the PLATE ASSY Go to Step 2 BTM with your hand.
Does the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER operate
Go to Step 3
when the ACTUATOR LOW PAPER is lifted and 0 VDC when the Actuator is released? Continuity of the HARNESS LOW PAPER 1. Install the Option 550 Feeder. (p.303) 2. Disconnect the connector of the SENSOR LOW PAPER. 3. Disconnect the connector P/J81 on the PWBA FEEDER 550. 4. Check continuity between J81 J810.
Go to Step 4
Replace the HARNESS LOW PAPER
smoothly in such a way that the flag enters the sensing area of the sensor when the PLATE ASSY BTM is released (Actuator LOW PAPER is pushed up) and the flag leaves the sensing area when the PLATE ASSY BTM is pushed down?
continuity?
4 5
Continuity of the HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J11 and P/J20 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between P11-16 P20-5.
Go to Step 5
SENSOR LOW PAPER (3) 1. Replace the SENSOR LOW PAPER. (p.309)
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
132 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.25 OPT ASSY SIZE

Table 3-84. Troubleshooting for OPT ASSY SIZE
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) OPT ASSY SIZE (p.306) HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2 OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) HVPS/MCU (p.301) Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1. 2. Check all the wires between J801 J802 for continuity. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Go to Step 2
Replace the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1
continuity? Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2 1. Disconnect the connector P/J80 on the PWBA FEEDER550. 2. Disconnect the P/J801. 3. Check all the wires between J80 J801 for continuity.
Go to Step 3
Replace the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2
continuity? OPT ASSY SIZE 1. Check the harness of the OPT ASSY SIZE for continuity.
Does the harness of the OPT ASSY SIZE have
Go to PWBA FEEDER550 (p. 130/p. 130)
Replace the OPT ASSY SIZE
continuity?
Troubleshooting
133 Confidential
Revision C
Step No Action and Question Continuity of the PWBA FEEDER550 1. Disconnect the connector P/J83 on the PWBA FEEDER550. 2. Check continuity between the following terminals: P83-1 P85-1
3.4.26 CLUTCH ASSY PH

Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (p.219) OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 HARNESS ASSY FDR1 HARNESS ASSY FDR2 HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 1. Disconnect the P/J855. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 2. Disconnect the P/J853. 3. Check continuity between J855 J853.
Yes
No
Go to Step 5
Replace the PWBA FEEDER550
Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY FDR2 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY FDR2. 2. Check the wiring between J2083 J83 for continuity.
Go to Step 6
6
Go to Step 2 Replace the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1
Go to Step 7
continuity? Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 1. Disconnect the connector P/J85 on the PWBA FEEDER550. 2. Disconnect the P/J855. 3. Check continuity between J85 J855.
7
Power supply to the CLUTCH ASSY PH 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Measure the voltage between P20-10 P20-9 on the HVPS/MCU.
24 VDC between P20-10 P20-9?
Go to Step 8
Go to Step 3
Continuity of the HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J10 from the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between P10-1 P20-10.
continuity? CLUTCH ASSY PH 1. Measure the resistance between P/J853-1 P/J8532. Go to Step 4
Is the coil resistance of the CLUTCH ASSY PH
172 10% (20C)?
Troubleshooting
134 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-86. Troubleshooting for CLUTCH PR-REGI
Step No Action and Question Continuity of the PWBA FEEDER550 1. Disconnect the connector P/J83 on the PWBA FEEDER550. 2. Check continuity between the following terminals: P83-3 P85-3
3.4.27 CLUTCH PR-REGI

Table 3-86. Troubleshooting for CLUTCH PR-REGI
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) CLUTCH PR-REGI (p.319) OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER (p.303) 550 Paper Cassette (p.191) PWBA FEEDER 550 (p.310) HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 HARNESS ASSY FDR1 HARNESS ASSY FDR2 HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 1. Disconnect the P/J855. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 2. Disconnect the P/J854. 3. Check continuity between J855 J854.
Yes
No
Go to Step 5
Replace the PWBA FEEDER550
Go to Step 6
6
Go to Step 2 Replace the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1
Go to Step 7
continuity? Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 1. Disconnect the connector P/J85 on the PWBA FEEDER550. 2. Disconnect the P/J855. 3. Check continuity between J85 J855.
7
Power supply to the CLUTCH PR-REGI 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Measure the voltage between P20-10 P20-9 on the HVPS/MCU.
24 VDC between P20-10 P20-9?
Replace the CLUTCH PR- Go to Step 8 REGI
Go to Step 3
continuity? CLUTCH PR-REGI 1. Measure the resistance between P/J854-1 P/J8542. Go to Step 4
Is the coil resistance of the CLUTCH PR-REGI
Replace the CLUTCH PRREGI
172 10% (20C)?
Troubleshooting
135 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.28 PWBA DUPLEX

Table 3-87. Troubleshooting for PWBA DUPLEX
3.4.29 MOTOR DUPLEX

Table 3-88. Troubleshooting for MOTOR DUPLEX
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) MOTOR DUPLEX (p.355) PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY LVPS COVER HARNESS, HARNESS ASSY DUP (p.359) LVPS (p.287) HARNESS ASSY DUP 1. Remove the Option Duplex. 2. Disconnect P/J50 on the PWBA DUPLEX. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) 3. Check continuity between J2750 J50. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY LVPS HARNESS ASSY DUP (p.359) HARNESS ASSY DUP 1. Remove the Option Duplex. 2. Disconnect P/J50 on the PWBA DUPLEX. (Refer to Connectors (p.406)) Go to Step 2 3. Check whether there is continuity between J2750 J50.
Go to Step 2
continuity? HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect P/J27 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check whether there is continuity between J27 J2750.
Go to Step 3
2 3 4
HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect P/J27 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between J27 J2750.
Go to Step 3
continuity?
PWBA DUPLEX 1. Replace the PWBA DUPLEX. (p.347)

Problem solved
MOTOR DUPLEX 1. Replace the PWBA DUPLEX. (p.347)

Problem solved
Go to Step 4
Power supply to the MOTOR DUPLEX Go to 3.4.28 1. Measure the voltage between P/J27-8 P/J27-7 on PWBA the HVPS/MCU. DUPLEX (p.136) 24 VDC between P/J27-8 P/J27-7? Continuity of the HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J10 and P/J27 on the HVPS/MCU. 2. Check continuity between P10-1 P27-8.
Go to Step 5
Troubleshooting
136 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-89. Troubleshooting for SENSOR DUP (continued)
Step No Action and Question Continuity of the HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR 1. Remove the SENSOR DUP. (p.350) 2. Disconnect P/J53 from the PWBA DUPLEX. 3. Check the wiring between J53 J530 for continuity.
3.4.30 SENSOR DUP

Table 3-89. Troubleshooting for SENSOR DUP
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR DUP (p.350) ACTUATOR DUP HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) COVER HARNESS, HARNESS ASSY DUP (p.359) HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) HARNESS ASSY LVPS ACTUATOR DUP
Does the ACTUATOR DUP operate smoothly in
Yes
No
Go to Step 5
Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
continuity?
HARNESS ASSY DUP 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY DUP. 2. Check continuity between J50 J2750.
Go to Step 6
such a way that the flag enters the sensing area of the Go to Step 2 sensor when there is no paper on the Option Duplex and the flag leaves the sensing area when there is paper? SENSOR DUP(1) 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Close the COVER OPEN. 3. Open the COVER HSG DUP and hold it in the opened position. 4. While moving the ACTUATOR DUP, measure the voltage between P/J53-3 P/J53-2 on the PWBA DUPLEX.
Is the voltage between P/J53-3 P/J53-2 on the
Replace the ACTUATOR DUP
HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. 2. Check continuity between J27 J2750.
Go to Step 7
7
Go to Step 3
PWBA DUPLEX 0 VDC when the ACTUATOR DUP is pushed, and 3.3 VDC when it is released?
SENSOR DUP (2) 1. Replace the SENSOR DUP. (p.350)

Go to Step 4
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
137 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-90. Troubleshooting for SWITCH DUPLEX
Step No Action and Question SWITCH DUPLEX (2) 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Check the voltage between P/J27-4 P/J27-3 on the HVPS/MCU.
Is the voltage 3.3 VDC between P/J27-4 P/J27-3?
3.4.31 SWITCH DUPLEX

Table 3-90. Troubleshooting for SWITCH DUPLEX
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SWITCH DUPLEX (p.357) HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER COVER HARNESS, HARNESS ASSY DUP (p.359) PWBA DUPLEX (p.347) HARNESS ASSY LVPS HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) SWITCH DUPLEX (1) 1. Remove the SWITCH DUPLEX. 2. While pressing and releasing the lever of the SWITCH DUPLEX, check continuity between J520-2 J520-1. (Refer to Connectors (p.406))
Is there continuity between J520-2 J520-1 when
Yes Go to 3.4.28 PWBA DUPLEX (p.136)
No
Go to Step 6
HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J27 from the HVPS/MCU.

Is there normal continuity between P27-4 P11-
Go to 3.4.1 LVPS (p.111)
16?
Go to Step 2
Replace the SWITCH DUPLEX
the SWITCH DUPLEX is pushed, and discontinuity when it is released?
HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER 1. Remove the HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER. 2. Check continuity between J52 J520.
Go to Step 3
Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP
HARNESS ASSY DUP 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY DUP. 2. Check continuity between J50 J2750.
Go to Step 4
HARNESS ASSY LVPS 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. 2. Check continuity between J27 J2750.
Go to Step 5
Troubleshooting
138 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.32 PWBA OCT

Table 3-91. Troubleshooting for PWBA OCT
3.4.33 MOTOR ASSY OCT

Table 3-92. Troubleshooting for MOTOR ASSY OCT
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) MOTOR ASSY OCT (p.378) PWBA OCT (p.368) HARNESS ASSY OCT MOT HARNESS ASSY OCT2 HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY OCT1
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) PWBA OCT (p.368) HARNESS ASSY OCT1 HARNESS ASSY OCT2 HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT2 1. Disconnect the Option OCT. 2. Disconnect P/J 70 on the PWBA OCT 3. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT2.
Go to Step 2
Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT2
1 2 3 4 5
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT MOT 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT MOT.
Go to Step 2
Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT MOT
2 3

Go to Step 3
Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT1 Replace the HVPS/MCU
MOTOR ASSY OCT 1. Replace the MOTOR ASSY OCT. (p.378)

Is the trouble solved?
PGo to 3.4.32 PWBA OCT Go to Step 3 (p.139) Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT2 Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT1 Replace the HVPS/MCU
PWBA OCT 1. Replace the PWBA OCT. (p.368)

After replacement, does the problem still occur?
Problem solved
HARNESS ASSY OCT2 1. Disconnect P/J 70 on the PWBA OCT 2. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT2.
Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5

Problem solved
Troubleshooting
139 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.34 MOTOR ASSY OFFSET

Table 3-93. Troubleshooting for MOTOR ASSY OFFSET
3.4.35 SOLENOID ASSY GATE

Table 3-94. Troubleshooting for SOLENOID ASSY GATE
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SOLENOID ASSY GATE (p.371) PWBA OCT (p.368) HARNESS ASSY OCT2 HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY OCT1
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) MOTOR ASSY OFFSET (p.370) MOTOR ASSY OCT (p.378) PWBA OCT (p.368) HARNESS ASSY OCT2 HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY OCT1
1 2 3 4
MOTOR ASSY OFFSET 1. Replace the MOTOR ASSY OFFSET. (p.370)

Problem solved
1
Go to Step 2
SOLENOID ASSY GATE 1. Replace the SOLENOID ASSY GATE. (p.371)

Problem solved
Go to Step 2
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT2 1. Disconnect P/J 70 on the PWBA OCT 2. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT2.
Go to Step 3
Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT2 Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT1 Replace the HVPS/MCU
2 3 4
Go to Step 3


Go to Step 4
Go to Step 4


Problem solved
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
140 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.36 S/W REAR COVER

Table 3-95. Troubleshooting for S/W REAR COVER
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) S/W REAR COVER HARNESS ASSY REAR COVER PWBA OCT (p.368) HARNESS ASSY OCT2 HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) HARNESS ASSY OCT1 Continuity of S/W REAR COVER (1) 1. Disconnect the S/W REAR COVER.
Is there continuity between J740-2 J740-1 when
Go to Step 2
the S/W REAR COVER is pushed, and no continuity when it is released?
Replace the S/ W REAR COVER Replace the HARNESS ASSY REAR COVER Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT2 Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT1
2 3 4 5
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY REAR COVER 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY REAR COVER.
Go to Step 3
HARNESS ASSY OCT2 1. Disconnect P/J 70 on the PWBA OCT 2. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT2.
Go to Step 4

Go to Step 5
S/W REAR COVER (2) 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge.

Is the voltage between J30-4 P/J30-3 on the
Go to 3.4.32 PWBA OCT (p.139)
Go to Step 6
HVPS/MCU 3.3 VDC?
Continuity of HVPS/MCU 1. Disconnect P/J30 on the PWBA OCT.

Is there normal continuity between P30-4 P11-
16?
Troubleshooting
141 Confidential
Revision C
Table 3-96. Troubleshooting for SENSOR OCT
Step No Action and Question Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT1 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT1.
3.4.37 SENSOR OCT

Table 3-96. Troubleshooting for SENSOR OCT
Step Action and Question Yes Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR OCT (p.372) ACTUATOR OCT HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR PWBA OCT (p.368) HARNESS ASSY OCT2 HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY OCT1 Option OCT 1. Disconnect the Option OCT. 2. Open the COVER REAR.
Yes Go to Step 6
No Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT1 Go to 3.4.32 PWBA OCT (p.139)
5 6
SENSOR OCT (2) 1. Replace the SENSOR OCT.

Problem solved
When the ACTUATOR OCT is moved by hand,
Go to Step 2
does the ACTUATOR OCT operate smoothly? And, when paper is absent, does the flag enter the slot of the sensor, and when paper is present, is the flag dislocated from the slot? SENSOR OCT (1) 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Install the Option OCT. 3. Open the COVER REAR.
When the ACTUATOR OCT is moved up/down,
Replace the ACTUATOR OCT
Go to Step 3
does the numeral increase by one every time the ACTUATOR ICT operates?
3 4
Continuity of HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR 1. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR
Go to Step 4
Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR Replace the HARNESS ASSY OCT2
Go to Step 5
Troubleshooting
142 Confidential
Revision C
3.4.38 Sensor Full Stack (on PWBA OCT)

Table 3-97. Troubleshooting for SENSOR Full Stack (on PWBA OCT)
3.4.39 Sensor Offset (on PWBA OCT)

Table 3-98. Troubleshooting for Sensor offset
Step Action and Question Yes No Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) Sensor Offset CHUTE OFFSET ASSY PWBA OCT (p.368) HARNESS ASSY OCT2 HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY OCT1 Operation of Actuator of CHUTE OFFSET 1. Remove the Option OCT. 2. Remove the COVER OCT.
When the Actuator in the CHUTE OFFSET is
Parts below can be the source of this error (Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly) SENSOR FULL STACK (p.268) ACTUATOR FULL STACK (p.269) PWBA OCT (p.368) HARNESS ASSY OCT2 HVPS/MCU (p.301) HARNESS ASSY OCT1 Operation of ACTUATOR FULL STACK 1. Remove the Option OCT.
When the ACTUATOR FULL STACK is moved by
hand, does the ACTUATOR FULL STACK operate Go to Step 2 smoothly? And, when paper is absent, does the flag enter the slot of the sensor, and when paper is present, is the flag dislocated from the slot?
Go to Step 2
moved by hand, does the CHUTE OFFSET operate smoothly?
Replace the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY
2 3 4
Go to Step 3
2 3 4
Go to Step 3


Go to Step 4
Go to Step 4
Sensor Full Stack on PWBA OCT 1. Replace the PWBA OCT. (p.368)
Problem solved
Sensor Full Stack on PWBA OCT 1. Replace the PWBA OCT. (p.368)
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
143 Confidential
Revision C
The following explanation assumes the printer controller functions properly. You can, however, easily determine whether the problem lies in the printer controller or engine by conducting a test printing with the engine alone, except for problems that cannot be recognized through a test printing. If the test print by the engine alone is good, the problem is caused by the printer controller. If there is something wrong with the test print by the engine alone, the problem is caused by the engine. If there may be something wrong with the printer controller, replace the printer controller and interface cable with properly functioning ones and see if that works. If the problem continues to occur, check the host side and perform troubleshooting efficiently using the following picture quality diagnostics according to a description of the problem.
3.5 Picture Image Trouble

3.5.1 Overview
If any problem involving printing quality occurs, first find out exactly what the problem is, make a test printing on A4 paper, and then troubleshoot effectively by using the corresponding picture quality diagnostics. If the problem cannot be resolved by the procedure described in this section, after repeating checking, replace Parts that can be the source of this error in the order in which they are given and see if that works.
C H E C K P O IN T
C H E C K P O IN T
Before starting troubleshooting, check the paper transport path. Make sure that the paper path is free from foreign matters, such as staples, paper clips or bits of paper.
This section covers the following typical problems involving picture quality.
START Test Printing Is there an applicable trouble item? Yes Execute applicable troubleshooting Execute applicable troubleshooting
No
3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.4 3.5.5 3.5.6 3.5.7 3.5.8 3.5.9 3.5.10 3.5.11 3.5.12 3.5.13 3.5.14 3.5.15
Too Light Print (Weak Gradation) ........................................... p.145 Blank Print................................................................................ p.146 Solid Black ............................................................................... p.147 White or Light Bands (parallel with paper transport)............... p.148 White or Light Bands (perpendicular to paper transport)......... p.149 Black Stripes (parallel with paper transport)............................ p.150 Black Stripes (perpendicular to paper transport)......................p.151 Image Partial Missing (White Spots) .......................................p.153 Black Spots ............................................................................... p.154 Ghost Image..............................................................................p.155 Fog ............................................................................................p.156 Skew .........................................................................................p.157 Damaged Paper (Wrinkling).....................................................p.158 Bad Fusing................................................................................ p.159
No
Is the problem solved? Yes End
No
Is the problem solved? Yes End
If bands, stripes or spots appear in a cycle, probably a specific roller is faulty. In such cases, measure the cycle of the trouble, and check the cycle against the following pitches (note that each pitch is not always identical with the circumference length of the roller). Then probably you can solve the problem easily.
Roller Drum BTR Heat Roll Pressure Roll Parts Name Imaging Cartridge BTR ASSY FUSER ASSY FUSER ASSY Roller Diam. (mm) 30.5 16.2 24.9 30 Pitch (mm) 94.3 50.7 78.3 94.2
Figure 3-3. Picture Image Troubleshooting Entry Chart
Troubleshooting
Picture Image Trouble
144 Confidential
Revision C
Step Action and Question BTR ASSY 1. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 2. Check the BTR Assy for dirt or wear.
Is the BTR free from dirt and damage and wear?
3.5.2 Too Light Print (Weak Gradation)

Description of the problem:
Image density is too light as a whole.
Yes
No Replace the BTR ASSY
Go to Step 5
Parts below can be the source of this error:

Imaging Cartridge GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) BTR ASSY (p.254) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) ROS ASSY (p.239) FUSER ASSY (p.253) LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224)
Grounding of the Drum 1. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257) 2. Inspect the Plate Earth located behind the GUIDE ASSY CRU R.
Is the Plate Earth free from dirt and damage and
Go to Step 6
deformation?
Repair or clean the Plate Earth, or replace the GUIDE ASSY CRU R.
HVPS/MCU 1. Replace the HVPS/MCU. (p.301) 2. Execute test printing.

Was the trouble cleared?
Problem solved
Go to Step 7
Step
Action and Question Paper condition 1. Set new dry recommended paper. 2. Execute test printing.
Is image density normal?
Yes Problem solved
No
7
Go to Step 2
Image developing process 1. Execute test printing, and turn off the power to the printer during printing. 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge carefully, and inspect the toner image formed on the drum located Go to Step 8 just before the transfer portion (BTR).
Is the image on the drum such that it has been
Path of laser beam 1. Inspect the path of laser beam from the ROS ASSY to the Drum. 2. Check the window of the ROS ASSY to see if it is Go to Step 3 not dirty.
Is the path of the laser beam clean and is the
completely formed, the region is clear and black, and can be easily read? Remove the obstacle or clean the window of the ROS ASSY. Image transfer process 1. Inspect the toner image formed on the drum located See Parts below can be just after the transfer portion (the BTR). the source of Is the toner image on the drum completely copied this error onto the paper?. Go to 3.4.16 HVPS/MCU (p.126)
window of the ROS ASSY free from any obstacle?
Imaging Cartridge 1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge. 2. Print the image in question again.
Problem solved
Go to Step 4
Troubleshooting
145 Confidential
Revision C
Step Action and Question Imaging Cartridge 1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge. 2. Print the image in question again.
3.5.3 Blank Print

The whole paper is printed in completely white.
Yes Problem solved
No
Go to Step 5

Step Imaging Cartridge GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) BTR ASSY (p.254) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) ROS ASSY (p.239) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) FUSER ASSY (p.253) LVPS (p.287) HVPS/MCU (p.301) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Yes No Reassmble the HVPS/MCU
BTR ASSY 1. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 2. Check the BTR Assy for dirt or wear.
Go to Step 6
Action and Question
Installation of HVPS/MCU 1. Check if the HVPS/MCU is assembled to under the Go to Step 2 hook of the FRAME.
Does the HVPS/MCU assemble properly?
completely formed, the region is clear and black, and can be easily read? Image transfer process 1. Inspect the toner image formed on the drum located See Parts below can be just after the transfer portion (the BTR). the source of Is the toner image on the drum completely copied this error onto the paper?. Go to 3.4.16 HVPS/MCU (p.126)
Path of laser beam 1. Inspect the path of laser beam from the ROS ASSY Go to Step 3 to the Drum.
Is the path of laser beam free from obstacles?
Remove the obstacle. Remove the obstacles from the window of the ROS ASSY, or connect the connector of the ROS ASSY.
ROS ASSY 1. Check the window of the ROS ASSY to see if it is free from by obstacles, etc. that blind it completely.
Is the connector of the ROS ASSY connected?
Go to Step 4
Troubleshooting
146 Confidential
Revision C
3.5.4 Solid Black

Printed page is completely black.

Imaging Cartridge HVPS/MCU (p.301) LVPS (p.287) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) ROS ASSY (p.239) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224)
Step
Action and Question Imaging Cartridge 1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge. 2. Execute test printing.
Is printing normal?
Yes Problem solved
No
Go to Step 2
HVPS/MCU 1. Blind the whole window of the ROS Assy. 2. Execute test printing.
Is the printed paper black?
Go to Step 3
ROS ASSY 1. Blind a half of the window of the ROS Assy. 2. Execute test printing.
Is a half of the printed paper white and the other half
Go to 3.4.3 ROS ASSY (p.113)
black?
Troubleshooting
147 Confidential
Revision C
3.5.5 White or Light Bands (parallel with paper transport)

There are light or completely white bands in the printed image. These bands are running parallel with paper-feed direction over a wide area.
Yes
No Problem solved
Go to Step 5

Step Paper condition 1. Set new dry recommended paper. 2. Print the image in question again.
Go to Step 6
Imaging Cartridge BTR ASSY (p.254) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) ROS ASSY (p.239) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) FUSER ASSY (p.253) Heat Roll Pressure Roll 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Yes No Problem solved
Heat Roll and Pressure Roll 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and then start work. 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll.
Are the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll free from
See 3.4.16 HVPS/MCU (p.126) or Parts below can be the source of this error
scratches, dirt and damage?
Action and Question
Go to Step 2
Paper path 1. Check to see if there are dirt or obstacles in the path of the paper from the paper supply opening to the Go to Step 3 paper eject opening.
Is the path of paper free from obstacles?
Remove obstacle or dirt from the path of paper. Remove all the obstacles from the path of laser beam or clean the window of the ROS ASSY.
Path of laser beam 1. Inspect the path of laser beam from the ROS ASSY to the Drum.
Go to Step 4
Check the window of the ROS ASSY to see if it is clean.
Troubleshooting
148 Confidential
Revision C
3.5.6 White or Light Bands (perpendicular to paper transport)

There are light or completely white bands in the printed image. These bands are running perpendicular to the paper-feed direction over a wide area.
Yes
3 4
Go to Step 4
ROS ASSY
Is the connector of the ROS ASSY connected
Go to Step 5
Reconnect the connector.

Step Imaging Cartridge HVPS/MCU (p.301) GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) BTR ASSY (p.254) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) ROS ASSY (p.239) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) FUSER ASSY (p.253) Heat Roll Pressure Roll MAIN MOTOR (p.279) GEAR ASSY HOUSING (p.281) CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (p.219) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Yes No Problem solved
completely? Image developing process 1. Execute test printing, and turn off the power to the printer during printing. 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge carefully, and inspect the toner image formed on the drum located Go to Step 6 just before the transfer portion (BTR).
completely formed, the region is clear and black, and can be easily read? And have the light or white bands perpendicular to the paper-feed direction disappeared? Image transfer process 1. Inspect the toner image formed on the drum located just after the transfer portion (the BTR). Go to Step 7
Is the toner image on the drum copied onto the
paper completely? MAIN MOTOR, GEAR ASSY HOUSING 1. Replace the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR. (p.307) and GEAR ASSY HOUSING. 2. Print the image in question again.
Action and Question Paper condition 1. Set new dry recommended paper. 2. Print the image in question again.
Go to Step 8
Problem solved
Go to Step 2
Imaging Cartridge 1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge.

Have the light or white bands perpendicular to the
Problem solved
Go to Step 3
paper-feed direction disappeared?
See Parts below can be the source of this error
Troubleshooting
149 Confidential
Revision C
3.5.7 Black Stripes (parallel with paper transport)

Black stripes are running parallel with the paper-feed direction.
Yes
4 5
Go to Step 5

Step Imaging Cartridge HVPS/MCU (p.301) GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) BTR ASSY (p.254) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) ROS ASSY (p.239) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Yes No Remove obstacle or dirt from the path of paper. Remove all the obstacles from the path of laser beam or clean the window of the ROS ASSY.
ROS ASSY
Go to Step 6
completely? Heat Roll and Pressure Roll 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and then start work. 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll.
Go to 3.4.17 Replace the Electrical FUSER ASSY Noise (p.127)
Action and Question
Paper path 1. Check to see if there are dirt or obstacles in the path of the paper from the paper supply opening to the Go to Step 2 paper eject opening.
Path of laser beam 1. Inspect the path of laser beam from the ROS ASSY to the Drum.
Go to Step 3
Check the window of the ROS ASSY to see if it is clean. Imaging Cartridge 1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge. 2. Execute test printing.
Have the black stripes running parallel with the
Problem solved
Go to Step 4
paper-feed direction disappeared?
Troubleshooting
150 Confidential
Revision C
3.5.8 Black Stripes (perpendicular to paper transport)

Black stripes are running perpendicular to the paper-feed direction.

Step Imaging Cartridge HVPS/MCU (p.301) GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) BTR ASSY (p.254) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) MAIN MOTOR (p.279) GEAR ASSY HOUSING (p.281) ROS ASSY (p.239) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) LVPS (p.287) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Yes No
Continuity of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Check the plates of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R for deformation, dirt or damage. Go to Step 5 3. Check continuity of the plates of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R.
Do the plates of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R have
continuity, without deformation, dirt or damage? Connection of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R 1. Check to see if the plates of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R are in contact with the respective terminals of the HVPS/MCU properly. Go to Step 6
Are the plates of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R in
contact with the respective terminals of the HVPS/ MCU properly? Grounding of the Drum 1. Check the Plate Earth of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R.
Is the Plate Earth free from dirt and damage and
Action and Question Imaging Cartridge 1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge. 2. Print the image in question again.
Have the black stripes running perpendicular to the
Go to Step 7
deformation? Problem solved Go to Step 2 BTR ASSY 1. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 2. Check the BTR Assy for dirt or wear.
Repair or clean the Plate Earth, or replace the GUIDE ASSY CRU R.
paper-feed direction disappeared? ROS ASSY
7
Go to Step 3 Reconnect the connector, or install the ROS ASSY securely.
Go to Step 8
Is the ROS ASSY installed securely to the frame?
Drive ASSY, GEAR ASSY HOUSING 1. Replace the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR. (p.307) and GEAR ASSY HOUSING. 2. Print the image in question again.
8
completely formed, the region is clear and black, and can be easily read?
Troubleshooting
151 Confidential

Revision C
Image transfer process 1. Inspect the toner image formed on the drum located Replace the just after the transfer portion (the BTR). Go to Step 10 BTR ASSY Is the toner image on the drum completely copied onto the paper?. Heat Roll and Pressure Roll 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and then start work. 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll.
10
Troubleshooting
152 Confidential
Revision C
3.5.9 Image Partial Missing (White Spots)

In the image, there is extremely light areas or areas where image is completely missing. These areas are found scattering in a narrow part on the paper.
Image transfer process 1. Inspect the toner image formed on the drum located just after the transfer portion (the BTR). Go to Step 5
Is the toner image on the drum completely copied
onto the paper?. Heat Roll and Pressure Roll 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and then start work. 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll.

Step Imaging Cartridge HVPS/MCU (p.301) BTR ASSY (p.254) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Yes No Problem solved
Action and Question Paper condition 1. Set new dry recommended paper. 2. Print the image in question again.
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
153 Confidential
Revision C
Step Action and Question Heat Roll and Pressure Roll 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and then start work. 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll.
3.5.10 Black Spots

Over the whole paper, spots of toner lie scattered disorderly.
Yes
No

Step Imaging Cartridge 1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge. 2. Execute test printing.
Have the spots disappeared?
Imaging Cartridge HVPS/MCU (p.301) BTR ASSY (p.254) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) ROS ASSY (p.239) GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Yes Problem solved No
Action and Question
Go to Step 2
2 3
Go to Step 3
ROS ASSY
Go to Step 4
completely? Image developing process 1. Execute test printing, and turn off the power to the printer during printing. 2. Remove the Imaging Cartridge carefully, and inspect the toner image formed on the drum located Go to Step 5 just before the transfer portion (BTR).
Troubleshooting
154 Confidential
Revision C
Does the ghost image still appear?
3.5.11 Ghost Image

Ghost image appears on the printed sheet. The image printed on the previous page or part of image printed on the current page appears again as a image.
Yes
No Problem solved
Go to Step 5

Step Imaging Cartridge HVPS/MCU (p.301) GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR (p.307) BTR ASSY (p.254) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) MAIN MOTOR (p.279) GEAR ASSY HOUSING (p.281) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) FUSER ASSY (p.253) Heat Roll Pressure Roll 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Yes No
Go to Step 6
Go to Step 7
scratches, dirt and damage? Grounding of Heat Roll, Pressure Roll and Inlet Chute 1. Check with the naked eye the two plates at the left side of the FUSER ASSY for deformation, dirt or damage with the naked eye. 2. Check continuity between the plates at the left side of the FUSER ASSY and each of the following points: Go to Step 8 Rear plate Uncoated portion at both ends of the Heat Roll (5-10KW) Front plate Plate at the left end of the Inlet Chute (1-2KW)
Do the plates for grounding the Heat Roll, Pressure Roll
Action and Question Repeated printing 1. Examine the ghost image.

Did the customer print many copies of the same
Go to Step 2
Go to Step 3
image? 1. Print 30 pages of different images.

Does the ghost image still appear?
Go to Step 3
Problem solved (Many copies of the same image are not printed.)
and Inlet Chute have continuity, without any faults? Grounding of the FUSER ASSY 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Check the GEAR ASSY HOUSING for dirt, damage or deformation. 3. Check continuity between the screw in the rear of the FUSER ASSY and the printer frame.
Is the GEAR ASSY HOUSING free from dirt,
Paper condition 1. Set new dry recommended paper. 2. Print the image in question again.
8
Replace the GEAR ASSY HOUSING
damage or deformation?
Is the FUSER ASSY grounded?
Troubleshooting
155 Confidential
Revision C
Step Action and Question Yes No Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY once and then install it again so that it is grounded correctly. Remove the FUSER ASSY once and then install it again.
3.5.12 Fog
Toner is present in some unexpected areas or over the whole page. Such areas appear fogged.

Step Imaging Cartridge 1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge. 2. Execute test printing.
Has the fog disappeared?
Grounding of the 150 FEEDER ASSY 1. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. 2. Check continuity of the 150 FEEDER ASSY, through the front opening between the metal part of Go to Step 5 the 150 FEEDER ASSY and the metal part of the printer frame.
Is the 150 FEEDER ASSY grounded properly?
Imaging Cartridge BTR ASSY (p.254) HVPS/MCU (p.301) GUIDE ASSY CRU R (p.257) ROS ASSY (p.239) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) FUSER ASSY (p.253) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) Yes Problem solved No
Grounding of the FUSER ASSY 1. Open the COVER REAR. 2. Check continuity between the screw in the rear of the FUSER ASSY and the printer frame.
Is the FUSER ASSY grounded properly?
Action and Question
Go to Step 2
ROS ASSY
Go to Step 4
completely?
Troubleshooting
156 Confidential
Revision C
Step Action and Question Paper path 1. Check to see if there is dirt or any obstacle in the path of paper between the paper feed tray and the eject tray.
3.5.13 Skew
The printed image is not in parallel with the edges of the paper.
Yes
No Remove obstacle or dirt from the path of paper.
Go to Step 4

Imaging Cartridge BTR ASSY (p.254) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) FUSER ASSY (p.253) Paper Cassette PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) 550 FEEDER OPTION (p.311) BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224)
Rolls in the path of paper 1. Check all the rolls located in the path of paper between the paper feed tray and the eject tray to see if there is dirt, wear or damage. Go to Step 5 2. Check whether the pinch rolls turn freely and the spring pressure works evenly.
Are the rolls in the path of paper free from dirt, wear
Replace the damaged or worn roll.
and damage?
5
Step Action and Question Printer mounting surface 1. Check that there is no irregularity on the mounting surface. 2. Check that no foot is missing.
Is the printer mounting surface free from any
Does the print still skew?
Yes
No
Problem solved
Go to Step 2
Correct the mounting surface.
problem? Paper feed 1. Remove the Paper Cassette. 2. Set paper correctly in the Paper Cassette. 3. Set the Paper Cassette in the printer correctly. Go to Step 3 4. Install the PLATE ASSY BTM correctly so that it is not inclined in the lateral direction. (p.330) 5. Print the image in question again.
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
157 Confidential
Revision C
3.5.14 Damaged Paper (Wrinkling)

The printed paper coming out of the printer is wrinkled, folded or worn.
Rolls in the path of paper 1. Check all the rolls located in the path of paper between the paper feed tray and the eject tray to see Go to Step 5 if there is dirt, wear or damage.
Are the rolls in the path of paper free from dirt, wear

FUSER ASSY (p.253) Heat Roll Pressure Roll BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211) Imaging Cartridge BTR ASSY (p.254) Paper Cassette PLATE ASSY BTM (p.330) 550 FEEDER ASSY (p.224) 550 FEEDER OPTION (p.311)
Replace the damaged or worn roll.
and damage? Heat Roll and Pressure Roll 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and then start work. 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll.
Go to Step 6
6
No Go to Step 2
Imaging Cartridge 1. Install a new Imaging Cartridge. 2. Execute test printing.

Is the paper still wrinkled?
Problem solved
Step
Action and Question Paper feed 1. Observe the paper feed condition.
Is the paper supplied aslant?
Yes Go to 3.5.13 Skew (p.157)
Paper condition 1. Set new dry recommended paper. 2. Print the status sheet. Refer to p. 430
Go to Step 3
Problem solved
Paper path 1. Check to see if there is dirt or any obstacle in the path of paper between the paper feed tray and the eject tray.
Go to Step 4
Remove obstacle or dirt from the path of paper.
Troubleshooting
158 Confidential
Revision C
Step Action and Question Heat Roll and Pressure Roll 1. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) WARNING!: Wait until the Fuser cools, and then start work. 2. Turn the Gear HR by hand, and inspect the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll.
3.5.15 Bad Fusing

The printed image is not fused to the paper securely. The image can easily come off when it is rubbed.
Yes
No
Go to Step 4

FUSER ASSY (p.253) Heat Roll Pressure Roll BOARD ASSY., MAIN (p.299) LVPS (p.287)
scratches, dirt and damage? FUSER ASSY(2) 1. Turn the Gear HR by hand. 2. Check contact of the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll with each other when they are rotating.
Does the Pressure Roll come in contact with the
Heat Roll uniformly? Step Action and Question FUSER ASSY(1) 1. Check to see if the green levers at the right and left of the Fuser have been pushed down. 2. Print the image in question again. Yes No
Go to Step 2
Problem solved
Paper condition 1. Set new dry recommended paper. 2. Print the image in question again.
Go to Step 3
Problem solved
Troubleshooting
159 Confidential
CHAPTER
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
Confidential
Revision C
4.1 Overview
This section describes procedures for disassembling the main components of the product. Unless otherwise specified, disassembly units or components can be reassembled by reversing the disassembly procedure. Things, if not strictly observed, that could result in injury or loss of life are described under the heading Warning. Precautions for any disassembly or assembly procedures are described under the heading CAUTION. Chips for disassembling procedures are described under the heading CHECK POINT. If the assembling procedure is different from the reversed procedure of the disassembling, the procedure is described under the heading REASSEMBLY. Any adjustments required after disassembling the units are described under the heading ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED. When you have to remove any units or parts that are not described in this chapter, refer to the exploded diagrams in the appendix. Consult Control Panel Special Operations (p.425) in Appendix when you remove or disassemble any unit or component for which disassembly procedure is not described in this manual. Read precautions described in the next section before starting.
4.1.1 Precautions
See the precautions given under the heading WARNING and CAUTION in the following column when disassembling or assembling the product.
W A R N IN G
Disconnect the power cable before disassembling or assembling
the printer. If you need to work on the printer with power applied, strictly follow the instructions in this manual. Always wear gloves for disassembly and reassembly to avoid injury from sharp metal edges. To protect sensitive microprocessors and circuitry, use static discharge equipment, such as anti-static wrist straps, when accessing internal components. Avoid exposing yourself to the laser beam to prevent injury (blindness). When you perform maintenance or service of the laser printer, never open any cover on which a warning label about laser beam is affixed. Understand how the laser beam functions and take maximum precautions not to injure yourself or anyone around you. The FUSER ASSY and other high-temperature parts remain at hazardous temperature for a certain period of time even after stop of operation and turning off of the power. To prevent suffering a burn, be sure to wait after power turning off until the temperature of the parts cool down to a safe level, and then start working on the printer. To avoid dust explosion or ignition, never bring any consumables close to flame or throw them into fire. When developer or oil stuck to your skin or clothes, wipe it off with a dry cloth carefully and wash it away with water completely. Take great care not to put developer or toner contained in the consumables into your mouth or eye or not to inhale it. Take due care that no one around you put developer or toner into the mouth or eye or inhale it. (Spread a sheet of paper inside and around the printer to prevent soiling.)
Disassembly and Assembly
Overview
161
Confidential
Revision C
W A R N IN G
Avant de commencer, assurez vous que limprimante soit eteinte et que le cordon dalimentation soit debranche.
LEVER LINK COVER OPEN
C A U T IO N
Risque dexplosion si la pile est remplace incorrectment. Ne remplacer que par une pile du mme type ou dun type quivalent recommand par le fabricant. Eliminer les piles dcharges selon les lois et les rgles de scurit en vigueur.
Connection port
C A U T IO N
Use only recommended tools for disassembling, assembling or Apply lubricants and adhesives as specified. Make the specified adjustments when you disassemble the
printer. (See Chapter 5 for details.) adjusting the printer.
Figure 4- 1. Confirmation after assembly
JG3001EA
4.1.2.2 Prohibited matters

Removal of the frame components as shown below is prohibited since removal of any of them can impair the alignment of the printer construction. If you have removed it or loosened any screws securing such parts by mistake, be sure to reinstall the relevant part on a steady digit horizontal surface.
4.1.2 Precautions in Performing Work

Described below are precautions to be observed when disassembling and assembling the printer for repair or maintenance. Understand the description thoroughly, and never fail to observe the instructions.
4.1.2.1 Checking after assembly

Make certain that the COVER OPEN and LEVER LINK are jointed properly, and open and close the COVER OPEN to confirm proper operation.
Never remove these parts.
JG3202AA
Figure 4- 2. Prohibited Matters
Overview
162
Confidential
Revision C
4.1.3 Disassembly and Reassembly Procedure

This section describes the removal and installation procedure for major parts of the printer which are classified into eleven units corresponding to parts numbers specified in the parts list.
Unit Cover 150 Paper Cassette 550 Paper Cassette 150 Paper Feeder 550 Paper Feeder Xero 500 Paper Exit Frame & Drive Electrical Option 550 Paper Feeder Option Duplex Option OCT
C H E C K P O IN T
4.1.3.1 About Description of Procedure

Directions are described as mentioned below. Front: Front side viewing the printer toward its front side Back: Rear side viewing the printer toward its front side Left: Left hand side viewing the printer toward its front side Right: Right hand side viewing the printer toward its front side
Disassembly/Reassembly Reference Page (Section No.) p.167 (4.2) p.175 (4.3) p.191 (4.4) p.211 (4.5) p.224 (4.6) p.239 (4.7) p.261 (4.8) p.277 (4.9) p.285 (4.10) p.303 (4.11) p.342 (4.12) p.360 (4.13)
Back Left
Right Front
JG3002EA
Figure 4- 3. Directions
Some parts are listed as spare parts but not mentioned in
Screws are mentioned with descriptions including (mounting location, color,

feature, thread part length, and so on).
disassembly/assembly procedure. Therefore, look carefully how they are installed before you remove them. All options are to be removed before servicing, as a rule. However, you can leave them installed if their removal is not necessary.
Where a model is specified in the description of procedure, execute the described

work only for the specified model. (Do not execute the work for any models other than specified.)
If black arrows are shown with numbers, they show the order to act for the step. White arrows (FRONT) in the drawings show the front side of the printer. For the location of the connector (P/J), refer to 7.1 Connectors (p.406).
Overview
163
Confidential
Revision C
4.1.4 Difference between EPL-N3000 and AcuLaser M4000N in Disassembly/Assembly

This chapter describes based on the EPL-N3000. When disassembly/assembly the AcuLaser M4000N, refer to the table below to make sure the difference between the EPL-N3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. Table 4-1. List of Difference in Disassembly/Assembly
Item COVER REAR Explanation
EPL-N3000 FAN MAIN is secured to the main unit. AcuLaser M4000N FAN MAIN is secured to COVER REAR.
JG3003EA
EPL-N3000
AcuLaser M4000N
Reference*
4.2.1 COVER REAR (p.167)
4.14.1 COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.379)
COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL
EPL-N3000
COVER OPEN
COVER OPEN
SWITCH I/L ASSY is equipped. AcuLaser M4000N SWITCH I/L ASSY is not equipped.
4.2.4 COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (p.170) 4.14.2 COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.380) 4.5.1 150 FEEDER ASSY (p.211)
150 FEEDER ASSY
Removing procedures are different due to the change of HARNESS ASSY TRAY1.
(A)
(A)
4.14.3 150 FEEDER ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.382)
150 FEEDER ASSY
150 FEEDER ASSY
ROLL REGI RUBBER
The shape of ROLL REGI RUBBER is changed. EPL-N3000 Rubber roll: two pieces AcuLaser M4000N Rubber roll: one piece
BEARING REGI RIGHT
ROLL REGI RUBBER
BEARING REGI RIGHT
ROLL REGI RUBBER
The disassembly/reassembly procedure is the same for EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N.
BEARING REGI LEFT
GEAR REGI
BEARING REGI LEFT
GEAR REGI
SPRING REGI
CLUTCH REGI
SPRING REGI
CLUTCH REGI
Note "*": Upper row: EPL-N3000, Lower row: AcuLaser M4000N
Overview
164
Confidential
Revision C
Table 4-2. List of Difference in Disassembly/Assembly

Item CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI Explanation Removing procedures are different due to the change of HARNESS ASSY TRAY1. EPL-N3000 AcuLaser M4000N Reference*
4.5.6 CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (p.219)
CLUTCH ASSY PH CLUTCH REGI
4.14.4 CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.384) 4.7.1 ROS ASSY (p.239)
ROS ASSY
DUCT VACUUM L/R is added for AcuLaser M4000N.
ROS ASSY
CABLE CLAMPS
DUCT VACUUM L/R
CABLE CLAMPS
DUCT HIGH
ROS ASSY
PLATE TIE FRONT

DUCT HIGH
PLATE TIE FRONT
4.14.5 ROS ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.386)
MAIN MOTOR
A harness is added to MAIN MOTOR for AcuLaser M4000N.
MAIN MOTOR
MAIN MOTOR
4.9.2 MAIN MOTOR (p.279)
4.14.6 MAIN MOTOR (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.388)
LVPS
LVPS shapes are different, and connector positions are changed.
PWBA EXIT MOTOR LVPS
4.10.3 LVPS (p.287)
4.14.7 LVPS (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.390)
Overview
165
Confidential
Revision C
Table 4-3. List of Difference in Disassembly/Assembly

Item FAN MAIN Explanation
EPL-N3000 FAN MAIN is secured to main unit. AcuLaser M4000N FAN MAIN is secured to COVER REAR.
EPL-N3000
AcuLaser M4000N
Reference*
4.10.6 FAN MAIN (p.293)

LABEL
LABEL
4.14.8 FAN MAIN (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.392)

FAN MAIN JG3022EA
J23165AA
COVER TOP (Duplex)
The shape of the COVER TOP is changed. In addition to that, the COVER REAR DUP is added for AcuLaser M4000N.
COVER HSG DUP
COVER TOP
COVER TOP
4.12.4 COVER TOP (p.346)
4.14.9 COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.393) 4.14.10 COVER REAR DUP (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.394)
LABEL
COVER REAR DUP
FAN DUPLEX
EPL-N3000
FAN DUPLEX
4.12.6 FAN DUPLEX (p.349)
FAN DUPLEX is secured to the COVER HSG DUP. AcuLaser M4000N FAN DUPLEX is secured to COVER REAR DUP.
COVER HSG DUP
FAN DUPLEX
4.14.11 FAN DUPLEX (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.395)
LABEL
Overview
166
Confidential
Revision C
4.2 Cover
4.2.1 COVER REAR
C H E C K P O IN T
Disassembly procedures for this part are different between EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.1 COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.379).
Removal
1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the three screws (silver, with a collar, 8 mm x2; gold, tapping, 8 mm x1) securing the COVER REAR. Open the COVER REAR as shown with the arrow and release the three hooks, and remove the COVER REAR from the printer body.
2) 3)
JG3003EA
Installation
1. 2. Insert the three hooks on the left side of the COVER REAR into the holes of the printer body, and install the COVER REAR to the printer body. Secure the COVER REAR with the three screws (sliver, with collars, 8mm x2, gold, tapping, 8mm x1).
C A U T IO N
Figure 4- 4. COVER REAR Removal
Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and use them at their correct positions respectively. When securing the screws, be careful not to pinch the harness.
3.
Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
Cover
167
Confidential
Revision C
4.2.2 COVER RIGHT Removal

1. 2. Loosen the one screw securing the COVER RIGHT. Move the COVER RIGHT in the direction of the arrow, and release the two bottom, one front, and one rear hooks that are securing the COVER RIGHT to the printer body. Move the COVER RIGHT downward to release the three hooks at the top, and remove the COVER RIGHT from the printer body.
1)
3.
COVER RIGHT
Installation
1. 2. 3. While moving the COVER RIGHT upward, install it to the printer body, and lock the three hooks at the top. Move the COVER RIGHT in the direction of the printer body front, and secure the COVER RIGHT with the two bottom, one front, and one rear hooks. Secure the COVER RIGHT with the one screw in the rear of the printer body.
(2)
(3)
2)
JG3004EA
Figure 4- 5. COVER RIGHT Removal
Cover
168
Confidential
Revision C
4.2.3 COVER LEFT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Shift the COVER LEFT in the direction of the arrow and release the three hooks at the bottom and two hooks at the rear. Move the COVER LEFT downward to release the three hooks at the top, and remove the COVER LEFT from the printer body.
Installation
1. 2. 3. While moving the COVER LEFT upward, install it to the printer body, and lock the three hooks at the top. Move the COVER LEFT in the direction of the printer body front, and secure the COVER LEFT with the two bottom and two rear hooks. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
4)
Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and use them at their correct positions respectively.
3)
4.
Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Figure 4- 6. COVER LEFT Removal
JG3005EA
Cover
169
Confidential
Revision C
4.2.4 COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL

C H E C K P O IN T
COVER OPEN
7) 8) 10)
Disassembly procedures for these parts are different between EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.2 COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.380).
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the two screws (silver, with a collar, 8 mm) securing the COVER TOP. Disengage the LEVER LINK from the boss on the COVER OPEN.
C A U T IO N
9) 13)
CONTROL PANEL
14)-1
Open the COVER OPEN and stretch the LEVER LINK first,
and then disengage the LEVER LINK from the COVER OPEN. The OPERATION PANEL mounted on the COVER TOP is connected to the printer body with the connector. When doing the following work, do not separate them too far.
14-2) 11)
JG3006EA
Figure 4- 7. COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL Removal
9.
Release the two hooks at the front of the COVER TOP from the COVER FRONT, and remove and slightly separate the COVER TOP from the printer body.
10. Disconnect the connectors (P/J144, P/J411) of the SWITCH I/L ASSY from the connectors of the frame. 11. Disconnect the connector (P/J1) of the CONTROL PANEL. 12. Release the harnesses of the SWITCH I/L ASSY and CONTROL PANEL from the clamps. 13. Remove the COVER TOP. 14. Release the two hooks securing the CONTROL PANEL to the COVER TOP, and remove the CONTROL PANEL.
Cover
170
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Install the OPERATION PANEL to the COVER TOP, and secure it with the two hooks. Connect the connector (P/J1) of the OPERATION PANEL. Clamp the harnesses at the clamping portions of the SWITCH I/L ASSY and OPERATION PANEL. Connect the connectors (P/J144, P/J411) of the SWITCH I/L ASSY to the connectors of the frame. Install the COVER TOP to the printer body, and secure it to the COVER FRONT with the two hooks at the front of the COVER TOP. Engage the boss of the COVER OPEN with the hole of the LEVER LINK.
C A U T IO N
Engage the boss of the COVER OPEN with the hole of the LEVER LINK, with the COVER OPEN open and the LEVER LINK extended.
7. 8.
Install the COVER TOP to the frame with the two screws (silver, with collars, 8mm). Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N
When installing it, pass the harnesses of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT and HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR1 through the hole of the frame.
9.
Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
10. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 11. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 12. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167) 13. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
Cover
171
Confidential
Revision C
4.2.5 COVER FRONT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) While pushing the two hooks at the top of the COVER FRONT, tilt the COVER FRONT toward front. Shift the COVER FRONT in the direction of the arrow and release the two hooks at the bottom of the COVER FRONT, and remove it from the printer body.
9) 8)
(1)
(2)
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Fit the two hooks at the bottom of the COVER FRONT into the printer body. Fit the two hooks at the top of the COVER FRONT into the printer body to secure the COVER FRONT to the printer body. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N
JG3171AA
Figure 4- 8. COVER FRONT Removal
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167) Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
Cover
172
Confidential
Revision C
4.2.6 SWITCH I/L ASSY Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the two screws (silver, with a collar, 8 mm) securing the COVER TOP. Disengage the LEVER LINK from the boss on the COVER OPEN.
C A U T IO N
9) 8)
COVER OPEN
7)
10)
14)
HOLE
15)
9.
10. Disconnect the connectors (P/J144, P/J411) of the SWITCH I/L ASSY from the connectors of the frame. 11. Disconnect the connector (P/J1) of the OPERATION PANEL. 12. Remove the one screw securing the ground wire to the OPERATION PANEL, and remove the ground wire. 13. Release the harnesses of the SWITCH I/L ASSY and OPERATION PANEL from the clamps. 14. Remove the COVER TOP. 15. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the SWITCH I/L ASSY, and remove the SWITCH I/L ASSY.
13)
CLAMPING PORTIONS
Figure 4- 9. SWITCH I/L ASSY Removal
JG3007EA
Cover
173
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install the SWITCH I/L ASSY to the COVER TOP with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Secure the ground wire to the OPERATION PANEL with the one screw. Connect the connector (P/J1) of the OPERATION PANEL. Clamp the harnesses at the clamping portions of the SWITCH I/L ASSY and OPERATION PANEL. Connect the connectors (P/J144, P/J411) of the SWITCH I/L ASSY to the connectors of the frame. Install the COVER TOP to the printer body, and secure it to the COVER FRONT with the two hooks at the front of the COVER TOP. Engage the boss of the COVER OPEN with the hole of the LEVER LINK.
C A U T IO N
8. 9.
C A U T IO N
10. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 11. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 12. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 13. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167) 14. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
Cover
174
Confidential
Revision C
4.3 150 Paper Cassette

ROLL ASSY RETARD
4.3.1 ROLL ASSY RETARD Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Pull the 150 PAPER CASSETTE out of the printer body. Using a screwdriver or the like, release the hooks securing the HOLDER RETARD to the 150 PAPER CASSETTE. Lift and remove the HOLDER RETARD in the direction of the arrow. Release the hooks of the ROLL ASSY RETARD and remove it from the SHAFT RETARD.
C A U T IO N
2)
4-1)
4-2) FRICTION CLUTCH

HOOKS
3)
SPRING RETARD
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the When removing the HOLDER RETARD, be careful not to
mislay the SPRING RETARD. ROLL ASSY RETARD.
JG3007AA
Figure 4- 10. ROLL ASSY RETARD Removal

C H E C K P O IN T
Besides the above procedure, the ROLL ASSY RETARD can also be removed by pushing down the HOLDER RETARD.
JG3207AA
150 Paper Cassette
175
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Install the ROLL ASSY RETARD to the SHAFT RETARD, and secure it with the hooks.
C A U T IO N
When installing it, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY RETARD.
C H E C K P O IN T
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY RETARD with the grooves in the SHAFT RETARD properly.
2.
Move the HOLDER RETARD in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the 150 PAPER CASSETTE.
C H E C K P O IN T
After installation, push down the HOLDER RETARD and release your hand. At this time, make sure that the HOLDER RETARD returns to the original position by the spring force of the SPRING RETARD.
3.
Install the 150 PAPER CASSETTE to the printer body.
150 Paper Cassette
176
Confidential
Revision C
4.3.2 RACK SIZE Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP150. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150.
3)
HOOKS
GEAR PINION
GUIDE ASSY SD L150 CLAWS

(NOTE 4)
5)
GUIDE ASSY SD R150 HOOK

6)
HOOK
PLATE ASSY BTM CLAWS HOOK HOUSING TOP150
(NOTE 3)
WHEN ASSEMBLING HOUSING TOP150 CLAW
GUIDE ASSY SD L150 JG3130AA

Figure 4- 12. RACK SIZE Removal
150 Paper Cassette
177
Confidential

7. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING TOP 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove the HOUSING TOP 150 and HOUSING EXTENSION 150 from the HOUSING BASE 150. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
7)
Revision C
HOUSING BASE 150

7)
8. 9.
10. Remove the COVER EXTENSION from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150. 11. Turn the RACK SIZE in the direction of the arrow, and remove the RACK SIZE from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
7)
COVER EXTENSION
9) (NOTE 2)
HOUSING TOP 150
HOUSING EXTENSION 150

8)
HOOK
JG3008AA
150 Paper Cassette
178
Confidential
Revision C
After completion of installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 150 to confirm that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
Installation
1. 2. After inserting the hook at the front end of the RACK SIZE into the groove of the HOUSING EXTENSION 150, turn it in the direction opposite to the arrow. As shown in the figure, match the end of the RACK SIZE to the mark of the HOUSING EXTENSION 150, and install the RACK SIZE to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
C A U T IO N
C H E C K P O IN T
NOTE 1
Before installing the RACK SIZE, pull out the GUIDE ASSY END 150 to the full (NOTE 1).
3.
Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSOR 150 with the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
11)
When installing it, make certain that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 (NOTE 2). (p.178)
GUIDE END 150
RACK SIZE JG3009AB
C A U T IO N
Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of 8mm length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 will not operate smoothly and the LOCK EXTENSION will not operate properly.
Figure 4- 14. RACK SIZE Installation
4.
With the LINK SW SIZE 1-150, LINK SW SIZE 2-150 and LINK SW SIZE 3-150 of the HOUSING BASE 150 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure, assemble the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 into the HOUSING TOP 150 and HOUSING BASE 150.
C A U T IO N
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150 (NOTE 3). (p.177)
LINK SW SIZE JG3200AA
Figure 4- 15. RACK SIZE Installation 5. After securing the HOUSING TOP 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150 with the four hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
150 Paper Cassette
179
Confidential

6. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C H E C K P O IN T
Revision C
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP150 (NOTE 4). (p.177)
7.
Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C H E C K P O IN T
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP150 (NOTE 4).
8. 9.
Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 and GUIDE ASSY SD R150 spread to the full on both sides, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C A U T IO N
Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and GUIDE ASSY SD L150 opened to their outermost positions. Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD L150 can dislocate the Side Regi.
10. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
150 Paper Cassette
180
Confidential
Revision C
4.3.3 GEAR SECTOR Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Pull the COVER CST out of 150 PAPER CASSETTE. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP150. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING TOP 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove the HOUSING TOP 150 and HOUSING EXTENSION 150 from the HOUSING BASE 150. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
12)
GEAR SECTOR
13)
8. 9.
JG3118AA
Figure 4- 16. GEAR SECTOR Removal
10. Remove the COVER EXTENSION from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150. 11. Remove the RACK SIZE. (p.177) 12. Remove the one screw (black, with a collar, 8 mm) securing the GEAR SECTOR. 13. Remove the GEAR SECTOR from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
150 Paper Cassette
181
Confidential
Revision C
C H E C K P O IN T
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the GEAR SECTOR to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150. Secure the GEAR SECTOR with the one screw (black, with a collar, 8mm). Install the RACK SIZE. (p.177) Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 with the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP150.
When installing it, make certain that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
8.
C H E C K P O IN T
C A U T IO N
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP150.
9.
Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
5.
With the LINK SW SIZE 1-150, LINK SW SIZE 2-150 and LINK SW SIZE 3150 of the HOUSING BASE 150 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure, assemble the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 into the HOUSING TOP 150 and HOUSING BASE 150.
C A U T IO N
10. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 and GUIDE ASSY SD R150 spread to the full on both sides, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C A U T IO N
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150.
6.
After securing the HOUSING TOP 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150 with the four hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
C H E C K P O IN T
150 Paper Cassette
182
Confidential
Revision C
4.3.4 GUIDE ASSY END 150

HOOKS
13)
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Pull the COVER CST out of 150 PAPER CASSETTE. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP150. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING TOP 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove the HOUSING TOP 150 and HOUSING EXTENSION 150 from the HOUSING BASE 150. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
14)
GUIDE ASSY END 150 JG3011AA HOUSING EXTENSION 150
8. 9.
Figure 4- 17. GUIDE ASSY END 150 Removal
10. Remove the COVER EXTENSION from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150. 11. Remove the RACK SIZE. (p.177) 12. Remove the GEAR SECTOR. (p.181) 13. Release the hooks securing the GUIDE ASSY END 150 to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
C A U T IO N
Carefully handle the hooks of the GUIDE ASSY END as they may be damaged if large force is applied.
14. Remove the GUIDE ASSY END 150 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
150 Paper Cassette
183
Confidential
Revision C
C H E C K P O IN T
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the GUIDE ASSY END 150 to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150, and secure it with the four hooks. Install the GEAR SECTOR. (p.181) Install the RACK SIZE. (p.177) Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 with the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP150 (NOTE 4).
8.
When installing it, make certain that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
C H E C K P O IN T
C A U T IO N
9.
10. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 and GUIDE ASSY SD R150 spread to the full on both sides, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 150. 5. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-150, LINK SW SIZE 2-150 and LINK SW SIZE 3150 of the HOUSING BASE 150 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure, assemble the HOUSING EXTENSION 150 into the HOUSING TOP 150 and HOUSING BASE 150. (p.177)
C A U T IO N C A U T IO N
Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 and GUIDE ASSY SD L150 opened to their outermost positions. Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R 150 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD L150 can dislocate the Side Regi.
6.
C H E C K P O IN T
150 Paper Cassette
184
Confidential
Revision C
4.3.5 PLATE ASSY BTM Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP150. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L150 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 150.
HOOKS GEAR PINION

3)

(NOTE 3) 5)

6)
HOOK
LEVER BTM LOCK
4)
STOPPER GEAR
GUIDE ASSY SD L150 JG3012AA

Figure 4- 18. PLATE ASSY BTM Removal
150 Paper Cassette
185
Confidential

At the following steps, the GEAR PB L, GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY are released from their installed positions. Take care not to lose any of the gears.
Revision C
C H E C K P O IN T
GEAR PB L GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY SHAFT PB PLATE ASSY BTM
7.
Release the hook of the GEAR PB R, and remove the GEAR PB R from the SHAFT PB.
C A U T IO N
9)
GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY

9) (NOTE 1) (NOTE 2)
The GEAR PB R is difficult to remove. Remove it using care not to damage it.
8.
Bend the HOUSING BASE 150 in the direction of the arrow, move the GEAR PB L away, and remove the PLATE ASSY BTM, SHAFT PB, GEAR PB L, GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY together from the HOUSING TOP 150. Pull the SHAFT PB out of the PLATE ASSY BTM, and remove the GEAR PB L, GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY.
8-1)
8-2)
SPRING BTM UP150

7-1)
9.
7-2)
GEAR PB R
JG3013AB
150 Paper Cassette
186
Confidential
Revision C
6. 7. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked. Install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C A U T IO N
Installation
1. 2. Insert the SHAFT PB into the PLATE ASSY BTM, and install the GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY, GEAR PB L and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY. Move away the GEAR PB L, and install the assembled PLATE ASSY BTM to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C A U T IO N
When installing the PLATE ASSY BTM, securely engage the
two SPRINGs BTM UP 150 with the bosses on the rear side of the PLATE ASSY BTM. (NOTE 1) Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 150 (NOTE 2).
8.
Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
3.
Install the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N
Engage the hooks of the GEAR PB R with the grooves in the
SHAFT PB properly. Install the GEAR PB R with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the raised position. An inclined PLATE ASSY BTM can cause a paper skew or paper jam. After installation, make certain that the PLATE ASSY BTM is not inclined.
4.
Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 150, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 to the HOUSING TOP 150.
C H E C K P O IN T
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD R150 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP150 (NOTE 3).
5.
C H E C K P O IN T
150 Paper Cassette
187
Confidential
Revision C
4.3.6 GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PLATE GEAR LOCK 150 on the GEAR PB R side. Release the hook of the PLATE GEAR LOCK, and remove the PLATE GEAR LOCK 150 from the HOUSING BASE 150. Release the hook of the GEAR PB R and remove the GEAR PB R from the SHAFT PB. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the COVER BTM UP and remove the COVER BTM UP 150 from the HOUSING BASE 150. Remove the GEAR BTM LOCK PINION from the HOUSING BASE 150. Remove the RACK BTM LOCK150 and SPRING BTM LOCK together from the HOUSING BASE 150.
6) 9-1)
LEVER BTM LOCK

3)
GEAR PB R
5)
PLATE GEAR LOCK 150 RACK BTM LOCK 150 GEAR BTM LOCK PINION COVER BTM UP
7)
4) 8)
SEE NOTE2 SPRING STOPPER GEAR

9-2) 10) 11)
SPRING BTM LOCK NOTE1)
STOPPER GEAR LEVEL BTM LOCK
10. Remove the GEAR LEVER LOCK from the HOUSING BASE 150. 11. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the STOPPER GEAR, and remove the STOPPER GEAR and SPRING STOPPER GEAR from the HOUSING BASE 150.
C A U T IO N
STOPPER GEAR LEVEL LOCK
During removal of the STOPPER GEAR, take care not to lose the SPRING STOPPER GEAR.
JG3113AA
Figure 4- 20. GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK Removal
150 Paper Cassette
188
Confidential
Revision C
Engage the hooks of the GEAR PB R with the grooves in the SHAFT PB properly.
Installation
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
Carry out installation with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the raised position. An inclined PLATE ASSY BTM can cause a paper skew or paper jam. After installation, make certain that the PLATE ASSY BTM is not inclined.
7. 8. 9.
Install the PLATE GEAR LOCK 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150, and secure it with the hook. Secure the PLATE GEAR LOCK 150 with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.
1.
Fit the SPRING STOPPER GEAR to the STOPPER GEAR, and install the STOPPER GEAR to the HOUSING BASE 150 with the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
During removal of the STOPPER GEAR, take care not to lose

the SPRING STOPPER GEAR. When installing the STOPPER GEAR, assemble so that the end of the SPRING STOPPER GEAR makes contact with the plate on the rear side of the HOUSING BASE 150 as shown in the figure. (NOTE 2)
NOTE2 (REAR VIEW) WHEN ASSEMBLING
2. 3.
Install the GEAR LEVER LOCK to the HOUSING BASE 150. Fit the SPRING BTM LOCK to the projection of the RACK BTM LOCK 150, and install the RACK BTM LOCK 150 to the HOUSING BASE 150.
C A U T IO N
Install the RACK BTM LOCK150 with the LEVER BTM LOCK in the raised position. After installation, push down the LEVER BTM LOCK and release it. When it is released, check that the projection of the LEVER BTM LOCK comes in contact with the stopper of the HOUSING BASE 150 and mark is located above the stopper. (NOTE1) (p.188)
STOPPER GEAR SPRING STOPPER GEAR

Figure 4- 21. GEAR LEVER LOCK, LEVER BTM LOCK Installation
4. 5. 6.
Install the GEAR BTM LOCK PINION to the HOUSING BASE 150, and engage the teeth. Install the COVER BTM UP to the HOUSING BASE 150 with the one screw (gold, tapping, 6mm). Fit the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it to the SHAFT PB with the hook.
150 Paper Cassette
189
Confidential
Revision C
4.3.7 HANDLE EXTENTION 150 Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Remove the two screws located the backside of the HANDLE EXTENSION 150 Release the five hooks at the top and two hooks at the bottom, and remove the HANDLE EXTENSION 150 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 150.
Installation
1. 2. 3. Fit the hooks of the HANDLE EXTENSION 150 (5 points at the top, 2 points at the bottom) to the HOUSING EXTENSION 150. Secure the HANDLE EXTENSION 150 with the two screws. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
HANDLE EXTENSION 150 JG3301AA
Figure 4- 22. HANDLE EXTENTION 150 Removal
150 Paper Cassette
190
Confidential
Revision C
4.4 550 Paper Cassette

C A U T IO N
4-1)
ROLL ASSY RETARD
4-2)
FRICTION CLUTCH HOOKS
3) 2)
SPRING RETARD
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the When removing the HOLDER RETARD, be careful not to
mislay the SPRING RETARD. ROLL ASSY RETARD.
Installation
C A U T IO N
When installing it, take care not to hold any rubber portion of
the ROLL ASSY RETARD. Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY RETARD with the grooves in the SHAFT RETARD properly.
C H E C K P O IN T
Figure 4- 23. ROLL ASSY RETARD Removal Besides the above procedure, the ROLL ASSY RETARD can also be removed by pushing down the HOLDER RETARD.
2.
C H E C K P O IN T
3.
JG3209AA
550 Paper Cassette
191
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP 550. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.200) Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
3)
HOOKS GEAR PINION

(NOTE 4)

6)
5)
HOOK
HOOK CLAWS
(NOTE 3)
PLATE ASSY BTM HOUSING TOP 550
GUIDE ASSY SD L550 Figure 4- 25. RACK SIZE Removal
JG3132AA
550 Paper Cassette
192
Confidential

7)
Revision C
HOUSING BASE 550

7)
8. 9.
7)
COVER EXTENSION
9) (NOTE 2)
HOUSING TOP 550

8)
HOOK
JG3020AA
550 Paper Cassette
193
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
C A U T IO N
NOTE 1
Before installing the RACK SIZE, pull out the GUIDE ASSY END 550 to the full. (NOTE 1)
11)
3.
Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 with the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
RACK SIZE GUIDE ASSY END 550 JG3021AB
Make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION550. (NOTE 2)
LINK SW SIZE 2-550
C A U T IO N
LINK SW SIZE 1-550
LINK SW SIZE 3-550
4.
C A U T IO N
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550 (NOTE 3).
JG3210AA
550 Paper Cassette
194
Confidential

5. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
C H E C K P O IN T
Revision C
After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/ down, and make certain that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/ down synchronously.
C H E C K P O IN T
After installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550 and make certain that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
6. 7.
Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.207) Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K P O IN T
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP 550 (NOTE 4).
8.
C H E C K P O IN T
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP 550 (NOTE 4).
9.
C A U T IO N
550 Paper Cassette
195
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP 550. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.200) Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. Figure 4- 28. GEAR SECTOR Removal
12)
GEAR SECTOR
13)
8. 9.
JG3022AA
550 Paper Cassette
196
Confidential
Revision C
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP550.
Installation
C H E C K P O IN T
C H E C K P O IN T
9.
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing it, make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is

located under the three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of 8mm length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 will not operate smoothly and the LOCK EXTENSION 550 will not operate properly.
5.
C H E C K P O IN T
10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked. 11. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 and GUIDE ASSY SD R550 spread to the full on both side, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N
Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and L550 opened to their outmost positions. Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and/or L550 can dislocate the Side Regi.
12. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body. 6. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
C H E C K P O IN T C H E C K P O IN T
7. 8.
550 Paper Cassette
197
Confidential
Revision C
4.4.4 GUIDE ASSY END 550 Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP 550. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.200) Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
HOOKS
13)
HOOKS
8. 9.
10. Remove the COVER EXTENSION from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. 11. Remove the RACK SIZE. (p.192) 12. Remove the GEAR SECTOR. (p.196) 13. Release the hooks securing the GUIDE ASSY END 550 to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. 14. Remove the GUIDE ASSY END 550 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
C A U T IO N
14)
GUIDE ASSY END 550 JG3023AA

Take care not to apply any excessive force to the hook of the GUIDE ASSY END 550; otherwise, the hook may break.
550 Paper Cassette
198
Confidential
Revision C
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP 550.
Installation
C H E C K P O IN T
C H E C K P O IN T
9.
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing it, make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is

located under the three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of 8mm length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 will not operate smoothly and the LOCK EXTENSION 550 will not operate properly.
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP 550.
10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked. 11. With the GUIDE ASSYSD L550 and GUIDE ASSY SD R550 spread to the full on both side, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N
5.
C H E C K P O IN T
Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and L550 opened to their outmost positions. Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 and/or L550 can dislocate the Side Regi.

C H E C K P O IN T
6.
C H E C K P O IN T
7. 8.
550 Paper Cassette
199
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP 550. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
3)
HOOKS
GEAR PINION
GUIDE ASSY SD L550 CLAWS GUIDE ASSY SD R550 HOOK

6) (NOTE 3) 5)
HOOK
LEVER BTM LOCK
4)
GUIDE ASSY SD L550
STOPPER GEAR JG3024AA
550 Paper Cassette
200
Confidential

Revision C
C A U T IO N
GEAR PB L GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY SHAFT PB 9) PLATE ASSY BTM

9)
7.
C A U T IO N
Be careful not to damage the GEAR PB R when removing it since it has probably become hard to remove.
(NOTE 2) 8-2) 8-2)
9) (NOTE 1)
SPRING BTM UP 550

7-1) 7-2)
8.
9.
GEAR PB R
JG3025AA
550 Paper Cassette
201
Confidential
Revision C
8. Install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N
Installation
1. 2. Insert the SHAFT PB into the PLATE ASSY BTM, and install the GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY, GEAR PB L and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY. Move away the GEAR PB L, and install the assembled PLATE ASSY BTM to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N
two SPRINGs BTM UP 550 with the bosses on the rear side of the PLATE ASSY BTM. (NOTE 1) (p.201) Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 2) (p.201)
9.
Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.

C H E C K P O IN T
After completion of assembling, move the PLATE ASSY BTM up/ down, and make sure that the LOW IND FRONT moves up/down synchronously.
3. 4.
Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE ASSY BTM. Install the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N
SHAFT PB properly. Install the GEAR PB R with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the raised position. An inclined PLATE ASSY BTM can cause a paper skew or paper jam. After installation, make certain that the PLATE ASSY BTM is not inclined.
GUIDE INDICATOR 1
PLATE ASSY BTM
5.
C H E C K P O IN T
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 3) (p.200)
JG3190AA
Figure 4- 32. PLATE ASSY BTM Installation
6.
C H E C K P O IN T
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 3) (p.200)
7.
550 Paper Cassette
202
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 on the GEAR PB R side. Release the hook of the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550, and remove the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550. Release the hook of the GEAR PB R and remove the GEAR PB R from the SHAFT PB. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the COVER BTM UP 550, and remove the COVER BTM UP 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550. Carefully handle the hooks of the GUIDE ASSY END as they may be damaged if large force is applied.
11) 9)
SEE NOTE2 GEAR PB R STOPPER GEAR LEVER BTM LOCK STOPPER
NOTE1)
3)
5)
PLATE GEAR LOCK 550
RACK BTM LOCK 550
6) 4) 9) 8)
GEAR BTM LOCK PINION
COVER BTM UP 550
7)
10) 12)
STOPPER GEAR
SPRING BTM LOCK
GEAR LEVEL LOCK
GEAR BTM LOCK
SPRING STOPPER GEAR
LEVER BTM LOCK JG3137AA
550 Paper Cassette
203
Confidential

9. Remove the RACK BTM LOCK 550 and SPRING BTM LOCK together from the HOUSING BASE 550.
Revision C
NOTE3)
10. Remove the GEAR BTM LOCK from the HOUSING BASE 550. 11. Remove the GEAR LEVER LOCK from the HOUSING BASE 550. 12. Remove the two screws (black, with a collar, 6 mm) securing the STOPPER GEAR, and remove the STOPPER GEAR and SPRING STOPPER GEAR from the HOUSING BASE 550.
C A U T IO N
During removal/installation of the STOPPER GEAR, take care not to lose the SPRING STOPPER GEAR.
RACK BTM LOCK 550
JG3205AA RACK BTM LOCK 550
NOTE4)
JG3206AA
550 Paper Cassette
204
Confidential
Revision C
6. 7. Install the COVER BTM UP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the one screw (gold, tapping, 6mm). Fit the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it to the SHAFT PB with the hook.
C A U T IO N
Installation
C A U T IO N
Carry out installation with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the raised position. An inclined PLATE ASSY BTM can cause a paper skew or paper jam. After installation, make sure that the PLATE ASSY BTM is not inclined.
Securely insert the hook of the GEAR PB R into the groove of the SHAFT PB.
1.
Fit the SPRING STOPPER GEAR to the STOPPER GEAR, and install the STOPPER GEAR to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
When installing the STOPPER GEAR, take care not to mislay When installing the STOPPER GEAR, assemble so that the
the SPRING STOPPER GEAR. end of the SPRING STOPPER GEAR makes contact with the plate on the rear side of the HOUSING BASE 550 as shown in the figure. (NOTE 2)
8. 9.
Install the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550, and secure it with the hook. Secure the PLATE GEAR LOCK with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm).
10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.

C A U T IO N
2. 3. 4.
Install the GEAR LEVER LOCK to the HOUSING BASE 550. Install the SPRING BTM LOCK to the HOUSING BASE 550. Fit the SPRING BTM LOCK to the projection of the RACK BTM LOCK 550, and install the RACK BTM LOCK 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550.
C A U T IO N
Make sure that there is no gap between the RACK BTM LOCK 550 and the HOUSING BASE 550 by pressing the center part of the RACK BTM LOCK 550 against the HOUSING BASE 550. (NOTE 4) (p.204)
NOTE2
(REAR VIEW)
Install the RACK BTM LOCK 550 with the LEVER BTM LOCK in the raised position. After installation, push down the LEVER BTM LOCK and release it. When it is released, check that the projection of the LEVER BTM LOCK comes in contact with the stopper of the HOUSING BASE 550 and mark is located above the stopper. (NOTE 1) (p.203)
WHEN ASSEMBLING
5.
Install the two GEARs BTM LOCK PINION to the HOUSING BASE 550, and engage the teeth.
C A U T IO N
Install the lower GEAR BTM LOCK PINION after installing the upper GEAR BTM LOCK PINION. When installing the lower GEAR BTM LOCK PINION, install it while pressing RACK BTM LOCK 550 in the direction of the arrow as far as it goes. (NOTE 3) (p.204)
STOPPER GEAR SPRING STOPPER GEAR JG3183AA

550 Paper Cassette
205
Confidential
Revision C
4.4.7 HANDLE EXTENSION 550 Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Remove the two screws in the rear side of the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. Release the five hooks at the top and the two hooks at the bottom, and remove the HANDLE EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
C A U T IO N
2)
When removing the HANDLE EXTENSION 550, take care not to mislay the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT as they will come off.
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the LOW IND FRONT. (p.210) Hitch the five hooks at the top and the two hooks at the bottom of the HANDLE EXTENSION 550 on the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. Secure the HANDLE EXTENSION 550 with the two screws. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
C H E C K P O IN T
HANDLE EXTENSION 550 JG3026AB
Figure 4- 35. HANDLE EXTENSION 550 Removal
550 Paper Cassette
206
Confidential
Revision C
4.4.8 GUIDE INDICATOR 3 Removal

1. 2. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Remove the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206)
C A U T IO N
C H E C K P O IN T
LEVER BTM LOCK
3)
3. 4. 5.
While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Move away the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1, and remove it from the PLATE ASSY BTM. With the link lever pushed down to the bottom of the cassette, pull out the GUIDE INDICATOR 3 from the front of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 slowly by application of force.
GUIDE INDICATOR 1
4)
STOPPER GEAR
Installation
1. With the link lever pushed down to the bottom of the cassette, install the GUIDE INDICATOR 3 from the front of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
C H E C K P O IN T
Match the groove of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and the protrusion part of the GUIDE INDICATOR 3.
5)
2. 3. 4. 5.
Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE ASSY BTM. Install the LOW IND FRONT. (p.210) Install the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206) Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
PLATE ASSY BTM
GUIDE INDICATOR 3 JG3027AA
Figure 4- 36. GUIDE INDICATOR 3 Removal
550 Paper Cassette
207
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP 550. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550. Turn the cassette body upside down, pull the HOUSING TOP 550 about 20mm to the front, and release the claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM from the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550.
HOUSING EXTENSION 550 HOUSING TOP 550 HOOKS
HOUSING BASE 550
11)
13)
GUIDE INDICATOR 1
10)
12)
GUIDE INDICATOR 2
8.
SUPPORT GUIDE IND
JG3028AA
9.
10. Slide the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to remove it from the groove of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550, and separate the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550. 11. Remove the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 from the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and GUIDE INDICATOR 2 together from the HOUSING TOP 550. 12. Release the hooks of the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, and remove the SUPPORT GUIDE IND from the GUIDE INDICATOR 2. 13. Draw and remove the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 to the rear from the GUIDE INDICATOR 1.
550 Paper Cassette
208
Confidential
Revision C
C H E C K P O IN T
Installation
1. 2. Insert the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 into the rear of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1. Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to the GUIDE INDICATOR 2, and secure it with the hooks.
C A U T IO N
Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 in the direction shown in the figure. 9. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K P O IN T
3.
Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and GUIDE INDICATOR 2 together to the HOUSING TOP 550, and secure the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 with the two hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. Slide and fit the SUPPORT GUIDE IND into the groove of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550, and assemble the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-550, LINK SW SIZE 2-550 and LINK SW SIZE 3550 of the HOUSING BASE 550 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure, assemble the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 into the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING BASE 550.
C A U T IO N
4.
10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked. 11. Install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N
5.
Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R 550 and GUIDE ASSY SD L550 opened to their outermost positions. Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD R 550 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD L550 can dislocate the Side Regi.
12. Install the COVER CST to the cassette body. 6. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
C H E C K P O IN T C H E C K P O IN T
7.
Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE ASSY BTM.
550 Paper Cassette
209
Confidential
Revision C
4.4.10 LOW IND FRONT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER CST from the cassette body. Remove the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206) Turn the LOW INDICATOR 90 degrees, and remove the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT together from the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. Unhook the claw on one side of the LOW IND FRONT, and remove the LOW IND FRONT from the LOW INDICATOR.
3-1)
LOW INDICATOR HANDLE EXTENSION 550

3-2)
Installation
1. Install the LOW IND FRONT to the LOW INDICATOR.
C A U T IO N
When installing the LOW IND FRONT to the LOW INDICATOR, be careful of the orientation of the LOW IND FRONT.
2.
Turn the LOW INDICATOR 90 degrees in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT together to the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. Install the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206) Install the COVER CST to the cassette body.
C H E C K P O IN T
4)
LOW INDICATOR
3. 4.
LOW IND FRONT
JG3029AB
Figure 4- 38. LOW IND FRONT Removal
550 Paper Cassette
210
Confidential
Revision C
4.5 150 Paper Feeder

4.5.1 150 FEEDER ASSY
C H E C K P O IN T
Disassembly procedures for this part are different between EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.3 150 FEEDER ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.382).
9)
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FAN MAIN. (p.293) With the BTR ASSY installed, remove the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.258) Disconnect the connector (P/J245) of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 from the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE. Remove the five screws (sliver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm) securing the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the printer body. Shift the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the rear, and disengage the boss on the right side of the 150 FEEDER ASSY from the frame. Lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY in the direction of the arrow (A), and disengage the boss on the left side of the 150 FEEDER ASSY.
C H E C K P O IN T
6)
9) 8) 7)
(A)
10)
150 FEEDER ASSY
JG3148AB
Figure 4- 39. 150 FEEDER ASSY Removal
The FEEDER ASSY clicks midway when lifted, but lift it by application of slight force.
10. Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY from the printer body.
150 Paper Feeder
211
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. While lifting the 150 FEEDER ASSY in the direction of the arrow (A), insert it into the printer body, and engage the bosses on the left and right sides of the 150 FEEDER ASSY with the printer body. Secure the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the printer body with the five screws (sliver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
2.
One of the screws for securing the 150 FEEDER ASSY also tightens the EARTH PLATE BASE.
3. 4.
Connect the connector (P/J245) of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1 to the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE. With the BTR ASSY installed, install the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.255)
C H E C K P O IN T
In the hole on the left side of the CHUTE TRANSFER, a screw need not be tightened.
5. 6.
Install the FAN MAIN. (p.293) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C H E C K P O IN T
7. 8.
Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
150 Paper Feeder
212
Confidential
Revision C
4.5.2 ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED Removal

1. 2. 3. Open the COVER OPEN. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY FEED, and pull the ROLL ASSY FEED out of the SHAFT FEED.
C A U T IO N
2) 3)
ROLL ASSY FEED
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY FEED.
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
Installation
C H E C K P O IN T
1)
The ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY NUDGER have different names but are the same parts.
1.
Install the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N
Engage properly the hook of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the When installing the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY
FEED, take care not to hold its rubber portion. groove in the SHAFT FEED respectively.
2.
Install the ROLL ASSY NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N
JG3008EA
Figure 4- 40. ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED Removal
Engage properly the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER with the groove in the SHAFT NUDGER respectively.
3.
Close the COVER OPEN.
150 Paper Feeder
213
Confidential
Revision C
4.5.3 CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER Removal

1. 2. Open the COVER OPEN. Remove the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED. (p.213)
C A U T IO N
5) 3)
ROLL ASSY FEED

2)
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY FEED.
CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER

3. 4. 5. Pull the CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED out of the SHAFT FEED. Remove the E ring securing the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER to the SHAFT FEED. Pull the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER out of the SHAFT FEED.
1)
CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER to the SHAFT FEED. Fit the E ring to the SHAFT FEED to secure the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED to the SHAFT FEED. Install the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it with the hook. (p.213)
C A U T IO N
When installing the ROLL ASSY FEED, take care not to hold Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the grooves
in the SHAFT FEED properly. any rubber portion.
JG3009EA
Figure 4- 41. CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER Removal
5.
Close the COVER OPEN.
150 Paper Feeder
214
Confidential
Revision C
4.5.4 ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER Removal

1. 2. Open the COVER OPEN. Hold down the boss of the HOLDER LEFT on the rear side of the 150 FEEDER ASSY, shift the HOLDER LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and release the three hooks. Remove the HOLDER LEFT from the SUPPORT NUDGER. At the same time, the ACTUATOR NO PAPER comes off. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER.
SUPPORT NUDGER UNDER VIEW
ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER ROLL ASSY NUDGER A (SEE DETAILED VIEW)
3. 4. 5.
Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER.
C A U T IO N
ACTUATOR NO PAPER
HOLDER LEFT
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER.
HOLDER LEFT
DETAILED VIEW OF A ACTUATOR NO PAPER HOOK HOLDER LEFT HOOK
LIFT UP (BOSS) JG3033EA
Figure 4- 42. ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER Removal
150 Paper Feeder
215
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Install the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N
When installing the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER with
the grooves in the SHAFT NUDGER properly. GEAR NUDGER, take care not to hold its rubber portion.
2.
C A U T IO N
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER with the grooves in the SHAFT NUDGER properly.
3.
Install the HOLDER LEFT and ACTUATOR NO PAPER to the SUPPORT NUDGER.
C A U T IO N
Securely fit the shafts on both ends of the ACTUATOR NO
PAPER into the HOLDER LEFT and SUPPORT NUDGER. Hitch the hook of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER on the HOLDER LEFT. After installation, operate the ACTUATOR NO PAPER with your finger and make sure that it moves properly.
C H E C K P O IN T
4.
Move the HOLDER LEFT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and secure it to the 150 FEEDER ASSY with the three hooks.
150 Paper Feeder
216
Confidential
Revision C
4.5.5 ROLL REGI RUBBER

Note 1)
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FAN MAIN. (p.293) Remove the CHUTE TRANSFR. (p.255) Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) Remove the two SPRINGs REGI mounted on the left and right of the 150 FEEDER ASSY and hitched on the CHUTE REGI and ROLL REGI RUBBER. Remove the E ring securing the GEAR REGI RUBBER to the ROLL REGI RUBBER, and remove the GEAR REGI RUBBER. Remove the E ring securing the BEARING REGI LEFT to the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
8)
SPRING REGI 10.1mm
12)
Note 2) HARNESS ASSY TONER 2
Note 1)
10)
HOOK
SPRING REGI
8.7mm HOOK
D cut SPRING REGI BEARING REGI RIGHT ROLL REGI RUBBER
13)
GEAR REGI BEARING REGI LEFT
7)
9)
10. Draw out the BEARING REGI LEFT and turn, disengage the cut portion of the BEARING REGI LEFT from the projection of the CHUTE REGI, and remove the BEARING REGI LEFT from the ROLL REGI RUBBER. (NOTE 1) 11. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH REGI, and shift the CLUTCH REGI in the direction of the arrow. 12. Draw out the BEARING REGI RIGHT and turn, disengage the cut portion of the BEARING REGI RIGHT from the projection of the CHUTE REGI, and remove the BEARING REGI RIGHT from the ROLL REGI RUBBER. (NOTE 1) 13. Move the ROLL REGI RUBBER as indicated by the arrow, and remove it from the 150 FEEDER ASSY.
C A U T IO N
11)
SPRING REGI CLUTCH REGI JG3034AA
Figure 4- 43. ROLL REGI RUBBER Removal
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
150 Paper Feeder
217
Confidential
Revision C
For installation of the SPRINGs REGI, set their one end on the bosses of the CHUTE REGI and hook the other end to the inside of the hook on each of the BEARING REGI LEFT and BEARING REGI RIGHT. After installation, make sure that the HARNESS ASSY TONER 2 is not caught by the SPRING REGI. (NOTE2) (p.217)
Installation
1. Move the ROLL REGI RUBBER in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the 150 FEEDER ASSY.
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
When installing the ROLL REGI RUBBER, take care not to hold any rubber portion. 9.
Install the CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI. (p.219)
C H E C K P O IN T
Install the ROLL REGI RUBBER, with the D cut portion at the front end of the shaft located on the BEARING REGI RIGHT side.
10. Install the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) 11. Install the CHUTE TRANSFR. (p.255)
C A U T IO N
2.
Fit the BEARING REGI RIGHT to the ROLL REGI RUBBER.

C A U T IO N
Pay attention to the flange shape and hook position of the BEARING REGI RIGHT (White) and BEARING REGI LEFT (Black).
12. Install the FAN MAIN. (p.293) 13. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
3. 4.
Turn the BEARING REGI RIGHT in the direction opposite to that in the figure, and install the BEARING REGI RIGHT to the CHUTE REGI. Fit the BEARING REGI LEFT to the ROLL REGI RUBBER.
C A U T IO N
Pay attention to the flange shape and hook position of the BEARING REGI RIGHT (White) and BEARING REGI LEFT (Black).
14. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 15. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
5. 6. 7. 8.
Turn the BEARING REGI LEFT in the direction opposite to that in the figure, and install the BEARING REGI LEFT to the CHUTE REGI. Fit the E ring to the ROLL REGI RUBBER to secure the BEARING REGI LEFT. Install the GEAR REGI RUBBER to the ROLL REGI RUBBER, and secure it with the E ring. Hitch the two SPRINGs REGI on the CHUTE REGI and BEARING REGI RUBBER.
150 Paper Feeder
218
Confidential
Revision C
4.5.6 CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI

C H E C K P O IN T
Note 1)
Disassembly procedures for these parts are different between EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.4 CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.384).
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FAN MAIN. (p.293) Remove the CHUTE TRANSFR. (p.255)
CLUTCH REGI
8) 10) 7) 9)
CLUTCH ASSY PH
Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) Disconnect the connector (P/J242) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH from the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH ASSY PH and remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH from the SHAFT FEED. Disconnect the connector (P/J243) of the CLUTCH REGI from the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1.
Figure 4- 44. CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI Removal
10. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH REGI and remove the CLUTCH REGI from the ROLL REGI METAL.
150 Paper Feeder
219
Confidential
Revision C
10. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
C H E C K P O IN T
Installation
1. Install the ROLL REGI METAL to the CLUTCH REGI, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N
Fit the cut portion of the CLUTCH REGI on the boss of the CHUTE REGI respectively.
The CLUTCH ASSY PH and CLUTCH REGI are different only in name; there is no difference between the two in installation.
2. 3.
Connect the connector (P/J243) of the CLUTCH REGI to the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1. Install the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the SHAFT SPEED, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N
Fit the cut portion of the CLUTCH ASSY PH on the boss of the Wind the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY PH one turn around
the portion of the CHUTE REGI shown in the figure. (NOTE 1) (p.219) CHUTE REGI respectively.
4. 5. 6.
Connect the connector (P/J242) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1. Install the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) With the BTR ASSY installed, install the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.255)
C A U T IO N
7. 8.
C A U T IO N
9.
Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
150 Paper Feeder
220
Confidential
Revision C
4.5.7 SENSOR REGI Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FAN MAIN. (p.293) Release the hooks of the COVER SENSOR, and remove the COVER SENSOR from the CHUTE ASSY REGI. Release the hooks of the SENSOR REGI, and remove the SENSOR REGI from the COVER SENSOR. Remove the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1 from the SENSOR REGI connector (P/ J241).
4-1)
5)
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Connect the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1 to the connector (P/J241) of the SENSOR REGI. Install the SENSOR REGI to the COVER SENSOR, and secure it with the hooks. Install the COVER SENSOR to the CHUTE ASSY REGI, and secure it with the hooks. Install the FAN MAIN. (p.293) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
SENSOR REGI
4-2)
COVER SENSOR
JG3151AA
Figure 4- 45. SENSOR REGI Removal
6.
150 Paper Feeder
221
Confidential
Revision C
4.5.8 SENSOR NO PAPER Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Open the COVER OPEN. Open the COVER OPEN 500. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Slightly lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY, insert a screwdriver into the space of the part where the FUSER ASSY was mounted, remove the screw (gold, 6mm) that mounts the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR. Remove the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR from the 150 FEEDER ASSY. Release the hooks securing the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR, and remove the SENSOR NO PAPER. Remove the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1 from the SENSOR NO PAPER connector (P/J240).
HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR 4)
SENSOR NO PAPER
6)
7)
5. 6. 7.
150 FEEDER ASSY
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Connect the connector (P/J240) of the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1. Install the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR, and secure it with the hooks. Insert the wires of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1 into the notch of the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR as shown in the figure. Insert a screwdriver into the space of the part where the FUSER ASSY was mounted, and install the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR to the 150 FEEDER ASS with the one screw (gold, 6mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
2) 4) 1)
After installation, check that the wires of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1 are not pinched.
JG3010EA
5. 6. 7.
Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Close the COVER OPEN.
Figure 4- 46. SENSOR NO PAPER Removal
150 Paper Feeder
222
Confidential
Revision C
4.5.9 ACTUATOR NO PAPER Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Lay the printer body on its left side.
C A U T IO N
Take care not to damage the covers. In addition, take care not to apply any impact from above.
SUPPORT NUDGER ACTUATOR NO PAPER ACTUATOR NO PAPER HOOK HOLDER LEFT
4. 5.
Open the COVER OPEN. While lifting the boss of the HOLDER LEFT on the rear side of the 150 FEEDER ASSY, shift the HOLDER LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and release the three hooks. Remove the HOLDER LEFT from the SUPPORT NUDGER. At the same time, the ACTUATOR NO PAPER comes off.
LIFT UP (BOSS)
HOLDER LEFT
5-1)
5-2)
6.
UNDER VIEW
Installation
1. Install the HOLDER LEFT and ACTUATOR NO PAPER to the SUPPORT NUDGER.
C A U T IO N
SUPPORT NUDGER
Securely fit the shafts on both ends of the ACTUATOR NO Hitch the hook of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER on the
HOLDER LEFT.
ACTUATOR NO PAPER
HOLDER LEFT
PAPER into the HOLDER LEFT and SUPPORT NUDGER.

HOLDER LEFT
C H E C K P O IN T
After installation, operate the ACTUATOR NO PAPER with your finger and make sure that it moves properly.
LIFT UP (BOSS)
HOOK
JG3135AA
Figure 4- 47. ACTUATOR NO PAPER Removal 2. 3. 4. Move the HOLDER LEFT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and secure it to the 150 FEEDER ASSY with the three hooks. Return the printer body to the normal position. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
150 Paper Feeder
223
Confidential
Revision C
4.6 550 Paper Feeder

4.6.1 550 FEEDER ASSY Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FAN MAIN. (p.293) With the BTR ASSY installed, remove the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.255) Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) Disconnect the connector (P/J248) of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 2 from the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE. Disconnect and release the harness from the two clamps of the PLATE TIE. Remove the four screws (silver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm) securing the PLATE TIE to the frame.
PLATE TIE CHUTE OUT
7)
1)
10. Remove the two screws (silver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm) securing the CHUTE OUT to the frame. 11. Remove the 550 FEEDER ASSY from the frame.
10) 9)
JG3154AA
550 Paper Feeder
224
Confidential
Revision C
10. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 11. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
HARNESS ASSY TRA TRAY2 HARNESS ASSY CHUTE
7)
Installation
1. 2. Install the 550 FEEDER ASSY to the frame. Secure the CHUTE OUT to the frame with the two screws (silver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm).
C A U T IO N
One of the screws securing the CHUTE OUT to the frame should also tighten the SPRING EARTH.
CLAMP 8)
CLAMP 8)
3. 4.
Secure the PLATE TIE to the frame with the four screws (silver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm). Clamp the harness with the two clamps of the PLATE TIE. (See the figure)
C A U T IO N
NOTCH JG3114AA
When installing, pass the harness through the notch of the PLATE TIE and route it as indicated by the arrow.
Figure 4- 49. 550 FEEDER ASSY Installation
5. 6. 7.
Connect the connector (P/J248) of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 2 to the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE. Install the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) Install the CHUTE TRANSFR. (p.255)
C A U T IO N
8. 9.
C A U T IO N
550 Paper Feeder
225
Confidential
Revision C
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER with the grooves in the SHAFT NUDGER properly.

1. 2. 3. Open the COVER OPEN so that you can check your replacement work with your eyes. Remove the Paper Cassettes of the Tray 1 and Tray 2. Lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY.
C H E C K P O IN T
C A U T IO N
3. 4. 5.
Push down the 150 FEEDER ASSY and return it to the original position. Install the Paper Cassettes to the Tray 1 and Tray 2. Close the COVER OPEN.
The 150 FEEDER ASSY clicks midway when lifted, but lift it by application of slight force.
ROLL ASSY FEED
5)
4.
Hold down the 150 FEEDER ASSY, put your hand into the place where the Paper Cassettes were mounted, release the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER. Similarly, release the hook of the ROLL ASSY FEED, and pull the ROLL ASSY FEED out of the SHAFT FEED.
C A U T IO N
4)
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
5.
1)
150 FEEDER ASSY
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY FEED.
Installation
1. Hold down the 150 FEEDER ASSY, put your hand into the place where the Paper Cassettes were mounted, install the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N
JG3011EA
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the grooves When installing the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY
FEED, take care not to hold its rubber portion. in the SHAFT FEED properly.
2.
Similarly, install the ROLL ASSY NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER, and secure it with the hook.
550 Paper Feeder
226
Confidential
Revision C
When installing the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY FEED, take care not to hold its rubber portion.

1. 2. 3. Open the COVER OPEN so that you can check your replacement work with your eyes. Remove the Paper Cassettes of the Tray 1 and Tray 2. Lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY.
C H E C K P O IN T
C A U T IO N
C H E C K P O IN T
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the grooves in the SHAFT FEED properly.
4. 5.
Push down the 150 FEEDER ASSY and return it to the original position. Close the COVER OPEN.
4.
Hold down the 150 FEEDER ASSY, put your hand into the place where the Paper Cassettes were mounted, and remove the ROLL ASSY FEED. (p.226)
C A U T IO N
7)
5)
ROLL ASSY FEED
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY FEED.
CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER
4)
CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED
5. 6. 7.
Pull the CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED out of the SHAFT FEED. Remove the E ring securing the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER to the SHAFT FEED. Pull the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER out of the SHAFT FEED.
1)
150 FEEDER ASSY
Installation
1. 2. 3. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it with the E ring. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED to the SHAFT FEED. Install the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED. (p.226) Figure 4- 51. CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER Removal
JG3012EA
550 Paper Feeder
227
Confidential
Revision C

C A U T IO N
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
4. 5.
Open the COVER OPEN. While pushing up the boss of the HOLDER LEFT on the rear side of the 550 FEEDER ASSY, shift the HOLDER LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and release the three hooks. Remove the HOLDER LEFT from the SUPPORT NUDGER. At the same time, the ACTUATOR NO PAPER comes off. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER.
C A U T IO N
SUPPORT NUDGER
ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER
ACTUATOR NO PAPER
6. 7.
LIFT UP (BOSS) HOLDER LEFT
SUPPORT NUDGER
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER.
LIFT UP (BOSS)
8.
Release the hook of the GEAR NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER.
C A U T IO N
ACTUATOR NO PAPER HOOK HOOK HOLDER LEFT
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the GEAR NUDGER.
HOLDER LEFT
JG3051AB
550 Paper Feeder
228
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
C A U T IO N
When installing the GEAR NUDGER, take care not to hold any Engage the hooks of the GEAR NUDGER with the grooves in
the SHAFT NUDGER properly. rubber portion.
2.
C A U T IO N
When installing the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, take care not to Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER with the
grooves in the SHAFT NUDGER properly. hold its rubber portion.
3.
C A U T IO N
C H E C K P O IN T
4. 5. 6. 7.
Move the HOLDER LEFT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and secure it to the 550 FEEDER ASSY with the three hooks. Return the printer body to the normal position. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
550 Paper Feeder
229
Confidential
Revision C
4.6.5 CLUTCH ASSY PH Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FAN MAIN. (p.293) With the BTR ASSY installed, remove the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.255) Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) Remove the 550 FEEDER ASSY. (p.224) Remove the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PLATE TIE to the CHUTE OUT, and remove the PLATE TIE. Disconnect the connector (P/J247) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH from the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 2.
PLATE TIE
8) 9) 10)
CHUTE OUT
CLUTCH ASSY PH
10. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH ASSY PH and remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH from the SHAFT FEED.
Note1
CHUTE OUT CONNECTOR JG3052AA
Figure 4- 53. CLUTCH ASSY PH Removal
550 Paper Feeder
230
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Install the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N
Pay attention to the leading of the harness for the CLUTCH ASSY PH.
2.
Connect the connector (P/J247) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 2. After connection, insert the connector between the ribs of the CHUTE OUT.
C A U T IO N
Fit the cut portion of the CLUTCH ASSY PH on the boss of the CHUTE OUT.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Secure the PLATE TIE to the CHUTE OUT with the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the 550 FEEDER ASSY. (p.224) Install the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) Install the CHUTE TRANSFR. (p.255) Install the FAN MAIN. (p.293) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167) Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
550 Paper Feeder
231
Confidential
Revision C
4.6.6 SENSOR NO PAPER Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FAN MAIN. (p.293) With the BTR ASSY installed, remove the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.255) Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) Remove the one screw (gold, 6mm) that mounts the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR. Remove the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR from the 550 FEEDER ASSY. Release the hooks securing the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR, and remove the SENSOR NO PAPER.
550 FEEDER ASSY
10)
HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR
7)
SENSOR NO PAPER 9)
10. Remove the HERNESS ASSY TRAY 2 from the SENSOR NO PAPER connector (P/J246).
JG3053AA
550 Paper Feeder
232
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Connect the connector (P/J246) of the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 2. Install the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR, and secure it with the hooks. Insert the wires of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 2 into the notch of the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR as shown in the figure. Install the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR to the 550 FEEDER ASSY with the one screw (gold, 6mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
After installation, check that the wires of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 2 are not pinched.
5. 6.
Install the 150 FEEDER ASSY. (p.211) Install the CHUTE TRANSFR. (p.255)
C A U T IO N
7. 8.
C A U T IO N
9.
Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
550 Paper Feeder
233
Confidential
Revision C
4.6.7 GUIDE TRAY RIGHT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the Imaging Cartridge and Paper Cassette. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
13) 14-2) 14-1)
10. Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) 11. Lay the printer body on its right side. 12. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the GUIDE TRAY RIGHT to the frame. 13. Lift the hook of the GUIDE TRAY RIGHT, move the GUIDE TRAY RIGHT in the direction of the arrow, and remove it from the frame. Figure 4- 55. GUIDE TRAY RIGHT Removal
GUIDE TRAY RIGHT
(NOTE)
PLATE CTS LOCK JG3199AB
550 Paper Feeder
234
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Move the GUIDE TRAY RIGHT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and secure it with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
When installing the GUIDE TRAY RIGHT, make sure that the PLATEs CST LOCK are mounted as shown in the NOTE.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Return the printer body to the normal position. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
10. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)

C A U T IO N
11. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 12. Install the Imaging Cartridge and Paper Cassette.
550 Paper Feeder
235
Confidential
Revision C
4.6.8 GUIDE TRAY LEFT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the Imaging Cartridge and Paper Cassette. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
(A) GUIDE TRAY LEFT (B) Screw(A) LOCK CST L
13)
14)
10. Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) 11. Lay the printer body on its left side. 12. Remove the HARNESS ASSY LVPS from the connector (P/J1821) of the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. 13. Remove the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x1, gold, 6mm x5) securing the GUIDE TRAY LEFT to the frame. 14. Move the GUIDE TRAY LEFT in the directions of the arrows (A), (B), and remove it from the frame.
Figure 4- 56. GUIDE TRAY LEFT Removal
550 Paper Feeder
236
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. Move the GUIDE TRAY LEFT in the directions opposite to the arrows (A), (B), and install it to the frame. Install the GUIDE TRAY LEFT with the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x1, gold, 6mm x5).
C A U T IO N
In the place of the Screw (A) in the figure, tighten the screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). (Refer to Figure 4- 56)
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Connect the HARNESS ASSY LVPS to the connector (P/J1821) of the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. Return the printer body to the normal position. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
10. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 11. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 12. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
13. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 14. Install the Imaging Cartridge and Paper Cassette.
550 Paper Feeder
237
Confidential
Revision C
4.6.9 ACTUATOR NO PAPER Removal

C A U T IO N
SUPPORT NUDGER ACTUATOR NO PAPER
4. 5.
Open the COVER OPEN. While lifting the boss of the HOLDER LEFT on the rear side of the 550 FEEDER ASSY, shift the HOLDER LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and release the three hooks. Remove the HOLDER LEFT from the SUPPORT NUDGER. At the same time, the ACTUATOR NO PAPER comes off.
ACTUATOR NO PAPER
HOOK
HOLDER LEFT
LIFT UP (BOSS)
HOLDER LEFT
6.
Installation
1. Install the HOLDER LEFT and ACTUATOR NO PAPER to the SUPPORT NUDGER.
C A U T IO N
UNDER VIEW
SUPPORT NUDGER
ACTUATOR NO PAPER
HOLDER LEFT
C H E C K P O IN T
HOLDER LEFT
2. 3. 4. 5.
Move the HOLDER LEFT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and secure it to the 550 FEEDER ASSY with the three hooks. Return the printer body to the normal position. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 550 Paper Feeder
HOOK LIFT UP (BOSS) JG3198AA
Figure 4- 57. ACTUATOR NO PAPER Removal
238
Confidential
Revision C
15. Remove the four screws (black, with collars, 8mm) securing the ROS ASSY to the frame.
C A U T IO N
4.7 Xero
4.7.1 ROS ASSY
C H E C K P O IN T
Disassembly procedures for this part are different between EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.5 ROS ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.386).
Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like.
16. Remove the ROS ASSY.

C A U T IO N
When removing or installing the ROS ASSY, always do the work on a horizontal and level table. Fully note that doing the work on a stepped or tilted table may cause misalignment of the ROS.
ROS ASSY
13)
CABLE CLAMPS
15)
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
16)
DUCT HIGH
10)
12)
PLATE TIE FRONT

12)
11)
10. Remove the three screws (sliver, with collars, 8mm) securing the DUCT HIGH, and remove the DUCT HIGH. 11. Release from the two clamps the harness clamped to the PLATE TIE FRONT. 12. Remove the eight screws (silver, 6mm) securing the PLATE TIE FRONT to the frame, and remove the PLATE TIE FRONT. 13. Unclamp the two cable clamps on the ROS ASSY to release the harness. 14. Disconnect the four connectors of the HARNESS ASSY ROS.
C A U T IO N
As the board of the ROS ASSY is easily damaged, disconnect the connectors while supporting the board by hand.
JG3157AB
Figure 4- 58. ROS ASSY Removal
Xero
239
Confidential
Revision C
C A U T IO N
Installation
1. Secure the ROS ASSY to the frame with the four screws (black, with collars, 8mm).
C A U T IO N
Never give impact to the ROS ASSY with a screwdriver or the like. 15. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2.
Connect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY ROS to the board on the ROS ASSY.
C A U T IO N
As the board of the ROS ASSY is easily damaged, connect the connectors while supporting the board by hand.
3. 4.
Clamp the harness with the two cable clamps on the ROS ASSY. Secure the PLATE TIE FRONT to the frame tightly with the eight screws (silver, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
Always do installation work on a horizontal and level table.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Secure the harness to the PLATE TIE FRONT with the two clamps. Secure the DUCT HIGH with the three screws (silver, with collars, 8mm). Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
10. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) 11. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 12. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 13. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
Xero
240
Confidential
Revision C
4.7.2 DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Disconnect the connector (P/J270) of the FAN SUB from the HARNESS ASSY LVPS.
10) 11)
10)
DUCT FRONT
PLATE TIE FRONT
9)
10. Remove the three screws (silver, tapping with a collar, 8mm x1, gold, tapping, 8mm x2) securing the DUCT FRONT. 11. Move the DUCT FRONT mounted with the FAN SUB in the direction of the arrow, and remove it from the frame. 12. Release the hook securing the FAN SUB to the DUCT FRONT, and remove the FAN SUB.
JG3192AA
Figure 4- 59. DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB Removal
FAN SUB
12-2)
DUCT FRONT
HOOK
JG3058AB
Figure 4- 60. DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB Removal
Xero
241
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Put the FAN SUB into the DUCT FRONT, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N
Install the FAN SUB to the DUCT FRONT, with its label surface inside and the harness placed in the orientation shown in the figure.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Move the DUCT FRONT mounted with the FAN SUB in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the frame. Secure the DUCT FRONT with the three screws (silver, tapping with a collar, 8mm x1, gold, tapping, 8mm x2). Connect the connector (P/J270) of the FAN SUB to the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
10. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 11. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
Xero
242
Confidential
Revision C
4.7.3 SHIELD PLATE ROS Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
13) 12)
10. Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 11. Remove the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N
SHIELD PLATE ROS JG3158AB

Figure 4- 61. SHIELD PLATE ROS Removal
12. Remove the two screws (black, with collars, 8mm) securing the SHIELD PLATE ROS to the frame. 13. Move and remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS in the direction of the arrow.
Xero
243
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. Move and install the SHIELD PLATE ROS in the direction opposite to the arrow. Secure the SHIELD PLATE ROS to the frame with the two screws (black, with collars, 8mm). Install the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
10. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 11. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 12. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
Xero
244
Confidential
Revision C
21. Disconnect the connector (P/J45) of the INTERLOCK S/W 24V from the LVPS. 22. Disconnect the connectors (P/J46 and P/J47) of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER from the LVPS. 23. Remove the three screws (gold, 6 mm) securing the GUIDE CRU LEFT. 24. Remove the GUIDE CRU LEFT from the frame.
C H E C K P O IN T
4.7.4 GUIDE CRU LEFT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253)
Remove the GUIDE CRU LEFT while simultaneously pushing the LINK GEAR 3 in the direction of the arrow to make the removal of the GUIDE CRU LEFT easier.
(P/J 45)
GUIDE ASSY CRU L (P/J 4647)
NOTE)
LINK LEVER
20)
(P/J 46)
17)
10. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 11. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) 12. Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) 13. Remove the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N
21-1)
22) 18) 23)
LINK GEAR 3
(NOTE 1)
(P/J 47)
21-2)
P/J45 46
14. Remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) 15. While lifting the 150 FEEDER ASSY, remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) 16. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 17. Remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) 18. Disconnect the connector (P/J4647) of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER from the frame. 19. Release the clamp securing the HARNESS ASSY FUSER, which comes out of the GUIDE CRU LEFT, to the frame to release the clamped harness. 20. Disconnect the connector (P/J141) of the INTERLOCK S/W 5V from the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. Figure 4- 62. GUIDE CRU LEFT Removal
LVPS JG3191AA 47
Xero
245
Confidential
Revision C
14. Install the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 15. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 16. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) 17. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) 18. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) 19. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
Installation
1. Install the GUIDE CRU LEFT to the frame.
C A U T IO N
When installing the GUIDE CRU LEFT, make sure that the LEVER LINK is mounted on the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
2.
Secure the GUIDE CRU LEFT with the three screws (gold, 6mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
20. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 21. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 22. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
After securing the GUIDE CRU LEFT with the three screws, pull up the LEVER LINK. At this time, confirm with your finger that the LINK GEAR 3 retracts.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Connect the connector (P/J46 and P/J47) of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER to the LVPS. Connect the connector (P/J45) of the INTERLOCK S/W 24V to the LVPS. Connect the connector (P/J141) of the INTERLOCK S/W 5V to the HARNESS ASSY LVPS. Secure the HARNESS ASSY FUSER, coming out of the GUIDE CRU LEFT, to the frame with the clamp. Connect the connector (P/J4647) of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER to the frame. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) While lifting the 150 FEEDER ASSY, install the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) 23. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
10. Install the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) 11. Install the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N
12. Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) 13. Install the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236)
Xero
246
Confidential
Revision C
4.7.5 INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W 5V Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
19)
HOLDER I/L SW2
20)
INTERLOCK S/W 5V
21-2) 17)
INTERLOCK S/W 24V
HOLDER I/L SW1
21-1)
10. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 11. Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) 12. Remove the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N
JG3061AA
Figure 4- 63. INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W 5V Removal 13. Remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) 14. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) 15. Remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) 16. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 17. Remove the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.245) 18. Remove the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER. (p.251) 19. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the HOLDER I/L SW2. 20. Remove the HOLDER I/L SW2. 21. Release the hooks of the HOLDER I/L SW1, and remove the INTERLOCK S/W 24V and INTERLOCK S/W 5V.
Xero
247
Confidential
Revision C
13. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) 14. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 15. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 16. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 17. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 18. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the INTERLOCK S/W 24V and INTERLOCK S/W 5V to the HOLDER I/ L SW1, and secure them with the hooks. Install the HOLDER I/L SW2 to the GUIDE CRU LEFT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). Install the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER to the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.251) Install the GUIDE CRU LEFT to the frame.(p.245)
C A U T IO N

C H E C K P O IN T
After installing the GUIDE CRU LEFT, pull up the LEVER LINK. At this time, confirm with your finger that the LINK GEAR 3 retracts. (Refer to Figure 4- 62)
20. Install the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) Install the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) Install the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) Install the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) Install the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N
10. Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) 11. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) 12. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
Xero
248
Confidential
Revision C
23. Remove the LEVER GUIDE from the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
4.7.6 LEVER GUIDE Removal

SPRING SL
20) 21)
SPACER SS
LEVER GUIDE
23)
GUIDE SL
22)
C A U T IO N
GUIDE CRU LEFT

Figure 4- 64. LEVER GUIDE Removal 13. Remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) 14. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) 15. Remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) 16. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 17. Remove the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.245) 18. Remove the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER (p.251). 19. Remove the INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W 5V. (p.247) 20. Remove the SPRING SL from the GUIDE CRU LEFT. 21. Remove the SPACER SS from the GUIDE CRU LEFT. 22. Remove the GUIDE SL from the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
JG3062AA
Xero
249
Confidential
Revision C
20. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 21. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install the LEVER GUIDE to the GUIDE CRU LEFT. Install the GUIDE SL to the GUIDE CRU LEFT. Install the SPACER SS to the GUIDE CRU LEFT. Install the SPRING SL to the GUIDE CRU LEFT. Install the INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W 5V. (p.247) Install the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER. (p.251) Install the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.245)
C A U T IO N
22. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 23. Install the BTR ASSY. (p.254)
8. 9.
Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) Install the MOTOR COVER. (p.277)
10. Install the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) 11. Install the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) 12. Install the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N
13. Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) 14. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) 15. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) 16. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) 17. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 18. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 19. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
Xero
250
Confidential
Revision C
4.7.7 HARNESS ASSY FUSER Removal

18-2)
COVER GUIDE CRU
HARNESS ASSY FUSER
CLAWS
18-1)
GUIDE CRU LEFT
C A U T IO N
HOOK
HOOKS
13. Remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) 14. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) 15. Remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) 16. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 17. Remove the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.245) 18. Release the hooks of the COVER GUIDE CRU and remove the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER together from the GUIDE CRU LEFT.
C A U T IO N
JG3063AA
Figure 4- 65. HARNESS ASSY FUSER Removal
Take care not to spread excessively the claw of the GUIDE CRU LEFT; otherwise, the claw may break.
Xero
251
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. Install the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER together to the GUIDE CRU LEFT, and secure them with the hooks. Install the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.245)
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
C A U T IO N
8. 9.
Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
10. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) 11. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) 12. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 13. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 14. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 15. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 16. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
Xero
252
Confidential
Revision C
4.7.8 FUSER ASSY Removal

C A U T IO N
LEVER FUSER RH
Before starting the following work, make sure that the FUSER ASSY has cooled adequately.
2)
LEVER FUSER LH
1. 2. 3.
Open the COVER REAR 500. Bring down the LEVER FUSER LH and LEVER FUSER RH as shown with the arrow to unlock the FUSER ASSY. Shift the FUSER ASSY in the direction of the arrow and remove it from the printer body.
3) 1)
Installation
1. 2. 3. Move the FUSER ASSY in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the printer body. Raise the LEVER FUSER LH and LEVER FUSER RH to lock the FUSER ASSY. Install the COVER REAR 500. Figure 4- 66. FUSER ASSY Removal
FUSER ASSY JG3013EA
Xero
253
Confidential
Revision C
4.7.9 BTR ASSY Removal

1. 2. Open the COVER OPEN. Hold the hooks at both ends of the BTR ASSY with your fingers and remove the BTR ASSY from the printer body.
C A U T IO N
2-1)
Handle the BTR ASSY with care not to soil or scratch it.
BTR ASSY
2-2)
Installation
1. 2. Grip the hooks at both ends of the BTR ASSY, and install the BTR ASSY to the printer body. Close the COVER OPEN.
1)
JG3014EA
Figure 4- 67. BTR ASSY Removal
Xero
254
Confidential
Revision C
4.7.10 CHUTE TRANSFR Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) Remove the FAN MAIN. (p.293) Release the hook of the CHUTE TRANSFER. Shift the CHUTE TRANSFER in the direction of the arrow and remove it from the frame.
7)
CHUTE TRANSFER
Installation
1. Move the CHUTE TRANSFER in the direction opposite to the arrow, install the CHUTE TRANSFER to the frame, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N
NOT FIX THE SCREW IN THIS HOLE
6)
HOOK
JG3015EA
2. 3. 4. 5.
Install the FAN MAIN. (p.293) Install the BTR ASSY. (p.254) Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
Figure 4- 68. CHUTE TRANSFR Removal
6.
Xero
255
Confidential
Revision C
7. 8. 9. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
4.7.11 PWBA ASSY ANT Removal

10. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 11. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 12. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
10. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 11. Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) 12. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257) 13. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the PWBA ASSY ANT to the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. 14. Remove the PWBA ASSY ANT. 15. Insert the lower boss on the connector of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER into the frame.
15)
PWBA ASSY ANT
13)
GUIDE ASSY CRU R
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Connect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY ANT to the connector (P/J150) of the PWBA ASSY ANT. Install the PWBA ASSY ANT to the GUIDE ASSY CRU R with the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). Install the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. (p.257) Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170)
14)
JG3068AA
Figure 4- 69. PWBA ASSY ANT Removal
Xero
256
Confidential
Revision C
4.7.12 GUIDE ASSY CRU R Removal

31 P/J15 HVPS / MCU SHIELD PLATE ESS SHIELD PLATE HVPS
15) 14) 18)
GUIDE ASSY CRU R

16)
10. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 11. Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) 12. Remove the SHIELD PLATE HVPS. (p.296) 13. Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) 14. Disconnect the connector (P/J31) of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R from the HVPS/ MCU. 15. Disconnect the connector (P/J15) of the HARNESS ASSY ANT from the HVPS/ MCU. 16. Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) securing the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. 17. Pull the harness of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R out of the frame. 18. Remove the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. Figure 4- 70. GUIDE ASSY CRU R Removal
JG3204AA
Xero
257
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Install the GUIDE ASSY CRU R. Pass the harness of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R into the hole of the frame. Secure the GUIDE ASSY CRU R to the frame with the three screws (silver, 6mm). Connect the connector (P/J15) of the HARNESS ASSY ANT to the HVPS/MCU. Connect the connector (P/J31) of the GUIDE ASSY CRU R to the HVPS/MCU. Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) Install the SHIELD PLATE HVPS. (p.296) Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
C A U T IO N
Xero
258
Confidential
Revision C
4.7.13 LEVER LINK, LINK GEAR 3 Removal

LINK GEAR 3
LEVEL LINK
C A U T IO N
GUIDE CRU LEFT Figure 4- 71. LEVER LINK, LINK GEAR 3 Removal
13. Remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) 14. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) 15. Remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) 16. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 17. Remove the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.245) 18. Remove the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER from the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.251) 19. Remove the LEVER LINK and LINK GEAR 3 together.
Xero
259
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. Combine the LEVER LINK and LINK GEAR 3 as shown in the figure, and install the combination to the GUIDE CRU LEFT. Install the COVER GUIDE CRU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER to the GUIDE CRU LEFT. (p.251) Install the GUIDE CRU LEFT to the frame. (p.245)
C H E C K P O IN T
C A U T IO N
When installing the GUIDE CRU LEFT, make sure that the
LEVER LINK is mounted on the GUIDE CRU LEFT. After installing the GUIDE CRU LEFT, pull up the LEVER LINK. At this time, confirm with your finger that the LINK GEAR 3 retracts. (Refer to Figure 4- 62)
4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
C A U T IO N
9.
Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
10. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) 11. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) 12. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) 13. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 14. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 15. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 16. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 17. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
Xero
260
Confidential
Revision C
4.8 500 Paper Exit

4.8.1 COVER EXIT 500 Removal
1. 2. 3. Open the COVER REAR 500. Release the two hooks securing the COVER S EXIT to the COVER TOP, and remove the COVER S EXIT. Remove the screws on both sides of the COVER EXIT 500, and remove the COVER EXIT 500 from the printer body.
COVER S EXIT
2-1)
COVER TOP
2-2)
COVER EXIT 500
Installation
1. 2. 3. Install COVER EXIT 500 to the printer body with the screws on both sides. Install the COVER S EXIT to the COVER TOP, and secure it with the two hooks. Close the COVER REAR 500. 1)
COVER REAR 500 JG3016EA

Figure 4- 72. COVER EXIT 500 Removal
500 Paper Exit
261
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.2 500 EXIT ASSY Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Disconnect the connector (P/J29) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR from the HVPS/MCU. Disconnect the connector (P/J103) of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT from the PWBA EXIT MOTOR. Remove the five screws (silver, with flange, 8mm, 4 pcs., silver, 6mm, 1 pc.) securing the 500 EXIT ASSY to the printer body.
C A U T IO N

500 EXIT ASSY
8)
6) 9)
PWBA EXIT MOTOR

7)
10. Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Pass the harnesses of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT and SENSOR through the hole of the frame. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY with the five screws (silver, with flange, 8mm, 4 pcs., silver, 6mm, 1 pc.). Connect the connector (P/J103) of the MOTOR ASSY EXIT to the PWBA EXIT MOTOR. Connect the connector (P/J29) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR to the HVPS/ MCU. Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
SHIELD ASSY ESS JG3017EB
Figure 4- 73. 500 EXIT ASSY Removal
500 Paper Exit
262
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.3 CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the CHUTE UP EXIT to the CHUTE LOW EXIT. Separate the CHUTE UP EXIT and CHUTE LOW EXIT.
7)
CHUTE UP EXIT
(SEE Note1)
8)
CHUTE LOW EXIT
LINK GATE OCT
CHUTE UP EXIT
Figure1
Figure2
Figure 4- 74. CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT Removal
500 Paper Exit
263
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the LINK GATE OCT that is assembled to the removed CHUTE UP EXIT. Secure the CHUTE UP EXIT to the CHUTE LOW EXIT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Put the LINK GATE OCT in the place shown in Figure 1 in the two arm sections of the CHUTE LOW EXIT, and turn it in the direction of the arrow. Push the LINK GATE OCT in the direction of the arrow shown in Figure 2 as far as it will go to have it locked by the CHUTE LOW EXIT.
C H E C K P O IN T
Note1)
LINK GATE OCT GATE
Note2)
HOOK
JG3079AA
Figure 4- 75. CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT Installation
After installation, make sure that the LINK GATE OCT is
located in the far side of the GATE. (Note 1) After installation, make sure that the front end of the LINK GATE OCT is located under the hook of the CHUTE LOW EXIT. (Note 2) After installation, make sure that the GATE moves when the LINK GATE OCT is pushed in the direction of the arrow. (Note 2)
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
500 Paper Exit
264
Confidential
Revision C
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Fit the BEARING EXIT to the GEAR 21 side ROLL EXIT, install the BEARING EXIT to the CHUTE UP EXIT, and lock the hook. Install the GEAR 21 to the ROLL EXIT. Install the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
4.8.4 ROLL EXIT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Release the hook of the GEAR 21, and remove the GEAR 21 from the ROLL EXIT. Release the hook of the GEAR 21 side BEARING EXIT, lift the ROLL EXIT, and remove the BEARING EXIT from the ROLL EXIT.
C A U T IO N
Carefully handle the hook of the BEARING EXIT as it may be damaged by application of large force.
9.

7)
BEARING EXIT
9. Pull and remove the ROLL EXIT out of the opposite side BEARING EXIT in the direction of the arrow.
C A U T IO N
ROLL EXIT BEARING EXIT
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL EXIT.
9)
GEAR 21
Installation
1. Move the ROLL EXIT in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the BEARING EXIT.
C A U T IO N
CHUTE UP EXIT
8)
When installing the ROLL EXIT, take care not to hold any rubber portion. Figure 4- 76. ROLL EXIT Removal
JG3080AA
500 Paper Exit
265
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.5 MOTOR ASSY EXIT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) securing the MOTOR ASSY EXIT to the BRACKET MOTOR EXIT. Remove the MOTOR ASSY EXIT.
CHUTE LOW EXIT BRACKET MOTOR EXIT
8)
MOTOR ASSY EXIT
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Secure the MOTOR ASSY EXIT to the BRACKET MOTOR EXIT with the two screws (silver, 6mm). Install the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
JG3081AB
Figure 4- 77. MOTOR ASSY EXIT Removal
8.
500 Paper Exit
266
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.6 SENSOR FACE UP OPEN Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Disconnect the connector (P/J291) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR from the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN. Lift the CHUTE LOW EXIT, release the hook of the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN, and remove the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN from the CHUTE LOW EXIT.
7) 8)
SENSOR FACE UP OPEN
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN to the CHUTE LOW EXIT. Connect the connector (P/J291) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR to the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN. Install the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
CHUTE LOW EXIT JG3082AA

Figure 4- 78. SENSOR FACE UP OPEN Removal
8.
500 Paper Exit
267
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.7 SENSOR FULL STACK Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Disconnect the connector (P/J290) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR from the SENSOR FULL STACK. Release the hook of the SENSOR FULL STACK, and remove the SENSOR FULL STACK from the CHUTE LOW EXIT.
7)
SENSOR FULL STACK
8)
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install the SENSOR FULL STACK to the CHUTE LOW EXIT. Connect the connector (P/J290) of the HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR to the SENSOR FULL STACK. Install the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
CHUTE LOW EXIT JG3083AA

Figure 4- 79. SENSOR FULL STACK Removal
8.
500 Paper Exit
268
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.8 ACTUATOR FULL STACK Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Move the ACTUATOR FULL STACK in the direction of the arrow, and remove it from the CHUTE UP EXIT.
7)
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Move the ACTUATOR FULL STACK in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the CHUTE UP EXIT. Install the CHUTE UP EXIT, CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
CHUTE UP EXIT JG3136AA

Figure 4- 80. ACTUATOR FULL STACK Removal
7.
500 Paper Exit
269
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.9 COVER REAR 500 Removal

1. 2. 3. Grip the lever to unlock, and open the COVER REAR 500. Move and remove the STOPPER FSR in the direction of the arrow. Release the hook on the boss of the COVER REAR 500 and shift the COVER REAR 500 in the direction of the arrow, and remove it from the printer body.
WHEN ASSEMBLING A Protion
Installation
1. 2. 3. Move the COVER REAR 500 in the direction opposite to the arrow, fit it into the printer body, and lock the hook of the boss. After inserting the A portion of the STOPPER FSR into the COVER REAR 500, install the opposite side of the A portion. Close the COVER REAR 500.
1-2)
STOPPER FSR
2)
3) 1-1)
COVER REAR 500
JG3018EA
Figure 4- 81. COVER REAR 500 Removal
500 Paper Exit
270
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.10 ROLL FU Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the five screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500. Release the hook of the COVER REAR 500, and remove the CHUTE LOW FU from the COVER REAR 500. Release the hook of the GEAR 21, and remove it from the ROLL FU. Release the hook of the BEARING EXIT, and remove it from the CHUTE LOW FU.
C A U T IO N
3)
BEARING EXIT
CHUTE LOW FU
5)
ROLL FU
6)
GEAR 21
Carefully handle the hook of the BEARING EXIT as it may be damaged by application of large force.
COVER REAR 500
BEARING EXIT 4)
6.
Remove the ROLL FU in the direction of the arrow.

JG3100AA
Installation
1. 2. 3. Move the ROLL FU in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the BEARING EXIT on the side opposite to the GEAR 21. Install the BEARING EXIT to the CHUTE LOW FU. Install the GEAR 21 to the ROLL FU, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N
Figure 4- 82. ROLL FU Removal
Securely insert the hook of the GEAR 21 into the groove of the ROLL FU.
4. 5. 6.
Install the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500, and secure it with the hook. Secure the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500 with the five screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
500 Paper Exit
271
Confidential
Revision C
6. 7. Secure the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500 with the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
LEVER GATE FU
4.8.11 LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE, LEVER GATE FU Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500. Release the hook of the COVER REAR 500, and remove the CHUTE LOW FU from the COVER REAR 500. Remove the ROLL FU. (p.271) Remove the LEVER GATE FU while rotating it.
C H E C K P O IN T
LEVER GATE HOLDER
The LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE and LEVER GATE FU are supposed to detach at the same time.
SPRING LEVER GATE
6.
Bow down the LEVER GATE FU, and remove it from the LEVER GATE HOLDER.
C H E C K P O IN T
The SPRING LEVER GATE will stay on the LEVER GATE HOLDER side.
JG3303AA
7.
Remove the SPRING LEVER GATE.
Figure 4- 83. LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE, LEVER GATE FU Removal
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Install the SPRING LEVER GATE. Install the LEVER GATE FU to the LEVER GATE HOLDER. Install the LEVER GATE FU while rotating it. Install the ROLL FU. (p.271) Install the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500, and secure it at the hook.
500 Paper Exit
272
Confidential
Revision C
4. Match the projections of both the LEVER LATCH RIGHT and LEVER LATCH LEFT to the notches of the CHUTE LOW FU, and rotate it in the opposite direction of the arrow, and then install it. Install the LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE, LEVER GATE FU. (p.272) Install the ROLL FU. (p.271) Install the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500, and secure it at the hook. Secure the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500 with the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
4.8.12 LEVER LATCH LEFT, SPRING LATCH FU, LEVER LATCH RIGHT Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500. Release the hook of the COVER REAR 500, and remove the CHUTE LOW FU from the COVER REAR 500. Remove the ROLL FU. (p.271) Remove the LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE, LEVER GATE FU. (p.272) Rotate the LEVER LATCH LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and remove it.
C H E C K P O IN T
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
LEVER LATCH LEFT SORING LATCH FU
Securely match the projection located inside the LEVER LATCH LEFT and the notch of the CHUTE LOW FU.
LEVER LATCH RIGHT
7.
Rotate the LEVER LATCH RIGHT in the direction of the arrow and remove it.
C H E C K P O IN T
Securely match the projection located inside the LEVER

LEVER LATCH RIGHT.
The PIPE LATCH FU will detach simultaneously with the
LATCH RIGHT and the notch of the CHUTE LOW FU.
8.
Remove the SPRING LATCH FU.
Installation
1. 2. 3. Install the SPRING LATCH FU. Install the LEVER LATCH LEFT to the PIPE LATCH FU and the CHUTE LOW FU. Install the LEVER LATCH RIGHT to the PIPE LATCH FU. Figure 4- 84. LEVER LATCH LEFT, SPRING LATCH FU, LEVER LATCH RIGHT Removal
JG3304AA
500 Paper Exit
273
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.13 ROLL PINCH FU, SPRING PINCH FU Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500. Release the hook of the COVER REAR 500, and remove the CHUTE LOW FU from the COVER REAR 500. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the CHUTE LOW FU. Insert a screwdriver or alike between the ROLL PINCH FU and the CHUTE UP FU, and remove the ROLL PINCH FU. Remove the SPRING PINCH FU.
ROLL PINCH FU
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Install the SPRING PINCH FU. Install the ROLL PINCH FU. Secure the CHUTE UP FU with the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). Install the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500, and secure it at the hook. Secure the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500 with the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
SPRING PINCH FU JG3305AA

Figure 4- 85. ROLL PINCH FU, SPRING PINCH FU Removal
500 Paper Exit
274
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.14 GATE FU Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500. Release the hook of the COVER REAR 500, and remove the CHUTE LOW FU from the COVER REAR 500. Remove the LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE, LEVER GATE FU. (p.272) Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the CHUTE UP FU. Remove the CHUTE LOW FU while bowing the GATE FU.
C A U T IO N
GATE FU
Be careful not to damage the GATE FU since it might break when giving a big force to it.
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Install the GATE FU to the CHUTE LOW FU. Secure the CHUTE UP FU with the two screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). Install the LEVER GATE HOLDER, SPRING LEVER GATE, LEVER GATE FU. (p.272) Install the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500, and secure it at the hook. Secure the CHUTE LOW FU to the COVER REAR 500 with the five screws (gold, tapping, 6mm). Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Figure 4- 86. GATE FU Removal
JG3306AA
500 Paper Exit
275
Confidential
Revision C
4.8.15 GATE ASSY EXIT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Remove the SPRING GATE OCT. Remove the GATE OCT EXIT while bowing it.
GATE OCT EXIT SPRING GATE OCT
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Install the GATE OCT EXIT. Install the SPRING GATE OCT. Install the CHUTE LOW EXIT. (p.263) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C H E C K P O IN T
JG3307AA
When installing the COVER REAR, distinguish the two different types of screws and use them at the correct positions.
Figure 4- 87. GATE ASSY EXIT Removal
9.
500 Paper Exit
276
Confidential
Revision C
4.9 Frame & Drive

4.9.1 MOTOR COVER Removal
15) 16)
MOTOR COVER
10. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 11. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) 12. Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) 13. Remove the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N
14. Remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) 15. While lifting the 150 FEEDER ASSY, remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the MOTOR COVER to the frame. 16. Disconnect the harness of the MAIN MOTOR from the clamp. 17. Remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) Figure 4- 88. MOTOR COVER Removal
JG3180AB
Frame & Drive
277
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the MOTOR COVER to the frame with the one screw (silver, 6mm). Connect the harness of the MAIN MOTOR to the clamp. Install the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) Install the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) Install the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
10. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 11. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 12. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 13. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 14. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
Frame & Drive
278
Confidential
Revision C
4.9.2 MAIN MOTOR Removal

C H E C K P O IN T
C H E C K P O IN T
Disassembly procedures for this part are different between EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.6 MAIN MOTOR (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.388).
19. Remove the three screws (gold, 6mm) securing the MAIN MOTOR to the frame. 20. Remove the MAIN MOTOR.
MAIN MOTOR
17)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
SHIELD PLATE LVPS

19) 20)
P/J43
C A U T IO N
LVPS
13. Remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) 14. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) 15. Remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) 16. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 17. Disconnect the connector (P/J43) of the MAIN MOTOR from the LVPS. 18. Lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY. Figure 4- 89. MAIN MOTOR Removal
JG3179AA
Frame & Drive
279
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install the MAIN MOTOR to the frame with the three screws (gold, 6mm). Connect the connector (P/J43) of the MAIN MOTOR to the LVPS. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) Install the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) Install the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) Install the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) Install the ROS ASSY. (p.239)
C A U T IO N
8. 9.
Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
C A U T IO N
Frame & Drive
280
Confidential
Revision C
4.9.3 GEAR ASSY HOUSING Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove and release the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK 2 and HARNESS ASSY LVPS from the clamps of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING. Remove the six screws (silver, 6 mm x5; gold, 6 mm x1) securing the GEAR ASSY HOUSING. Release the hook of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING and remove the GEAR ASSY HOUSING.
C A U T IO N
Screw(A)
6-1)
5) 6-2)
When the GEAR ASSY HOUSING is removed, two of the gears mounted on the GEAR ASSY HOUSING may come off as they are not secured. Be careful not to drop these gears.
GEAR ASSY HOUSING JG3019EA
NOT FIXED
JG3088AA
Figure 4- 90. GEAR ASSY HOUSING Removal
Frame & Drive
281
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Install the GEAR ASSY HOUSING to the frame.
C A U T IO N
When the GEAR ASSY HOUSING is removed, two of the gears mounted on the GEAR ASSY HOUSING may come off as they are not secured. Be careful not to drop these gears. During installation, assemble so that the gears of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING, MAIN MOTOR and GEAR ASSY PLATE engage with each other securely, and make confirmation after the work. Open the COVER OPEN, and assemble while turning the MAIN MOTOR by hand to make the gears engage easily with each other.
C H E C K P O IN T
2.
Install the GEAR ASSY HOUSING to the frame with the six screws (silver, 6mm x5, gold, 6mm x1).
C A U T IO N
In the place of the Screw (A) in the figure, tighten the screw of gold, 6mm.
3. 4. 5.
Secure the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK 2 and HARNESS ASSY LVPS with the clamps of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
6.
Frame & Drive
282
Confidential
Revision C
4.9.4 GEAR ASSY PLATE, GEAR 9 Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167)
GEAR 9
Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the GEAR ASSY HOUSING. (p.281) Remove the four screws (silver, 6 mm) securing the GEAR ASSY PLATE. Remove the GEAR ASSY PLATE, GEAR 9. (p.283) Disengage the boss at the bottom of the connector of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER from the frame. Remove the GEAR 9 from the shaft on the frame.
C A U T IO N
6) 8) 7)
GEAR
9)
GEAR ASSY PLATE
One of the gears mounted on the GEAR ASSY PLATE may
come off as it is not secured. Be careful not to drop this gear. The SPRING is located inside the unsecured gear of the GEAR ASSY PLATE. Be careful not to drop this SPRING.
SPRING BOSS BOSS
JG3020EA
Figure 4- 91. GEAR ASSY PLATE, GEAR 9 Removal
Frame & Drive
283
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Install the GEAR 9 to the shaft of the frame.
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
Install the GEAR 9 with its smaller gear end located inside. 9. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
2. 3.
Install the boss on the bottom side of the connector of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER to the frame. Install the GEAR ASSY PLATE to the frame with the four screws (silver, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
When the unsecured gear or SPRING of the GEAR ASSY PLATE has come off, install it in the orientation shown in the figure.
4.
Install the GEAR ASSY HOUSING to the frame.

C A U T IO N
When the GEAR ASSY HOUSING is removed, two of the gears mounted on the GEAR ASSY HOUSING may come off as they are not secured. Be careful not to drop these gears. During installation, assemble so that the gears of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING, MAIN MOTOR and GEAR ASSY PLATE engage with each other securely, and make confirmation after the work. Open the COVER OPEN, and assemble while turning the MAIN MOTOR by hand to make the gears engage easily with each other.
C H E C K P O IN T
5. 6. 7. 8.
Insert the lower boss on the connector of the HARNESS ASSY FUSER into the frame. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
Frame & Drive
284
Confidential
Revision C
C A U T IO N
4.10 Electrical
4.10.1 SHIELD PLATE LVPS Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Remove the five screws (silver, 6 mm) securing the SHIELD PLATE LVPS from the frame.
9.
10. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS.
9)
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS to the frame with the five screws (silver, 6mm). Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N
10)
When installing it, pull the lever of the CHUTE EXIT FUSER.
SHIELD PLATE LVPS JG3178AA

Figure 4- 92. SHIELD PLATE LVPS Removal
5. 6. 7.
Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169)
Electrical
285
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.2 PWBA EXIT MOTOR Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Disconnect the harnesses from the connectors (P/J101, P/J102, P/J103) of the PWBA EXIT MOTOR. Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) securing the PWBA EXIT MOTOR to the frame. Remove the PWBA EXIT MOTOR.
6) 5)
PWBA EXIT MOTOR
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the PWBA EXIT MOTOR to the frame with the two screws (silver, 6mm). Connect the connectors (P/J101, P/J102, P/J103) of the harnesses to the connectors of the PWBA EXIT MOTOR. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
P/J102
P/J101 P/J103
5.
JG3021EA
Figure 4- 93. PWBA EXIT MOTOR Removal
Electrical
286
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.3 LVPS
C H E C K P O IN T
Disassembly procedures for this part are different between EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.7 LVPS (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.390).
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS.
12) 13)
P/J 42 4140 P/J 43 44 45 46
11)
10. Disconnect the harness connector of the LVPS from the connector (P/J101) of the PWBA EXIT MOTOR. 11. Disconnect the harness connectors from the connectors (P/J40, P/J41, P/J42, P/ J43, P/J44, P/J45, P/J46, P/J47, P/J48) of the LVPS. 12. Remove the five screws (silver, 6mm) securing the LVPS to the frame. 13. Remove the LVPS.
LVPS
47 48
JG3177AA
Figure 4- 94. LVPS Removal
Electrical
287
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Install the LVPS to the frame with the five screws (silver, 6mm). Connect the connectors (P/J40, P/J41, P/J42, P/J43, P/J44, P/J45, P/J46, P/J47, P/ J48) of the harnesses to the connectors of the LVPS. Connect the harness connector of the LVPS to the connector of the PWBA EXIT MOTOR. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
C A U T IO N
9.
Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
C A U T IO N
Electrical
288
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.4 POWER SWITCH, HARNESS ASSY AC110V Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
LVPS
16)
HOOKS
10. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V from the hooks of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING. 11. Disconnect the connector (P/J480) of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V from the POWER SWITCH. 12. Disconnect the connector (P/J48) of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V from the LVPS. 13. Remove the clamp fastening the HARNESS ASSY AC110V to release the harness. 14. Remove the one screw (silver, with toothed washer, 6mm) securing the ground wire of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V to the frame. 15. Pull out the HARNESS ASSY AC110V through the hole in the rear of the frame. 16. Remove the POWER SWITCH from the frame.
15) 14) 12)
P/J48
11) 13) CLAMP P/J480
POWER SWITCH
AC INLET
GROUND WIRE
P/J48
JG3176AA
Figure 4- 95. POWER SWITCH, HARNESS ASSY AC110V Removal
Electrical
289
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Install the POWER SWITCH to the frame. Fit the HARNESS ASSY AC110V to the hole of the frame rear part. Fit the ground wire of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V to the frame with the one screw (silver, with a toothed washer, 6mm). Secure the HARNESS ASSY AC110V with the clamp. Connect the connector (P/J48) of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V to the LVPS. Connect the connector (P/J480) of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V to the POWER SWITCH. Secure the harnesses of the HARNESS ASSY AC110V with the clamp of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
10. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) 11. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N
12. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 13. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 14. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 15. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
Electrical
290
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.5 INTERLOCK S/W REAR Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285)
9)
INTERLOCK S/W REAR

11)
10. Disconnect the connector (P/J44) of the INTERLOCK S/W REAR from the LVPS. 11. Release the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK 2 of the INTERLOCK S/W REAR from the clamp of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING. 12. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the INTERLOCK S/W REAR to the frame. 13. Remove the INTERLOCK S/W REAR. Figure 4- 96. INTERLOCK S/W REAR Removal
JG3175AA
Electrical
291
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install the INTERLOCK S/W REAR to the frame with the one screw (silver, 6mm). Secure the HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK 2 of the INTERLOCK S/W REAR with the clamp of the GEAR ASSY HOUSING. Connect the connector (P/J44) of the INTERLOCK S/W REAR to the LVPS. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL. (p.170) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262)
C A U T IO N
8. 9.
Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
C A U T IO N
Electrical
292
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.6 FAN MAIN

C H E C K P O IN T
Disassembly procedures for this part are different between EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.8 FAN MAIN (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.392).
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR. (p.167) Disconnect the connector (P/J244) of the FAN MAIN from the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1. Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 30mm) securing the FAN MAIN to the frame, and remove the FAN MAIN.
3)
LABEL
Installation
1. Install the FAN MAIN to the frame with the two screws (silver, tapping, 30mm).
C A U T IO N
Install the FAN MAIN with its label surface located on the
outside. When installing the FAN MAIN, be careful so that the harness is not caught between the FAN MAIN and frame.
4)
FAN MAIN JG3022EA

Figure 4- 97. FAN MAIN Removal
2. 3.
Connect the connector (P/J244) of the FAN MAIN to the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1. Install the COVER REAR. (p.167)
C A U T IO N
4.
Electrical
293
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.7 SHIELD ASSY ESS Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the twelve screws (silver, 6mm) securing the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the frame. Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS.
SHIELD ASSY ESS
Installation
1. 2. Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the frame with the twelve screws (silver, 6mm). Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
JG3023EA
Figure 4- 98. SHIELD ASSY ESS Removal
Electrical
294
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.8 SHIELD ASSY WINDOW Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Loosen the two screws securing the SHIELD ASSY WINDOW to the frame. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
Installation
1. 2. Install the SHIELD ASS WINDOW to the frame with the two screws. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
2)
3)
SHIELD ASSY WINDOW JG3024EA

Figure 4- 99. SHIELD ASSY WINDOW Removal
Electrical
295
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.9 SHIELD PLATE HVPS Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Loosen the ten screws (silver, 6mm) securing the SHIELD PLATE HVPS to the frame. Remove the SHIELD PLATE HVPS.
Installation
1. 2. 3. Install the SHIELD PLATE HVPS to the frame with the ten screws (silver, 6mm). Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
3)
4)
3)
SHIELD PLATE HVPS JG3025EA

Figure 4- 100. SHIELD PLATE HVPS Removal
Electrical
296
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.10 GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B, SPRING TYPE-B Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Slide the SPRING TYPE-B to left while raising the tabs of the SPRING TYPE-B to release it from the bosses, and remove it from the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B. Remove the 2 screws securing the SHIELD CONT OPTION to the PANEL REAR and remove the SHIELD CONT OPTION. Release the 4 hooks securing the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN. Remove the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B.
SHIELD CONT OPTION
Installation
1. 2. 3. Install the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN with the 4 hooks. Install the SHIELD CONT OPTION to the PANEL REAR with the 2 screws. Install the SPRING TYPE-B to the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B.
C A U T IO N
GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B
Figure 4- 101. GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B, SPRING TYPE-B_1
Be sure to insert the edge of the SPRING TYPE-B under the tab of the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B.
SPRING TYPE-B
4. 5.
Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Figure 4- 102. GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B, SPRING TYPE-B_2
Electrical
297
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.11 BOARD ASSY. SUB Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Remove the 2 screws securing the BOARD ASSY. SUB to the PANEL REAR. Disconnect the connector of the BOARD ASSY. SUB from the BOARD ASSY., MAIN to remove it.
BOARD ASSY. SUB
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Connect the connector of the BOARD ASSY. SUB to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN. Secure the BOARD ASSY. SUB to the PANEL REAR with the 2 screws. Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Figure 4- 103. BOARD ASSY. SUB
Electrical
298
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.12 BOARD ASSY., MAIN Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Remove the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B, SPRING TYPE-B. (p.297) Remove the BOARD ASSY. SUB. (p.298) Disconnect 3 connectors on the BOARD ASSY., MAIN. Remove the 1 screw securing the grounding wire. Remove the 9 screws securing the BOARD ASSY., MAIN to the printer body.
: Screw : Connector
Grounding Wire
Figure 4- 104. BOARD ASSY., MAIN Removal_1
Electrical
299
Confidential

8. 9. Remove the 4 screws securing the PANEL REAR to the printer boby. Slide the BOARD ASSY., MAIN with the PANEL REAR to the rear to remove it from the printer body.
: Step 8 : Step 10
Revision C
10. Remove the 3 screws securing Parallel I/F and USB I/F to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN. 11. Remove the BOARD ASSY., MAIN.
PANEL REAR
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Attach the PANEL REAR to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN with the 3 screws. Install the BOARD ASSY., MAIN with the PANEL REAR to the printer body with the 4 screws and secure the 9 screws to fix the BOARD ASSY., MAIN. Secure the 1 screw to fix the grounding wire to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN. Connect 3 connectors to the BOARD ASSY., MAIN. Install the BOARD ASSY. SUB. (p.298) Install the GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B, SPRING TYPE-B. (p.297) Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
Figure 4- 105. BOARD ASSY., MAIN Removal_2
Electrical
300
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.13 HVPS/MCU Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Remove the SHIELD PLATE HVPS. (p.296) Remove the one screw (silver, 6 mm) securing the BRACKET HANDLE R. Remove the BRACKET HANDLE R from the frame. Disconnect the harness connectors from the connectors (P/J10, P/J11, P/J13, P/ J14, P/J15, P/J16, P/J17, P/J18, P/J20, P/J22, P/J24, P/J26, P/J27, P/J28, P/J29, P/ J30, P/J31) of the HVPS/MCU. Remove the three screws (silver, 6mm) securing the BRACKET SHIELD HVPS to the frame. Remove the BRACKET SHIELD HVPS. Remove the four screws (silver, 6mm) securing the HVPS/MCU to the frame.
9)
HOOK Note1
HVPS / MCU
BRACKET SHIELD HVPS
5)
7. 8. 9.
6)
10. Remove the HVPS/MCU.
7)
Installation
1. Install the HVPS/MCU to the frame with the four screws (silver, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
Note2
8)
BRACKET HANDLE R 30 29 31
4)
When installing the HVPS/MCU, place the circuit board under
P/J 10 11 27 13 14 15 18
the hook of the frame. When tightening the screws, take care not to catch the harness.
28 1716 20 192226 24 JG3026EA
2.
Connect the connectors (P/J10, P/J11, P/J13, P/J14, P/J15, P/J16, P/J17, P/J18, P/ J20, P/J22, P/J24, P/J26, P/J27, P/J28 P/J29, P/J30 and P/J31) of the harness to the connectors of the HVPS/MCU. Install the BRACKET SHIELD HVPS to the frame with the three screws (silver, 6mm). Install the BRACKET HANDLE R with the one screw (silver, 6mm). Install the SHIELD PLATE HVPS. (p.296) Install the SHIELD ASSY ESS. (p.294) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
Figure 4- 106. HVPS/MCU Removal
3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Electrical
301
Confidential
Revision C
4.10.14 BOARD ASSY, MEMORY Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the SHIELD ASSY WINDOW. (p.295) Push the lever of the socket where the BOARD ASSY, MEMORY is inserted and remove the BOARD ASSY, MEMORY from the BOARD ASSY., MAIN.
BOARD ASSY, MEMORY
Installation
1. 2. 3. Insert the BOARD ASSY, MEMORY to the socket on the BOARD ASSY., MAIN. Install the SHIELD ASSY WINDOW. (p.295) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
SHIELD ASSY WINDOW JG3024EA
Figure 4- 107. BOARD ASSY, MEMORY
Electrical
302
Confidential
Revision C
4.11 Option 550 Paper Feeder

4.11.1 OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the Imaging Cartridge. Remove the 550 PAPER CASSETTE from the second tray of the printer body. Remove the 550 PAPER CASSETTE from the Option 550 Paper Feeder. At the rear of the printer, remove the two JOINTs FEEDER jointing the printer body and the OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER. Inside the tray insertion opening, remove the two JOINTs FEEDER jointing the printer body and the OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER. Lift and remove the printer body from the OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER and put the printer body in another place.
JOINT FEEDER
Installation
1. Put the printer body on the Option 550 Paper Feeder.
C A U T IO N
When installing it, correctly match the positioning holes of the printer body and Option 550 Paper Feeder with the corresponding bosses, install the JOINTs FEEDER securely, and fix them tightly.
3)
4)
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Inside the tray insertion section, secure the printer body and Option 550 Paper Feeder with the two JOINTs FEEDER. In the printer rear, secure the printer body and Option 550 Paper Feeder with the two JOINTs FEEDER. Install the 550 PAPER CASSETTE to the Option 550 Paper Feeder. Install the 550 PAPER CASSETTE to the second tray of the printer body. Install the Imaging Cartridge.
Option 550 Paper Feeder JG3501EA
Figure 4- 108. OPTION 550 PAPER FEEDER Removal
Option 550 Paper Feeder
303
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.2 COVER RIGHT PLATE Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER RIGHT PLATE to the frame. Slightly lift the COVER RIGHT PLATE above the boss of the FRAME CVR R500 in the direction of the arrow to disengage it from the boss. Move the COVER RIGHT PLATE in the direction of the arrow to disengage the four hooks from the FRAME CVR R500, and remove it from the Feeder body.
1)
COVER RIGHT PLATE

3)
2)
Installation
1. 2. 3. Move the COVER RIGHT PLATE in the direction opposite to the arrow to engage the four hooks with the FRAME CVR R500, and install it to the Feeder body. Fit the COVER RIGHT PLATE to the boss of the FRAME CVR R500. Install the COVER RIGHT PLATE to the frame with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm).
FRAME CVR R550
BOSS
JG3502AA
Figure 4- 109. COVER RIGHT PLATE Removal
304
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.3 COVER LEFT PLATE Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the EARTH PLATE to the frame. Remove the EARTH PLATE. Slightly lift the COVER LEFT PLATE above the boss of the FRAME CVR L500 in the direction of the arrow to disengage it from the boss. Move the COVER LEFT PLATE in the direction of the arrow to disengage the four hooks from the FRAME CVR L550, and remove it from the Feeder body.
3) 4)
EARTH PLATE
1)
COVER LEFT PLATE
Installation
1. 2. 3. Move the COVER LEFT PLATE in the direction opposite to the arrow to engage the four hooks with the FRAME CVR L550, and install it to the Feeder body. Fit the COVER LEFT PLATE to the boss of the FRAME CVR L550. Install the EARTH PLATE to the frame with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
BOSS
C A U T IO N
When installing the EARTH PLATE, insert its front end to under the COVER LEFT PLATE.
FRAME CVR L550
JG3503AA
Figure 4- 110. COVER LEFT PLATE Removal
305
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.4 OPT ASSY SIZE Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Release the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 from the hooks of the FRAME CVR L500. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the OPT ASSY SIZE to the FRAME CVR L550. Move the OPT ASSY SIZE in the direction of the arrow to disengage it from the bosses, and remove it from the FRAME CVR L550. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 from the connector of the OPT ASSY SIZE.
3-1) 1) 2) 2)
HOOKS
Installation
1. 2. 3. Move the OPT ASSY SIZE in the direction opposite to the arrow to install it to the FRAME CVR L550, and install it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Connect the connector of the OPT ASSY SIZE to the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1. Secure the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 with the hooks of the FRAME CVR L550.
BOSS
5) 4)
3-2)
Figure 4- 111. OPT ASSY SIZE Removal
306
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.5 DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311) Remove the COVER LEFT PLATE. (p.305) Disconnect the connector (P/J820) of the MOTOR FEEDER, which is installed on the DRIVE ASSY OTP FDR, from the HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT. Remove the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x2, silver, 6mm, x1) securing the DRIVE ASSY OTP FDR to the FRAME CVR L550. Remove the DRIVE ASSY OTP FDR.
DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
Screw(A)
4)
Installation
1. Install the DRIVE ASSY OTP FDR to the FRAME CVR L550 with the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x2, silver, 6mm, x1).
C A U T IO N
3) 5)
As the Screw (A) shown in the figure, tighten the screw of
silver, 6mm. When securing the screws, be careful not to pinch the harness. When securing the screws, be careful not to pinch the harness.
2. 3.
Connect the connector (P/J820) of the MOTOR FEEDER, which is installed on the DRIVE ASSY OTP FDR, to the HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT. Install the COVER LEFT PLATE. (p.305)
C A U T IO N
FRAME CVR L550 JG3506AA
Figure 4- 112. DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR Removal 4. Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
307
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.6 MOTOR FEEDER Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311) Remove the COVER LEFT PLATE. (p.305) Remove the SENSOR LOW PAPER. (p.309) Remove the two screws (gold, 6mm) securing the MOTOR FEEDER to the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR. Remove the MOTOR FEEDER.
4)
MOTOR FEEDER DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR
5)
Installation
1. 2. 3. Install the MOTOR FEEDER to the DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR with the two screws (gold, 6mm). Install the SENSOR LOW PAPER. (p.309) Install the COVER LEFT PLATE. (p.305)
C A U T IO N
JG3507AA
Figure 4- 113. MOTOR FEEDER Removal
4.
Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
308
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.7 SENSOR LOW PAPER Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the COVER RIGHT PLATE. (p.304) Remove the two screws securing the HLD LOW PAPER ASSY to the FRAME CVR R550. Disconnect the connector (P/J810) of the HARNESS LOW PAPER connected to the SENSOR LOW PAPER of the HOLD LOW PAPER ASSY. Remove the HLD LOW PAPER ASSY. Release the hooks of the SENSOR LOW PAPER and remove the SENSOR LOW PAPER from the HOLD LOW PAPER ASSY.
SENSOR LOW PAPER
3) 5) 2)
HLD LOW PAPER ASSY
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the SENSOR LOW PAPER to the HOLD LOW PAPER ASSY. Connect the connector (P/J810) of the HARNESS LOW PAPER to the SENSOR LOW PAPER of the HOLD LOW PAPER ASSY. Install the HLD LOW PAPER ASSY to the FRAME CVR R550 with the two screws. Install the COVER RIGHT PLATE. (p.304)
FRAME CVR R550
JG3508AA
Figure 4- 114. SENSOR LOW PAPER Removal
309
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.8 PWBA FEEDER 550 Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER RIGHT PLATE. (p.304) Disconnect the harness from the connectors (P/J80, P/J81, P/J82, P/J83, P/J84 and P/J85) of the PWBA FEEDER 550. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PWBA FEEDER 550 to the frame. Remove the PWBA FEEDER 550.
3)
P/J82 85 81 84 83
80
PWBA FEEDER 550
4)
Installation
1. Install the PWBA FEEDER 550 to the frame with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C A U T IO N
One of the screws securing the PWBA FEEDER 550 is also
securing the FRAME TOP ASSY. When installing it, match the positioning holes of the PWBA FEEDER 550 with the bosses of the FRAME CVR R550.
2. 3.
Connect the harness connectors to the connectors (P/J80, P/J81, P/J82, P/J83, P/ J84, P/J85) of the PWBA FEEDER 550. Install the COVER RIGHT PLATE. (p.304)
BOSS
JG3509AA
Figure 4- 115. PWBA FEEDER 550 Removal
310
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.9 550 FEEDER OPTION Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the five screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER RE550 to the frame. Remove the COVER RE550. Disconnect the connector (P/J855) of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 1 from the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 2. Disconnect the connector (P/J820) of the MOTOR FEEDER from the HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT. Disconnect the connector (P/J801) of the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 from the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2. Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT and HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2 from the CLAMP. Remove the 6 screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the 550 FEEDER OPTION. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION from the frame.
C H E C K P O IN T
COVER RE550
1)
2) 3) 4)
5)
Do the work in the following step as required.
7)
(Note1)
8)
550 FEEDER OPTION
9)
9.
Remove the three screws (silver, 6 mm) securing the CHUTE 550 LOWER, and remove the 550 CHUTE LOWER from the 550 FEEDER OPTION.
NOTE1)
CHUTE 550 LOWER
WHEN ASSEMBLING
JG3510AA
Figure 4- 116. 550 FEEDER OPTION Removal
311
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Install the CHUTE 550 LOWER to the 550 FEEDER OPTION with the three screws (silver, 6mm). Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION to the frame with the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Clamp the harnesses of the HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT and HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2. Connect the connector (P/J801) of the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 to the HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2. Connect the connector (P/J820) of the MOTOR FEEDER to the HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT. Connect the connector (P/J855) of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 1 to the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 2.
C A U T IO N
After connection, place the connector under the harness and clamp it.
7.
Install the COVER RE550 to the frame with the five screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
312
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY FEED, and pull the ROLL ASSY FEED out of the SHAFT FEED.
C A U T IO N
2)
ROLL ASSY FEED
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
1)
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
Installation
C H E C K P O IN T
The ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY NUDGER have different names but are the same parts.
1.
Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED and have it locked.
C A U T IO N
Engage properly the hook of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the When installing it, take care not to hold any rubber portion of
the ROLL ASSY FEED. groove in the SHAFT FEED respectively.
2.
Fit the ROLL ASSY NUDGER to the SHAFT NUDGER and have it locked.
C A U T IO N
Engage properly the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER with
JG3511AA
the groove in the SHAFT NUDGER respectively. When installing it, take care not to hold the rubber part of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER.
313
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED. (p.313) Pull the CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED out of the SHAFT FEED. Remove the E ring securing the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER to the SHAFT FEED. Pull the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER out of the SHAFT FEED.
CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED
1) 4) 2)
ROLL ASSY FEED
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER to the SHAFT FEED. Fit the E ring to the SHAFT FEED to secure the CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER. Install the CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED to the SHAFT FEED. Install the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, ROLL ASSY FEED. (p.313)
C A U T IO N
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY FEED with the grooves in the SHAFT FEED properly.
JG3512AA
Figure 4- 118. CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER Removal
314
Confidential
Revision C

1. Hold down the boss of the HOLDER LEFT on the rear side of the 550 FEEDER OPTION, shift the HOLDER LEFT in the direction of the arrow, and release the three hooks. Remove the HOLDER LEFT from the SUPPORT NUDGER. At the same time, the ACTUATOR NO PAPER comes off. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER. Release the hook of the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER, and pull the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER out of the SHAFT NUDGER.
C A U T IO N
UNDER VIEW ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER ROLL ASSY NUDGER A (SEE DETAILED VIEW)
4) 3)
2. 3. 4.
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER or ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER.
SUPPORT NUDGER
1-1)
LIFT UP (BOSS) ACTUATOR NO PAPER
1-2)
HOLDER LEFT
315
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
C A U T IO N
HOLDER LEFT
DETAILED VIEW OF A ACTUATOR NO PAPER HOOK HOLDER LEFT CLAW
Engage the hook of the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER with the When installing the ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER, take care
not to hold its rubber portion. groove in the SHAFT NUDGER properly.
LIFT UP (BOSS) 1-1)
2.
C A U T IO N
JG3513AA
Figure 4- 120. ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER Installation
Engage the hook of the ROLL ASSY NUDGER with the groove When installing the ROLL ASSY NUDGER, take care not to
hold its rubber portion. in the SHAFT NUDGER properly.
3.
C A U T IO N
PAPER into the HOLDER LEFT and SUPPORT NUDGER. Hitch the hook of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER on the HOLDER LEFT.
4.
By inserting the three hooks, install the HOLDER LEFT to the 550 FEEDER OPTION.
C A U T IO N
After installation, operate the ACTUATOR NO PAPER with your finger and make sure that it moves properly.
316
Confidential
Revision C
5. Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
BEARING FEEDER ROLL ASSY TURN
4.11.13 ROLL ASSY TURN Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311) Remove the CLUTCH PR-REGI. (p.319) Remove the E rings securing the BEARINGs FEEDER at both ends of the ROLL ASSY TURN. Remove the BEARING FEEDER from the CHUTE OUT. Move the ROLL ASSY TURN as indicated by the arrow to remove it from the CHUTE OUT.
C A U T IO N
3)
4) 5)
BEARING FEEDER
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
3)
CHUTE OUT JG3514AA
Figure 4- 121. ROLL ASSY TURN Removal
Installation
1. Move the ROLL ASSY TURN in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install it to the CHUTE OUT.
C A U T IO N
When installing it, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY TURN.
2. 3. 4.
Install the BEARINGs FEEDER to the CHUTE OUT. Install the E rings to both ends of the ROLL ASSY TURN to secure the BEARINGs FEEDER. Install the CLUTCH PR-REGI. (p.319)
C A U T IO N
When installing it, match the notch of the CLUTCH PR-REGI to the boss of the CHUTE OUT.
317
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.14 CLUTCH ASSY PH Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311) Remove the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PLATE TIE. Remove the PLATE TIE from the CHUTE OUT. Disconnect the connector (P/J853) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH from the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH ASSY PH and remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH from the SHAFT FEED.
4)
Note 1)
CHUTE OUT
5)
Installation
1. Install the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the SHAFT FEED, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N
When installing it, match the notch of the CLUTCH ASSY PH Carefully route the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY PH.
to the boss of the CHUTE OUT.
3)
CLUTCH ASSY PH
2)
WHEN ASSEMBLING
PLATE TIE
2.
Connect the connector (P/J853) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1.
C A U T IO N
Place the connected connector between the ribs of the CHUTE OUT.
CONNECTOR
CHUTE OUT JG3515AA
3. 4.
Install the PLATE TIE to the CHUTE OUT with the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
Figure 4- 122. CLUTCH ASSY PH Removal
318
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.15 CLUTCH PR-REGI Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311) Remove the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PLATE TIE. Remove the PLATE TIE from the CHUTE OUT. Disconnect the connector (P/J854) of the CLUTCH PR-REGI from the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH PR-REGI and remove the CLUTCH PR-REGI from the ROLL ASSY TURN.
3)
CHUTE OUT
CLUTCH PR-REGI
5)
4)
Installation
1. Install the CLUTCH PR-REGI to the ROLL ASSY TURN, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N
WHEN ASSEMBLING
2)
PLATE TIE
When installing it, match the notch of the CLUTCH PR-REGI to the boss of the CHUTE OUT.
CHUTE OUT CONNECTOR JG3516AA
2.
Connect the connector (P/J854) of the CLUTCH PR-REGI to the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1.
C A U T IO N
Figure 4- 123. CLUTCH PR-REGI Removal
Place the connected connector between the ribs of the CHUTE OUT.
3. 4.
Install the PLATE TIE to the CHUTE OUT with the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the 550 FEEDER OPTION. (p.311)
319
Confidential
Revision C

HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR
1)
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the one screw mounting the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR. Remove the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR from the Option 550 Paper Feeder. Release the two hooks of the SENSOR NO PAPER, and remove the SENSOR NO PAPER from the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR. Disconnect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 1 from the connector (P/J852) of the SENSOR NO PAPER.
Option 550 Paper Feeder SENSOR NO PAPER
3) 4)
Installation
1. 2. 3. Connect the connector (P/J852) of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 1 to the connector of the SENSOR NO PAPER. Install the SENSOR NO PAPER to the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR. Install the HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR to the Option 550 Paper Feeder with the one screw.
C H E C K P O IN T
After installation, check that the wires of the HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 1 are not pinched.
JG3517AA
320
Confidential
Revision C

C A U T IO N
ROLL ASSY RETARD
4-1)
4-2)
FRICTION CLUTCH
HOOKS
In removal, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the
3) 2)
SPRING RETARD
ROLL ASSY RETARD. When removing the HOLDER RETARD, take care not to lose the SPRING RETARD.
Installation
C A U T IO N
When installing it, take care not to hold any rubber portion of the ROLL ASSY RETARD.
C H E C K P O IN T
Engage the hooks of the ROLL ASSY RETARD with the grooves in the SHAFT RETARD properly.
JG3518AA

C H E C K P O IN T
Besides the above procedure, the ROLL ASSY RETARD can also be removed by pushing down the HOLDER RETARD.
2.
C H E C K P O IN T
JG3209AA
3.
321
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP 550. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.200) Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
HOOK GUIDE ASSY SD L550 CLAWS GUIDE ASSY SD R550 HOOKS GEAR PINION
(NOTE 4) 5)
6)
HOOK
PLATE ASSY BTM HOOK CLAWS
(NOTE 3)
HOUSING TOP 550
JG3521AA
322
Confidential

7)
Revision C
HOUSING BASE 550
7)
8. 9.
COVER EXTENSION
7)
9) (NOTE 2)
HOUSING TOP 550
8)
HOOK
JG3519AA
323
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
C A U T IO N
NOTE 1
Before installing the RACK SIZE, pull out the GUIDE ASSY END 550 to the full. (NOTE 1)
12)
3.
Install the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 with the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm).
GUIDE ASSY END 550
RACK SIZE JG3520AB

C A U T IO N
Make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the
three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION550. (NOTE 2) (p.323) Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of 8mm length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 will not operate smoothly and the LOCK EXTENSION will not operate properly.
GUIDE ASSY SD L550
LINK SW SIZE 2-550 LINK SW SIZE 1-550 LINK SW SIZE 3-550
4.
C A U T IO N
Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 3) (p.322)
JG3210AA
324
Confidential

5. After securing the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the four hooks, secure it with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side.
C A U T IO N
Revision C
C A U T IO N
After installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550 and make sure that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
6. 7.
C A U T IO N
8.
C A U T IO N
After completion of installation, make sure that the three claws of the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 are inserted in the grooves of the HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 4) (p.322)
9.
C A U T IO N
11. Install the COVER CST to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
325
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP 550. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.330) Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
JG3522AA HOUSING EXTENSION 550
13) 12)
GEAR SECTOR
8. 9.
Figure 4- 130. GEAR SECTOR Removal
326
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
9.
C A U T IO N
Make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of 8mm
three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 will not operate smoothly and the LOCK EXTENSION will not operate properly.
5.
C A U T IO N
10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked. 11. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 and GUIDE ASSY SD R550 spread to the full on both sides, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N
6.
C A U T IO N

C A U T IO N
After installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550 and make certain that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
7. 8.
327
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.20 GUIDE ASSY END 550 Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP 550. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. (p.330) Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 6mm) securing the COVER EXTENSION to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
HOOKS
13)
HOOKS
8. 9.
10. Remove the COVER EXTENSION from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. 11. Remove the RACK SIZE. (p.322) 12. Remove the GEAR SECTOR. (p.326) 13. Release the hooks securing the GUIDE ASSY END 550 to the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
C A U T IO N
14)
GUIDE ASSY END 550 JG3523AA
Take care not to apply any excessive force to the hook of the GUIDE ASSY END 550; otherwise, the hook may break.
14. Remove the GUIDE ASSY END 550 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
328
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
C A U T IO N C A U T IO N
9.
C A U T IO N
Make sure that the COVER EXTENSION is located under the
three claws of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. Always use the securing screws of 6mm length. If they are of 8mm length, the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 will not operate smoothly and the LOCK EXTENSION will not operate properly.
5.
C A U T IO N
10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked. 11. With the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 and GUIDE ASSY SD R550 spread to the full on both sides, install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N
6.
C A U T IO N

C A U T IO N
After installation, move the GUIDE ASSY END 550 and make sure that the LINK SW SIZE operates smoothly.
7. 8.
329
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP 550. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550.
3)
HOOKS GEAR PINION
(NOTE 3) 5)
6)
HOOK
LEVER BTM LOCK
4)
GUIDE ASSY SD L550
STOPPER GEAR
JG3524AA
330
Confidential

Revision C
C A U T IO N
GEAR PB L GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY
11)
SHAFT PB PLATE ASSY BTM
7.
C A U T IO N
11)
The GEAR PBR is difficult to remove. When removing it, be careful not to damage it.
(NOTE 2) 10-2)
11) (NOTE 1)
8.
10-1)
SPRING BTM UP 550
9-1)
9.
9-2)
GEAR PB R
JG3525AB
331
Confidential
Revision C
8. Install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N
Installation
1. Insert the SHAFT PB into the PLATE ASSY BTM, and install the GEAR BTM DMP ONEWAY, GEAR PB L and GEAR BTM LOCK ONEWAY.
C A U T IO N
two SPRINGs BTM UP 550 with the bosses on the rear side of the PLATE ASSY BTM. (NOTE 1) Insert the two claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM into the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. (NOTE 2) (p.331)
9.
Install the COVER CST to 550 PAPER CASSETTE.

C A U T IO N
2. 3. 4.
Move away the GEAR PB L, and install the assembled PLATE ASSY BTM to the HOUSING TOP 550. Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE ASSY BTM. Install the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it with the hook.
C A U T IO N
SHAFT PB properly. Install the GEAR PB R with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the raised position. An inclined PLATE ASSY BTM can cause a paper skew or paper jam. After installation, make sure that the PLATE ASSY BTM is not inclined.
GUIDE INDICATOR 1
PLATE ASSY BTM
5.
C A U T IO N
JG3536AA
Figure 4- 134. PLATE ASSY BTM Installation 6. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C A U T IO N
7.
332
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 on the GEAR PB R side. Release the hook of the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550, and remove the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550. Release the hook of the GEAR PB R and remove the GEAR PB R from the SHAFT PB. Remove the 2 screw (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the COVER BTM UP 550, and remove the COVER BTM UP 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550. Carefully handle the hooks of the GUIDE ASSY END as they may be damaged if large force is applied. Remove the RACK BTM LOCK 550 and SPRING BTM LOCK together from the HOUSING BASE 550.
SEE NOTE2 STOPPER GEAR GEAR PB R LEVER BTM LOCK
NOTE1)
3)
STOPPER
5)
PLATE GEAR LOCK 550
RACK BTM LOCK 550
6)
5) 4) 9-1) 8)
GEAR BTM LOCK PINION
COVER BTM UP 550
11) 9-2) 10) 12)

STOPPER GEAR SPRING STOPPER GEAR GEAR BTM LOCK LEVER BTM LOCK
7)
10. Remove the GEAR BTM LOCK from the HOUSING BASE 550. 11. Remove the GEAR LEVER LOCK from the HOUSING BASE 550. 12. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 6 mm) securing the STOPPER GEAR, and remove the STOPPER GEAR and SPRING STOPPER GEAR from the HOUSING BASE 550.
C A U T IO N
SPRING BTM LOCK GEAR LEVEL LOCK
During removal/installation of the STOPPER GEAR, take care not to lose the SPRING STOPPER GEAR.
333
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
C H E C K P O IN T
NOTE2 (REAR VIEW) WHEN ASSEMBLING
Carry out installation with the PLATE ASSY BTM in the raised position. An inclined PLATE ASSY BTM can cause a paper skew or paper jam. After installation, make sure that the PLATE ASSY BTM is not inclined.
1.
Fit the SPRING STOPPER GEAR to the STOPPER GEAR, and install the STOPPER GEAR to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the two screws (gold, tapping, 6 mm).
C A U T IO N
STOPPER GEAR SPRING STOPPER GEAR
When installing the STOPPER GEAR, taking care not to When installing the STOPPER GEAR, assemble so that the
mislay the SPRING STOPPER GEAR. end of the SPRING STOPPER GEAR makes contact with the plate on the rear side of the HOUSING BASE 150 as shown in the figure. (See NOTE 2)
2. 3.
Install the GEAR LEVER LOCK to the HOUSING BASE 550. Install the GEAR BTM LOCK to the HOUSING BASE 550.
334
Confidential

4. Fit the SPRING BTM LOCK to the projection of the RACK BTM LOCK 550, and install the RACK BTM LOCK 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550.
C H E C K P O IN T
Revision C
NOTE3)
Install the RACK BTM LOCK 550 with the LEVER BTM LOCK in the raised position. After installation, push down the LEVER BTM LOCK and release it. When it is released, check that the projection of the LEVER BTM LOCK comes in contact with the stopper of the HOUSING BASE 550 and mark is located above the stopper.
RACK BTM LOCK 550
5.
Install the two GEARs BTM LOCK PINION to the HOUSING BASE 550, and engage the teeth.
C H E C K P O IN T
Install the lower GEAR BTM LOCK PINION after installing the upper GEAR BTM LOCK PINION. When installing the lower GEAR BTM LOCK PINION, install it while pressing RACK BTM LOCK 550 in the direction of the arrow as far as it goes. (NOTE 3)
JG3205AA RACK BTM LOCK 550
6. 7.
Install the COVER BTM UP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550 with the one screw (gold, tapping, 6mm). Fit the GEAR PB R to the SHAFT PB, and secure it to the SHAFT PB with the hook.
C A U T IO N
Securely insert the hook of the GEAR PB R into the groove of the SHAFT PB.
8. 9.
Install the PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550, and secure it with the hook. Secure the PLATE GEAR LOCK with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm).
10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked.

C H E C K P O IN T
Make sure that there is no gap between the RACK BTM LOCK 550 and the HOUSING BASE 550 by pressing the center part of the RACK BTM LOCK 550 against the HOUSING BASE 550. (NOTE 4)
NOTE4)
JG3206AA
335
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.23 HANDLE EXTENSION 550 Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. Remove the two screws in the rear side of the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. Release the five hooks at the top and the two hooks at the bottom, and remove the HANDLE EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
C A U T IO N
2)
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT. (p.340) Hitch the five hooks at the top and the two hooks at the bottom of the HANDLE EXTENSION 550 on the HOUSING EXTENSION 550. Secure the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 with the two screws. Install the COVER CST to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
C H E C K P O IN T
HANDLE EXTENSION 550 JG3026AB
Figure 4- 138. HANDLE EXTENSION 550 Removal
336
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. Remove the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206)
C A U T IO N
C H E C K P O IN T
LEVER BTM LOCK
3)
3. 4. 5.
While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Move away the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1, and remove it from the PLATE ASSY BTM. With the link lever pushed down to the bottom of the cassette, pull out the GUIDE INDICATOR 3 from the front of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 slowly by application of force.
STOPPER GEAR
GUIDE INDICATOR 1
4)
Installation
1. With the link lever pushed down to the bottom of the cassette, install the GUIDE INDICATOR 3 from the front of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550.
C H E C K P O IN T
Match the groove of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and the protrusion part of the GUIDE INDICATOR 3.
5)
2. 3. 4. 5.
Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE ASSY BTM. Install the LOW IND FRONT. (p.210) Install the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206) Install the COVER CST to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
PLATE ASSY BTM
GUIDE INDICATOR 3 JG3527AA
337
Confidential
Revision C

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. Unlock the LOCK EXTENSION, and draw out the cassette extension. Release the hook fastening the GEAR PINION, and remove the GEAR PINION from the HOUSING TOP 550. While pushing the lock of the STOPPER GEAR, unlock the LEVER BTM LOCK, and raise the PLATE ASSY BTM. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Move the GUIDE ASSY SD R550 to the inside, push down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove it from the HOUSING TOP 550. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in each of the left and right sides and the six screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) in the rear side, which secure the HOUSING TOP 550 to the HOUSING BASE 550. Turn the 550 PAPER CASSETTE upside down, pull the HOUSING TOP 550 about 20mm to the front, and release the claws at the front end of the PLATE ASSY BTM from the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. Release the four hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550 from the HOUSING BASE 550.
HOUSING EXTENSION 550 HOUSING TOP 550 HOOKS
HOUSING BASE 550
4)
10)
7) 12)
GUIDE INDICATOR 1
9)
11)
GUIDE INDICATOR 2
8.
SUPPORT GUIDE IND
JG3528AA
9.
10. Slide the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to remove it from the groove of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550, and separate the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550. 11. Remove the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 from the hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550, and remove the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and GUIDE INDICATOR 2 together from the HOUSING TOP 550. 12. Release the hooks of the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, and remove the SUPPORT GUIDE IND from the GUIDE INDICATOR 2. 13. Draw and remove the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 to the rear from the GUIDE INDICATOR 1.
338
Confidential
Revision C
C H E C K P O IN T
Installation
1. 2. Insert the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 into the rear of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1. Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to the GUIDE INDICATOR 2, and secure it with the hooks.
C A U T IO N
Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND to the GUIDE INDICATOR 2 in the direction shown in the figure. 9. Hold down the hook of the HOUSING TOP 550, and install the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K P O IN T
3.
Install the SUPPORT GUIDE IND, GUIDE INDICATOR 1 and GUIDE INDICATOR 2 together to the HOUSING TOP 550, and secure the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 with the two hooks of the HOUSING TOP 550. Slide and fit the SUPPORT GUIDE IND into the groove of the HOUSING EXTENSION 550, and assemble the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING EXTENSION 550. With the LINK SW SIZE 1-550, LINK SW SIZE 2-550 and LINK SW SIZE 3550 of the HOUSING BASE 550 pushed to the outside as shown in the figure, assemble the HOUSING EXTENSION 550 into the HOUSING TOP 550 and HOUSING BASE 550.
C A U T IO N
4.
10. Push down the PLATE ASSY BTM to have it locked. 11. Install the GEAR PINION to the HOUSING TOP 550.
C H E C K P O IN T
5.
Install the GEAR PINION with the GUIDE ASSY SD R 550 and GUIDE ASSY SD L550 opened to their outermost positions. Dislocation of the GUIDE ASSY SD L550 and/or GUIDE ASSY SD R550 can dislocate the Side Regi.

C H E C K P O IN T
6.
C H E C K P O IN T
7.
Insert the link lever of the GUIDE INDICATOR 1 into the hole of the PLATE ASSY BTM.
339
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.26 LOW IND FRONT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER CST from the 550 PAPER CASSETTE. Remove the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206) Turn the LOW INDICATOR 90 degrees, and remove the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT together from the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. Unhook the claw on one side of the LOW IND FRONT, and remove the LOW IND FRONT from the LOW INDICATOR.
LOW INDICATOR HANDLE EXTENSION 550
Installation
1. Install the LOW IND FRONT to the LOW INDICATOR.
C A U T IO N
When installing the LOW IND FRONT to the LOW INDICATOR, be careful of the orientation of the LOW IND FRONT.
2.
Turn the LOW INDICATOR 90 degrees in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install the LOW INDICATOR and LOW IND FRONT together to the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. Install the HANDLE EXTENSION 550. (p.206) Install the COVER CST to the 550 PAPER CASSETTE.
C H E C K P O IN T
LOW IND FRONT
3. 4.
JG3029AB
Figure 4- 141. LOW IND FRONT Removal
340
Confidential
Revision C
4.11.27 SPRING EARTH TOP Removal

1. 2. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the SPRING EARTH TOP to the FRAME TOP ASSY. Remove the SPRING EARTH TOP.
NOTE
1)
2)
Installation
1. Insert the front end of the SPRING EARTH TOP into the hole of the FRAME TOP ASSY, and secure it with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
The front end of the SPRING EARTH TOP must not ride on After installation, push down the head of the SPRING EARTH
TOP and make sure that it goes down. the FRAME TOP ASSY.
Figure 4- 142. SPRING EARTH TOP Removal
341
Confidential
Revision C
Securely tighten the SCREWs THUMB to fix the Option Duplex tightly.
4.12 Option Duplex

4.12.1 Option Duplex
C A U T IO N
C H E C K P O IN T
Carry out removal/installation work with care not to drop the Option Duplex.
LEVER LATCH RIGHT 2)
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Loosen the two pieces of SCREW THUMB securing the Option Duplex. Push down the LEVER LATCH RIGHT and release the hooks of the LEVER LATCH RIGHT and LEVER LATCH LEFT. Tilt the Option Duplex to the front, and remove the connector (P/J2750) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP from the printer body. Disengage the left and right bosses of the HSG LOWER DUP. Release the two hooks at the bottom of the HSG LOWER DUP, and remove the Option Duplex from the printer body.
Option Duplex
5-2)
Installation
1. Insert the two hooks at the bottom of the HSG LOWER DUP into the holes of the printer body.
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the Option Duplex, securely insert the two hooks at its bottom into the holes of the printer body.
HOOK
2.
Press the Option Duplex against the printer body, connect the connector (P/J2750) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP, and engage the bosses. At this time, the Option Duplex is locked to the printer body by the LEVER LATCH RIGHT and LEVER LATCH LEFT. Tighten the two SCREWs THUMB to fix the Option Duplex to the printer body.
1)
SCREW THUMB
5-1)
JG3601EA
3.
Figure 4- 143. Option Duplex Removal
Option Duplex
342
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.2 HSG UPPER ASSY Removal

1. 2. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the HSG UPPER ASSY to the Option Duplex. Remove the HSG UPPER ASSY from the COVER HSG DUP.
1)
HSG UPPER ASSY

2)
Installation
1. Install the HSG UPPER ASSY to the COVER HSG DUP with the four screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
COVER HSG DUP JG3602AB
Figure 4- 144. HSG UPPER ASSY Removal
Option Duplex
343
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.3 HSG LOWER DUP Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Disconnect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY DUP from the PWBA DUPLEX. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH. Release the HARNESS ASSY DUP from the harness clamp. Remove the one SCREW TAPPING securing the SPRING DAMPER. Remove the two SCREWs HINGE securing the HSG LOWER DUP, and remove the HSG LOWER DUP from the COVER HSG DUP.
6) 7-1)
SCREW HINGE HSG LOWER DUP
SCREW HINGE
SCREW TAPPING
SPRING DAMPER
7-2)
7-1)
5) 4)
HARNESS ASSY DUP
HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH COVER HSG DUP
3)
PWBA DUPLEX JG3614AB
Figure 4- 145. HSG LOWER DUP Removal
MOTOR DUPLEX
HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
HARNESS ASSY DUP
HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH
JG3615AB
Figure 4- 146. HSG LOWER DUP Removal
Option Duplex
344
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Install the HSG LOWER DUP to the COVER HSG DUP with the two SCREWs HINGE. Install the SPRING DAMPER to the COVER HSG DUP with the SCREW TAPPING. Secure the HARNESS ASSY DUP with the harness clamp as shown in the figure. Secure the HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH with the one screw (silver, 6mm). Connect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY DUP to the PWBA DUPLEX. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the COVER RIGHT, match its positioning holes with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
7.
Install the COVER LEFT. (p.353)

C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the COVER LEFT, match its positioning holes with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
Option Duplex
345
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.4 COVER TOP

C H E C K P O IN T
COVER TOP
Disassembly procedures for these parts are different between EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.9 COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.393).
2)
Removal
1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER TOP to the COVER HSG DUP. Move the COVER TOP in the direction of the arrow to disengage the four hooks, and remove the COVER TOP from the COVER HSG DUP.
COVER HSG DUP
3)
Installation
1. Move the COVER TOP in the direction opposite to the arrow, install it to the COVER TOP, and secure it with the four hooks.
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the COVER TOP, match its positioning holes with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP.
2. 3.
Secure the COVER TOP to the COVER HSG DUP with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
C H E C K P O IN T
JG3604AB
Figure 4- 147. COVER TOP Removal
Option Duplex
346
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.5 PWBA DUPLEX Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Remove the COVER TOP. (p.346) Disconnect the connectors of the harness from the connectors (P/J50, P/J51, P/J52, P/J53, P/J54) of the PWBA DUPLEX. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x1, gold, 6mm x1) securing the PWBA DUPLEX to the COVER HSG DUP. Remove the PWBA DUPLEX
4)
Screw(A) 53 54 P/J50 PWBA DUPLEX

5)
52 51
6)
COVER HSG DUP
JG3605AB
Figure 4- 148. PWBA DUPLEX Removal
Option Duplex
347
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Secure the PWBA DUPLEX to the COVER HSG DUP with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm x1, gold, 6mm x1).
C H E C K P O IN T
Install the PWBA DUPLEX to the COVER HSG DUP in the In the place of the Screw (A) shown in the figure, tighten the
screw of gold, 6mm. (Refer to Figure 4- 148) orientation shown in the figure. (Refer to Figure 4- 148)
2. 3.
Connect the harness connectors to the connectors (P/J50, P/J51, P/J52, P/J53, P/ J54) of the PWBA DUPLEX. Install the COVER TOP. (p.346)
C H E C K P O IN T
4.

C H E C K P O IN T
5.

C H E C K P O IN T
Option Duplex
348
Confidential
Revision C
5. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
C H E C K P O IN T
4.12.6 FAN DUPLEX

C H E C K P O IN T
Disassembly procedures for these parts are different between EPLN3000 and AcuLaser M4000N. For AcuLaser M4000N, see 4.14.11 FAN DUPLEX (AcuLaser M4000N) (p.395).
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Remove the COVER TOP. (p.346) Disconnect the connector of the harness from the connector (P/J54) of the PWBA DUPLEX. Disconnect the harness of the FAN DUPLEX from the hook of the COVER HSG DUP. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 22mm) securing the FAN DUPLEX to the COVER HSG DUP. Remove the FAN DUPLEX.
FAN DUPLEX
LABEL
5)
COVER HSG DUP
3)
6)
Installation
1. Install the FAN DUPLEX to the COVER HSG DUP with the two screws (gold, tapping, 22mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
Install the FAN DUPLEX with its label surface outside.
2. 3. 4.
Secure the harness of the FAN DUPLEX with the hook of the COVER HSG DUP. Connect the connector (P/J54) of the harness from the connector of the PWBA DUPLEX. Install the COVER TOP. (p.346)
C H E C K P O IN T
PWBA DUPLEX
4)
When installing the COVER TOP, match its positioning holes with the bosses of the COVER HSG DUP. Figure 4- 149. FAN DUPLEX Removal
JG3606AB
Option Duplex
349
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.7 SENSOR DUP Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Remove the COVER TOP. (p.346) Release the hooks of the SENSOR DUP, and remove the SENSOR DUP from the COVER HSG DUP. Disconnect the connector (P/J530) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR from the SENSOR DUP.
COVER HSG DUP SENSOR DUP

3)
Installation
1. 2. 3. Connect the connector (P/J530) of the HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR to the SENSOR DUP. Install the SENSOR DUP to the COVER HSG DUP, and secure it with the hooks. Install the COVER TOP. (p.346)
C H E C K P O IN T
4)
HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
4.

C H E C K P O IN T
JG3607AB
Figure 4- 150. SENSOR DUP Removal
Option Duplex
350
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.8 ROLL DUP Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Remove the HSG UPPER ASSY. (p.343) Remove the HSG LOWER DUP. (p.344) Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) and ONE SCREW TAPPING securing the COVER DAMPER to the COVER HSG DUP. Remove the COVER DAMPER and SPRING DAMPER from the COVER HSG DUP.
C A U T IO N
8)
ROLL DUP
8)
GEAR ROLL
8)
In the following steps, take care not to mislay the gears since the working space is small.
9)
BEARING DUP
8)
8)
7.
Release from the inside the hooks of the three BEARINGs DUP located on the side opposite to the GEARs ROLL, and remove the BEARINGs DUP from the COVER HSG DUP. Release the hooks of the three GEARs ROLL, and remove the GEARs ROLL from the ROLLs DUP. Move and remove the three ROLLs DUP in the direction of the arrow.
C A U T IO N
6)
7)
COVER HSG DUP BEARING DUP SPRING DAMPER COVER DAMPER SCREW TAPPING JG3608AB GEAR ROLL
8. 9.
When removing the ROLLs DUP, take care not to hold their rubber parts.
Figure 4- 151. ROLL DUP Removal
Option Duplex
351
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Move the three ROLLs DUP in the direction opposite to the arrow, and install them to the three BEARINGs DUP on the GEAR ROLL side.
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the ROLLs DUP, take care not to hold any rubber portion.
2.
After fitting the BEARING DUP to the ROLL DUP on the side opposite to the GEAR ROLL, secure it to the mounting hole of the COVER HSG DUP with the hook. Secure the three GEARs ROLL to the ROLLs DUP with the hooks. Install the COVER DAMPER and SPRING DAMPER to the COVER HSG DUP with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) and ONE SCREW TAPPING.
C H E C K P O IN T
3. 4.
Tighten the SCREW TAPPING, which secures the COVER DAMPER, together with the SPRING DAMPER.
5. 6. 7.
Install the HSG LOWER DUP. (p.344) Install the HSG UPPER ASSY. (p.343) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
C H E C K P O IN T
8.

C H E C K P O IN T
Option Duplex
352
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.9 COVER LEFT Removal

1. 2. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER LEFT. Remove the COVER LEFT from the COVER HSG DUP.
1)
Installation
1. Install the COVER LEFT to the COVER HSG DUP with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
COVER HSG DUP
2)
COVER LEFT JG3609AB
Figure 4- 152. COVER LEFT Removal
Option Duplex
353
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.10 COVER RIGHT Removal

1. 2. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER RIGHT. Remove the COVER RIGHT from the COVER HSG DUP.
1)
Installation
1. Install the COVER RIGHT to the COVER HSG DUP with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
COVER HSG DUP
2)
COVER RIGHT JG3610AB

Figure 4- 153. COVER RIGHT Removal
Option Duplex
354
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.11 MOTOR DUPLEX Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Remove the COVER TOP. (p.346) Remove the PWBA DUPLEX. (p.347) Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH. Remove the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the BRACKET MOTOR to the COVER HSG DUP. Remove the SPRING LATCH installed between the LEVER LATCH LEFT and BRACKET MOTOR.
MOTOR DUPLEX
7) 8)
Remove the BRACKET MOTOR mounted with the MOTOR DUPLEX and SWITCH DUPLEX.
HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH
C A U T IO N
When removing the BRACKET MOTOR, be careful not to mislay the gears installed to the COVER HSG DUP.
6)
8. 9.
Remove the two screws (gold, 6mm) securing the MOTOR DUPLEX to the BRACKET MOTOR. Remove the MOTOR DUPLEX.
4) 5)
COVER HSG DUP BRACKET MOTOR SPRING LATCH
JG3616AB
Figure 4- 154. MOTOR DUPLEX Removal
Option Duplex
355
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Install the MOTOR DUPLEX to the BRACKET MOTOR with the two screws (gold, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the MOTOR DUPLEX, pay attention to its installation orientation.
2.
Install the BRACKET MOTOR to the COVER HSG DUP with the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the BRACKET MOTOR, be careful not to mislay the gears.
3. 4. 5.
Install the SPRING LATCH between the BRACKET MOTOR and LEVER LATCH LEFT. Install the HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH with the one screw (silver, 6mm). Install the PWBA DUPLEX. (p.347)
C A U T IO N
When installing the PWBA DUPLEX, pay attention to its installation orientation.
6.
Install the COVER TOP. (p.346)

C H E C K P O IN T
7.
Option Duplex
356
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.12 SWITCH DUPLEX Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Remove the COVER TOP. (p.346) Remove the PWBA DUPLEX. (p.347) Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH. Remove the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the BRACKET MOTOR to the COVER HSG DUP. Remove the SPRING LATCH installed between the LEVER LATCH LEFT and BRACKET MOTOR. Remove the BRACKET MOTOR mounted with the MOTOR DUPLEX and SWITCH DUPLEX.
C H E C K P O IN T
8) 4) 6)
HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH
7)
5)
COVER HSG DUP
SPRING LATCH BRACKET MOTOR
When removing the BRACKET MOTOR, be careful not to

mislay the gears installed to the COVER HSG DUP. When removing the BRACKET MOTOR, be careful not to mislay the SPRING LATCH installed between the LEVER LATCH LEFT and BRACKET MOTOR as the SPRING LATCH comes off.
SWITCH DUPLEX JG3617AB
8. 9.
Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER from the connector (P/J52) of the SWITCH DUPLEX. Disengage the hooks of the SWITCH DUPLEX, and remove the SWITCH DUPLEX from the BRACKET MOTOR.
Figure 4- 155. SWITCH DUPLEX Removal
Option Duplex
357
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. Install the SWITCH DUPLEX to the BRACKET MOTOR, and secure it with the hooks. Connect the HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER to the connector (P/J52) of the SWITCH DUPLEX. Install the BRACKET MOTOR to the COVER HSG DUP with the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the BRACKET MOTOR, be careful not to mislay the gears.
4. 5. 6.
Install the SPRING LATCH between the BRACKET MOTOR and LEVER LATCH LEFT. Install the HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH with the one screw (silver, 6mm). Install the PWBA DUPLEX. (p.347)
C A U T IO N
When installing the PWBA DUPLEX, pay attention to its installation orientation.
7.
Install the COVER TOP. (p.346)

C H E C K P O IN T
8.

C H E C K P O IN T
Option Duplex
358
Confidential
Revision C
4.12.13 COVER HARNESS, HARNESS ASSY DUP Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Remove the HSG LOWER DUP. (p.344) Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER HARNESS. Release the two hooks of the COVER HARNESS, and remove it from the HSG LOWER DUP. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY DUP from the HSG LOWER DUP, and remove the HARNESS ASSY DUP.
HSG LOWER DUP
COVER HARNESS
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Install the HARNESS ASSY DUP. Fit the COVER HARNESS to the HSG LOWER DUP, and install it with the two hooks. Secure the COVER HARNESS with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the HSG LOWER DUP. (p.344) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.353)
JG3618AB
Figure 4- 156. COVER HARNESS, HARNESS ASSY DUP Removal
Option Duplex
359
Confidential
Revision C
4.13 Option OCT

4.13.1 Option OCT Removal
C A U T IO N
Option OCT
REAR VIEW SCREW THUMB 2)
During removal, do the work carefully not to drop the Option OCT.
1-1)
1. 2. 3. 4.
Release the two hooks securing the COVER S OCT to the COVER TOP, and remove the COVER S OCT. Loosen the two SCREWs THUMB securing the Option OCT to the printer body. Lift the Option OCT, and disconnect the connector (P/J3070) of the HARNESS ASSY OCT2 from the printer body. Disengage the two hooks at the bottom of the COVER OCT from the printer body, and remove the Option OCT from the printer body.
4)
HOOK
3)
COVER S OCT
JG3801EA
Figure 4- 157. Option OCT Removal
Option OCT
360
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
C A U T IO N
During installation, do the work carefully not to drop the Option OCT.
1.
Insert the two hooks at the bottom of the COVER OCT into holes of the printer body, place the Option OCT on the printer body, and connect it to the connector (P/J3070) of the HARNESS ASSY OCT2 of the printer body.
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the Option OCT, securely insert the two hooks at its bottom into the printer body.
2.
Tighten the two SCREWs THUMB to secure the Option OCT to the printer body.
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the Option OCT, fix it tightly by securely tightening the SCREWs THUMB.
3.
Disengage the hinges at both ends of the FLAPPER L from the COVER OCT.
Option OCT
361
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.2 COVER REAR Removal

1. Move the COVER REAR in the direction of the arrow, disengage the left and right bosses of the COVER REAR from the COVER OCT, and remove the COVER REAR.
COVER REAR
1-1)
Installation
1. Move the COVER REAR in the direction opposite to the arrow, insert the left and right bosses into the COVER OCT, and install the COVER REAR.
1-3)
1-2)
BOSS JG3802AA
Figure 4- 158. COVER REAR Removal
Option OCT
362
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.3 TRAY ASSY OCT Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364) Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) at each of the left and right from the TRAY ASSY OCT mounted on the removed COVER OCT, and remove the TRAY ASSY OCT from the COVER OCT.
COVER OCT
Installation
1. 2. 3. Install the TRAY ASSY OCT to the COVER OCT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) at each of the left and right. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
3)
3)
TRAY ASSY OCT JG3819AA

Figure 4- 159. TRAY ASSY OCT Removal
Option OCT
363
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.4 COVER OCT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the WEIGHT.
FLAPPER L
WEIGHT
2)
LINK
Disengage the hinges at both ends of the FLAPPER L from the COVER OCT. Remove the LINK mounted to the FLAPPER L from the SHAFT FULL STACK. Disengage the hinges at both ends of the FLAPPER R from the COVER OCT. Remove the LINK mounted to the FLAPPER R from the ACTUATOR FULL STACK. Remove the 2 rear screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER OCT to the printer body. Remove the 2 bottom screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER OCT to the printer body. Lift the TRAY ASSY OCT nearly 90 degrees, lift the COVER OCT upward together with the TRAY ASSY OCT, and remove it from the printer body.
C A U T IO N
ACTUATOR FULL STACK JG3823AA
4)
SHAFT FULL STACK
FLAPPER L HINGE
JG3821AB
3)
COVER OCT
7)
When lifting the COVER OCT, handle it carefully so that the ACTUATOR FULL STACK is not damaged by the TRAY ASSY OCT.
9)
8)
JG3804AB
Figure 4- 160. COVER OCT Removal
Option OCT
364
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the COVER OCT to the printer body. Secure the COVER OCT to the printer body with the 2 bottom screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Secure the COVER OCT to the printer body with the 2 rear screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Insert and install the LINK mounted to the FLAPPER R into the ACTUATOR FULL STACK diagonally from the bottom, and then install the hinges at both ends of the FLAPPER R to the COVER OCT. Similarly, insert and install the LINK mounted to the FLAPPER L into the SHAFT FULL STACK diagonally from the bottom, and then install the hinges at both ends of the FLAPPER L to the COVER OCT. Install the WIGHT. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
C H E C K P O IN T
5.
6. 7.
After installation, move the FLAPPER L and make sure that the ACTUATOR FULL STACK operates synchronously. At the same time make also sure that the FLAPPER R moves smoothly.
Option OCT
365
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.5 COVER FRONT Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364) Remove the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER FRONT to the printer body, and remove the COVER FRONT.
C A U T IO N
3)
When removing the COVER FRONT, be careful not to mislay the GEAR CAM as it comes off.
GEAR CAM
Installation
1. Make sure that the GEAR CAM engages with the GEAR of the MOTOR ASSY OFFSET, and that the boss of the GEAR CAM is in the groove of the CHUTE OFFSET. Secure the COVER FRONT to the printer body with the three screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)

CHUTE OFFSET
COVER FRONT
JG3805AB
2. 3. 4.
GEAR CAM
GEAR OF MOTOR ASSY OFFSET JG3806AA
Option OCT
366
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.6 ACTUATOR FULL STACK Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364)
(2) (1) HOOK
After turning the flap of the ACTUATOR FULL STACK in the direction of the arrow (1), release the hook of the HOUSING OCT, and move the ACTUATOR FULL STACK in the direction of the arrow (2) to remove it from the printer body.
FLAP ACTUATOR FULL STACK
Installation
1. Lift the ACTUATOR FULL STACK in the direction of the arrow (1). In this position, engage the ACTUATOR FULL STACK with the hook, and then move it in the direction opposite to the arrow (2) to install.
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing the ACTUATOR FULL STACK to the printer body, combine it with the SHAFT FULL STACK as shown in the figure.
2. 3.
Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
C H E C K P O IN T
After installation, move the FLAPPER L and make sure that the ACTUATOR FULL STACK operates synchronously.At the same time make also sure that the FLAPPER R moves smoothly.
SHAFT FULL STACK
JG3807AB
ACTUATOR FULL STACK
JG3822AA
Figure 4- 163. ACTUATOR FULL STACK Removal
Option OCT
367
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.7 PWBA OCT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364) To prevent the ACTUATOR FULL STACK from being damaged, remove the ACTUATOR FULL STACK. (p.367) Release the harnesses connected to the S/W REAR COVER from the clamps.
C A U T IO N
5)
PWBA OCT P/J74 SUPPORT OCT RIGHT 70 72 71 73 75
In the following step, secure the PWBA OCT by hand when disconnecting the harness connectors from the PWBA OCT.
8)
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Disconnect the harnesses from the connectors (P/J70, P/J71, P/J72, P/J73, P/J74, P/J75) of the PWBA OCT. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the PWBA OCT block to the HOUSING OCT. Remove the PWBA OCT block. Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) securing the PWBA OCT to the SUPPORT OCT RIGHT of the PWBA OCT block. Remove the PWBA OCT.
7)
6)
PWBA OCT BLOCK
GUIDE GROOVES JG3808AB
Figure 4- 164. PWBA OCT Removal
Option OCT
368
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. Install the PWBA OCT to the SUPPORT OCT RIGHT with the one screw (silver, 6mm). Install the SUPPRT OCT RIGHT mounted with the PWBA OCT to the printer body with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
When installing it, insert the PWBA OCT into the two guide When installing it, insert the SHUTTER part of the
grooves of the printer body. ACTUATOR FULL STACK into the photo interrupter part on the PWBA OCT.
3.
Connect the harness connectors to the connectors (P/J70, P/J71, P/J72, P/J73, P/ J74, P/J75) of the PWBA OCT.
C H E C K P O IN T
When connecting the harness connectors, insert the connectors by securing the PWBA OCT by hand.
4. 5. 6. 7.
Clamp the harnesses connected to the S/W REAR COVER. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.366) Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
Option OCT
369
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.8 MOTOR ASSY OFFSET Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364) Remove the PWBA OCT. (p.368) Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the MOTOR ASSY OFFSET to the printer body. Remove the MOTOR ASSY OFFSET.
4)
MOTOR ASSY OFFSET
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the MOTOR ASSY OFFSET to the printer body with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the PWBA OCT. (p.368) Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
5)
JG3809AA
Figure 4- 165. MOTOR ASSY OFFSET Removal
Option OCT
370
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.9 SOLENOID ASSY GATE Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.366) Remove the PWBA OCT. (p.368) Remove the MOTOR ASSY OFFSET. (p.370) Remove the two screws (gold, 6mm) securing the SOLENOID ASSY GATE to the printer body. Release the hook securing the SOLENOID ASSY GATE, and remove the SOLDNOID ASSY GATE.
6)
SOLENOID ASSY GATE
HOOK HOUSING OCT
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. After installing the SOLENOID ASSY GATE to the hook of the HOUSING OCT, install it with the two screws (gold, 6mm). Install the MOTOR ASSY OFFSET. (p.370) Install the PWBA OCT. (p.368) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.366) Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) Install the COVER REAR. (p.362) Figure 4- 166. SOLENOID ASSY GATE Removal
7)
JG3810AA
Option OCT
371
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.10 SENSOR OCT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.366) Release the HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR from the hook. Disconnect the HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR from the connector (P/J730) of the SENSOR OCT. Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR. Move the ACTUATOR OCT in the direction of the arrow to remove it from the left and right hooks. Release the hooks of the SENSOR OCT, and remove the SENSOR OCT from the HOUSING OCT.
SENSOR OCT
8-2)
8-1) 8-1)
HOUSING OCT
JG3812AA
Figure 4- 167. SENSOR OCT Removal

HOOKS
SPRING ACTUATOR
6)
HOUSING OCT
7)
ACTUATOR OCT
HOOK
4)
5)
HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR JG3811AA
Figure 4- 168. SENSOR OCT Removal
Option OCT
372
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. Install the SENSOR OCT to the HOUSING OCT, and secure it with the hooks. Move the ACTUATOR OCT in the direction opposite to the arrow to install it to the hooks. Install the SPRING ACTUATOR.
C A U T IO N
ACTUATOR OCT SPRING ACTUATOR
Engage the SPRING ACTUATOR with the ACTUATOR OCT as shown in the figure.
4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Connect the connector (P/J730) of the HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR to the SENSOR OCT. Secure the HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR with the hook. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.366) Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
JG3813AA
Figure 4- 169. SENSOR OCT Installation
Option OCT
373
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.11 ROLL OCT LOWER Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364) Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm, gold, 6mm) securing the SUPPORT OCT LEFT. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the BRACKET MOTOR OCT. Disconnect the harness connector of the MOTOR ASSY OCT, and remove the BRACKET MOTOR OCT mounted with the MOTOR ASSY OCT. Remove the GEARs 45, GEAR 19/37, and GEARs 19. Release the hook of the GEAR 19 side BEARING ROLL, and remove the BEARING ROLL from the HOUSING OCT.
C A U T IO N
GEAR 19
SUPPORT OCT LEFT 3) GEAR 19/37

6) 6)
GEAR 19
BRACKET MOTOR OCT

6) 4) 6)
GEAR 45
Carefully handle the hook of the BEARING ROLL as it may be damaged by application of large force.
8-2) 8-1)
ROLL OCT LOWER
8.
Move and remove the ROLL OCT LOWER in the direction of the arrow.
C A U T IO N
When removing the ROLL OCT LOWER, be careful not to hold its rubber part.
7)
BEARING ROLL
HOUSING OCT JG3814AB
Figure 4- 170. ROLL OCT LOWER Removal
Option OCT
374
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Move and install the ROLL OCT LOWER in the direction opposite to the arrow.
C A U T IO N
When installing the ROLL OCT LOWER, be careful not to hold its rubber portion.
2. 3.
Install the BEARING ROLL on the GEAR 19 side. Install the GEARs 19, GEARs 45, and GEAR 19/37 in this order.
C A U T IO N
Install the GEARs 19 in the correct orientation.
4. 5. 6. 7.
Install the BRACKET MOTOR OCT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the SUPPORT OCT LEFT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
Option OCT
375
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.12 ROLL OCT UPPER Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.366) Remove the GEAR CAM. (p.366) Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm, gold, 6mm) securing the SUPPORT OCT LEFT. Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the BRACKET MOTOR OCT. Disconnect the harness connector of the MOTOR ASSY OCT, and remove the BRACKET MOTOR OCT mounted with the MOTOR ASSY OCT. Remove the GEARs 45, GEAR 19/37, and GEARs 19. Release the hook of the BEARING OFFSET, turn BEARING OFFSET in the direction of the arrow, and remove it from the HOUSING OCT.
8)
GEAR 19 BEARING OFFSET
CHUTE OFFSET ASSY
HOUSING OCT
9)
HOOK
SUPPORT OCT LEFT
5)
GEAR 19/37
8)
GEAR 19 BRACKET MOTOR OCT
10. Remove the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY. 11. Release the hook of the BEARING ROLL on one side, and remove the BEARING ROLL. 12. Remove the ROLL OCT UPPER from the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY.
8)
GEAR 45
6)
JG3815AB
Figure 4- 171. ROLL OCT UPPER Removal

12)
ROLL OCT UPPER
BEARING ROLL
CHUTE OFFSET ASSY JG3816AB
Figure 4- 172. ROLL OCT UPPER Removal
Option OCT
376
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Install the ROLL OCT UPPER to the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY. Install the BEARING ROLL to the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY. Install the BEARING ROLL to the HOUSING OCT. Install the CHUTE OFFSET ASSY to the HOUSING OCT, and secure the BEARING OFFSET with the mounting hook. Install the GEARs 19, GEARs 45, and GEAR 19/37 in this order.
C A U T IO N
Install the GEARs 19 in the correct orientation.
6. 7. 8. 9.
Install the BRACKET MOTOR OCT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the SUPPORT OCT LEFT with the two screws (gold, tapping, 8mm, gold, 6mm). Install the GEAR CAM. (p.366) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.366)
10. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) 11. Install the COVER REAR. (p.362)
Option OCT
377
Confidential
Revision C
4.13.13 MOTOR ASSY OCT Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER REAR. (p.362) Remove the COVER OCT. (p.364) Disconnect the connector of the MOTOR ASSY OCT from the HARNESS ASSY OCT MOT. Remove the two screws (gold, 6mm) securing the MOTOR ASSY OCT, and remove the MOTOR ASSY OCT.
4-2) 4-1)
MOTOR ASSY OCT (PL23.1.6)
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. Install the MOTOR ASSY OCT with the two screws (gold, 6mm). Connect the connector of the MOTOR ASSY OCT to the HARNESS ASSY OCT MOT. Install the COVER OCT. (p.364) Install the COVER REAR. (p.362) Figure 4- 173. MOTOR ASSY OCT Removal
3)
JG3817AA
Option OCT
378
Confidential
Revision C
4.14 AcuLaser M4000N Unique Disassembly Procedures

4.14.1 COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N) Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the five screws (silver, with a collar, 8 mm x2; silver, tapping, 8 mm x3) securing the COVER REAR. Open the COVER REAR as shown with the arrow and release the three hooks. Disconnect the relay connector from the MAIN FAN 80 and remove the COVER REAR.
3) 4)
Installation
1. 2. 3. Connect the relay connector to the MAIN FAN 80. Insert the three hooks on the left side of the COVER REAR into the holes of the printer body, and install the COVER REAR to the printer body. Secure the COVER REAR with the three screws (silver, with a collar, 8 mm x2; silver, tapping, 8 mm x3).
C A U T IO N
2)
J23143EA
Figure 4-174. COVER REAR Removal
Pay attention to the difference between the two types of screws and use them at their correct positions respectively. When securing the screws, be careful not to pinch the harness.
4.
AcuLaser M4000N Unique Disassembly Procedures
379
Confidential
Revision C
4.14.2 COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N) Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the two screws (silver, with a collar, 8 mm) securing the COVER TOP. Disengage the LEVER LINK from the boss on the COVER OPEN.
C A U T IO N
9) 8)
COVER OPEN
7)
12)
13-2) 10)
13)-1
9.
10. Disconnect the connector (P/J1) of the CONTROL PANEL. 11. Release the harnesses of the CONTROL PANEL from the two tabs of the COVER TOP. 12. Remove the COVER TOP. 13. Release the two hooks securing the CONTROL PANEL to the COVER TOP, and remove the CONTROL PANEL.
J23146EA
Figure 4- 175. COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL Removal
380
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Install the OPERATION PANEL to the COVER TOP, and secure it with the two hooks. Connect the connector (P/J1) of the OPERATION PANEL. Route the harness of CONTROL PANEL through the two hooks of the COVER TOP. Install the COVER TOP to the printer body, and secure it to the COVER FRONT with the two hooks at the front of the COVER TOP. Engage the boss of the COVER OPEN with the hole of the LEVER LINK.
C A U T IO N
6. 7.
C A U T IO N
8. 9.
Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
10. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 11. Install the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379) 12. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270)
381
Confidential
Revision C
4.14.3 150 FEEDER ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N) Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379) With the BTR ASSY installed, remove the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.258) Disconnect the connector (P/J245) of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 from the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE. Disconnect the connector (P/J242) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH from the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1. Disconnect the connector (P/J243) of the CLUTCH REGI from the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1. Remove the five screws (sliver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm) securing the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the printer body. Shift the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the rear, and disengage the boss on the right side of the 150 FEEDER ASSY from the frame.
11)
150 FEEDER ASSY
10)
5)
6)
(A) 10)
7)
9)
10. Lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY in the direction of the arrow (A), and disengage the boss on the left side of the 150 FEEDER ASSY.
C H E C K P O IN T
8)
JG3148E
The FEEDER ASSY clicks midway when lifted, but lift it by application of slight force.
11. Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY from the printer body.
382
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. While lifting the 150 FEEDER ASSY in the direction of the arrow (A), insert it into the printer body, and engage the bosses on the left and right sides of the 150 FEEDER ASSY with the printer body. Secure the 150 FEEDER ASSY to the printer body with the five screws (sliver, with collars, with spring washers, 8mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
2.
One of the screws for securing the 150 FEEDER ASSY also tightens the EARTH PLATE BASE.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Connect the connector (P/J243) of the CLUTCH REGI to the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1. Connect the connector (P/J242) of the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1. Connect the connector (P/J245) of the HARNESS ASSY TRAY 1 to the HARNESS ASSY CHUTE. With the BTR ASSY installed, install the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.255)
C H E C K P O IN T
7.
Install the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379)

C H E C K P O IN T
8. 9.
383
Confidential
Revision C
4.14.4 CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI (AcuLaser M4000N) Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379) Remove the CHUTE TRANSFR. (p.255) Remove the 150 FEEDER ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.382) Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH ASSY PH and remove the CLUTCH ASSY PH from the SHAFT FEED. Remove the E-ring retaining the CLUTCH REGI and remove the CLUTCH REGI from the ROLL REGI METAL.
Note 1)
6) 7)
JG3035EB
Figure 4- 177. CLUTCH ASSY PH, CLUTCH REGI Removal
384
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. Install the ROLL REGI METAL to the CLUTCH REGI, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N
Fit the cut portion of the CLUTCH REGI on the boss of the CHUTE REGI respectively.
2.
Install the CLUTCH ASSY PH to the SHAFT SPEED, and secure it with the E ring.
C A U T IO N
Fit the cut portion of the CLUTCH ASSY PH on the boss of the Wind the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY PH one turn around
the portion of the CHUTE REGI shown in the figure. (NOTE 1) (p.384) CHUTE REGI respectively.
3. 4.
Install the 150 FEEDER ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.382) With the BTR ASSY installed, install the CHUTE TRANSFER. (p.255)
C A U T IO N
5.

C A U T IO N
6. 7.
C H E C K P O IN T
The CLUTCH ASSY PH and CLUTCH REGI are different only in name; there is no difference between the two in installation.
385
Confidential
Revision C
4.14.5 ROS ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N)

C A U T IO N
C A U T IO N
When removing or installing the ROS ASSY, always do the work on a horizontal and level table. Fully note that doing the work on a stepped or tilted table may cause misalignment of the ROS.
17. Remove the ROS ASSY.

DUCT VACUUM L/R
Removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.380) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
13) 17) 14) CABLE CLAMPS
ROS ASSY
16)
DUCT HIGH
10)
PLATE TIE FRONT

13)
10. Remove the three screws (sliver, with collars, 8mm) securing the DUCT HIGH, and remove the DUCT HIGH. 11. Remove the screw (sliver, with collars, 8mm) securing the DUCT VACUUM L/R, and remove the DUCT VACUUM L/R. 12. Release from the two clamps the harness clamped to the PLATE TIE FRONT. 13. Remove the eight screws (silver, 6mm) securing the PLATE TIE FRONT to the frame, and remove the PLATE TIE FRONT. 14. Unclamp the two cable clamps on the ROS ASSY to release the harness. 15. Disconnect the four connectors of the HARNESS ASSY ROS.
C A U T IO N
12)
As the board of the ROS ASSY is easily damaged, disconnect the connectors while supporting the board by hand.
J23157EA
16. Remove the four screws (black, with collars, 8mm) securing the ROS ASSY to the frame. Disassembly and Assembly AcuLaser M4000N Unique Disassembly Procedures
Figure 4- 178. ROS ASSY Removal
386
Confidential
Revision C
14. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 15. Install the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379)
C A U T IO N
Installation
1. Secure the ROS ASSY to the frame with the four screws (black, with collars, 8mm).
C A U T IO N
16. Install the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) 2. Connect the connector of the HARNESS ASSY ROS to the board on the ROS ASSY.
C A U T IO N
As the board of the ROS ASSY is easily damaged, connect the connectors while supporting the board by hand.
3. 4.
Clamp the harness with the two cable clamps on the ROS ASSY. Secure the PLATE TIE FRONT to the frame tightly with the eight screws (silver, 6mm).
C A U T IO N
Always do installation work on a horizontal and level table.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Secure the harness to the PLATE TIE FRONT with the two clamps. Secure the DUCT VACUUM L/R with the screw (silver, with collars, 8mm). Secure the DUCT HIGH with the three screws (silver, with collars, 8mm). Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
10. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.380) 11. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) 12. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 13. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168)
387
Confidential
Revision C
4.14.6 MAIN MOTOR (AcuLaser M4000N) Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.380) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172)
C H E C K P O IN T
20. Remove the three screws (gold, 6mm) securing the MAIN MOTOR to the frame. 21. Remove the MAIN MOTOR.
MAIN MOTOR
17)
P/J271 SHIELD PLATE LVPS
P/J43
10. Remove the BTR ASSY. (p.254) 11. Remove the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241) 12. Remove the ROS ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.386)
C A U T IO N
19) 20)
LVPS
13. Remove the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) 14. Remove the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) 15. Remove the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) 16. Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) 17. Disconnect the connector (P/J43) of the MAIN MOTOR from the LVPS. 18. Disconnect the connector (P/J271) of the MAIN MOTOR from the relay connector. 19. Lift the 150 FEEDER ASSY.
J23179EA
Figure 4- 179. MAIN MOTOR Removal
388
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Install the MAIN MOTOR to the frame with the three screws (gold, 6mm). Connect the connector (P/J271) of the MAIN MOTOR to the relay connector. Connect the connector (P/J43) of the MAIN MOTOR to the LVPS. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) Install the MOTOR COVER. (p.277) Install the GUIDE TRAY LEFT. (p.236) Install the SHIELD PLATE ROS. (p.243) Install the ROS ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.386)
C A U T IO N
9.
Install the DUCT FRONT, FAN SUB. (p.241)
10. Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) 11. Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.380) 12. Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) 13. Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) 14. Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) 15. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 16. Install the FUSER ASSY. (p.253) 17. Install the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379)
C A U T IO N
389
Confidential
Revision C
4.14.7 LVPS (AcuLaser M4000N) Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.169) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.168) Remove the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261) Remove the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Remove the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.380) Remove the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Remove the SHIELD PLATE LVPS.
12) 13)
10. Disconnect the harness connector of the LVPS from the connector (P/J101) of the PWBA EXIT MOTOR. 11. Disconnect the harness connectors from the connectors (P/J40, P/J41, P/J42, P/ J43, P/J44, P/J45, P/J46, P/J47, P/J48) of the LVPS. 12. Remove the five screws (silver, 6mm) securing the LVPS to the frame. 13. Remove the LVPS.
11)
P/J42 P/J43 P/J44 P/J45
P/J41 P/J46 P/J40
LVPS P/J47 P/J48 J23177EA

Figure 4- 180. LVPS Removal
390
Confidential
Revision C
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Install the LVPS to the frame with the five screws (silver, 6mm). Connect the connectors (P/J40, P/J41, P/J42, P/J43, P/J44, P/J45, P/J46, P/J47, P/ J48) of the harnesses to the connectors of the LVPS. Connect the harness connector of the LVPS to the connector of the PWBA EXIT MOTOR. Install the SHIELD PLATE LVPS. (p.285) Install the COVER FRONT. (p.172) Install the COVER TOP, CONTROL PANEL (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.380) Install the 500 EXIT ASSY. (p.262) Install the COVER EXIT 500. (p.261)
C A U T IO N
9.
10. Install the COVER LEFT. (p.169) 11. Install the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379)
C A U T IO N
391
Confidential
Revision C
4.14.8 FAN MAIN (AcuLaser M4000N) Removal

1. 2. 3. Remove the COVER REAR 500. (p.270) Remove the COVER REAR (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.379) Remove the two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm) securing the FAN MAIN to the COVER REAR, and remove the FAN MAIN.
LABEL
Installation
1. Install the FAN MAIN to the COVER REAR with the two screws (silver, tapping, 8mm).
C A U T IO N
Install the FAN MAIN with its label surface located on the When installing the FAN MAIN, be careful so that the harness
is not caught between the FAN MAIN and COVER REAR. Figure 4- 181. FAN MAIN Removal outside.
J23165AA
2.

C A U T IO N
3.
392
Confidential
Revision C
4.14.9 COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N) Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the HSG UPPER ASSY. (p.343) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Remove the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER TOP to the COVER HSG DUP. Move the COVER TOP in the direction of the arrow to disengage the four hooks, and remove the COVER TOP from the COVER HSG DUP.
COVER TOP
4)
Installation
1. Move the COVER TOP in the direction opposite to the arrow, install it to the COVER TOP, and secure it with the four hooks.
C H E C K P O IN T
5)
2. 3.
Secure the COVER TOP to the COVER HSG DUP with the one screw (gold, tapping, 8mm). Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
C H E C K P O IN T
4. 5.
Install the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Install the HSG UPPER ASSY. (p.343)
PWBA DUPLEX
COVER HSG DUP JG3604AB

393
Confidential
Revision C
4.14.10 COVER REAR DUP (AcuLaser M4000N)

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the HSG UPPER ASSY. (p.343) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Remove the COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.393) Disconnect the connector of the harness from the connector (P/J54) of the PWBA DUPLEX. Disconnect the harness of the FAN DUPLEX from the hook of the COVER HSG DUP. Remove the four screws (gold, tapping, 8mm) securing the COVER REAR DUP to the COVER HSG DUP. Remove the COVER REAR DUP.
COVER HSG DUP
FAN DUPLEX
Installation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Install the COVER REAR DUP to the COVER HSG DUP with the four screws (silver, tapping, 8mm). Secure the harness of the FAN DUPLEX with the hook of the COVER HSG DUP. Connect the connector (P/J54) of the harness from the connector of the PWBA DUPLEX. Install the COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.393) Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354)
C H E C K P O IN T
PWBA DUPLEX
JG3604AB
6. 7.
Install the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Install the HSG UPPER ASSY. (p.343)
394
Confidential
Revision C
4.14.11 FAN DUPLEX (AcuLaser M4000N) Removal

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the HSG UPPER ASSY. (p.343) Remove the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Remove the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Remove the COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.393) Remove the COVER REAR DUP (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.394) Remove the two screws (gold, tapping, 22mm) securing the FAN DUPLEX to the COVER TOP. Remove the FAN DUPLEX.
C H E C K P O IN T
COVER REAR DUP
Installation
1. Install the FAN DUPLEX to the COVER TOP with the two screws (gold, tapping, 22mm).
C H E C K P O IN T
3)
FAN DUPLEX
Install the FAN DUPLEX with its label surface outside.

LABEL
2. 3.
Install the COVER REAR DUP (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.394) Install the COVER TOP (AcuLaser M4000N). (p.393)
C H E C K P O IN T
Figure 4- 184. FAN DUPLEX Removal
4. 5. 6.
Install the COVER RIGHT. (p.354) Install the COVER LEFT. (p.353) Install the HSG UPPER ASSY. (p.343)
395
Confidential
CHAPTER
ADJUSTMENT
Confidential
Revision C
5.1 Adjustment Items

The following table shows the adjustment items required after fixing or replacing certain parts (units).
EPL-N3000
Parts Fuser Unit BOARD ASSY., MAIN Timing After replacing the Fuser Unit with a new one. After replacing the BOARD ASSY., MAIN with a new one. Adjustment Item Reset Life Counter Writing USB ID Procedure Execute "Reset Fuser Counter" in "Reset Menu". Execute from the special program. Required Tools or Program --PPInitSetting_Ver1x E.exe Reference p. 398 p. 399
AcuLaser M4000N
Parts Fuser Unit Maintenance Unit* KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Cassette 2) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Cassette 3) BOARD ASSY., MAIN Timing After replacing the Fuser Unit with a new one. After replacing the Maintenance Unit with a new one. After replacing the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Cassette 2) with a new one. After replacing the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Cassette 3) with a new one. After replacing the BOARD ASSY., MAIN with a new one. Adjustment Item Reset Life Counter Reset Life Counter Reset Life Counter Reset Life Counter Writing USB ID Procedure Execute "Reset Fuser Counter" in "Reset Menu". Execute "Reset Maintenance Counter" in "Reset Menu". Execute "Reset LC2 Counter" in "Maintenance Menu". Execute "Reset LC3 Counter" in "Maintenance Menu". Execute from the special program. Required Tools or Program --------PPInitSetting_Ver1x E.exe Reference p. 398 p. 398 p. 398 p. 398 p. 399
Note * : Maintenance unit is composed of the following parts. BTR ASSY KIT ROLL ASSY FEED X 2 set (For MP Tray and Cassette 1)
Adjustment
Adjustment Items
397
Confidential
Revision C Maintenance Menu

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reassemble the printer. While holding down the [ ], [ ], [ ], and [ ] simultaneously, turn the printer on.
5.2 Adjustment
5.2.1 Reset Life Counter
PURPOSE
This menu is provided for resetting life counters of parts or components stored in the printer. Whenever any of those parts or components is replaced, use this menu to reset the corresponding life counter to 0 (zero).
When "MAINTENANCE MODE" is displayed on the LCD, release the buttons. Select "Maintenance Menu" using the [ ] or [ ] button, then click the [OK] button.
Select "Reset XXXXX Counter" using the [ ] or [ ] button, then click the [OK] button. The life counter of "XXXXX" will be reset to "0".
Parts KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Cassette 2) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Cassette 3) Menu Reset LC2 Counter Reset LC3 Counter
PROCEDURE Reset Menu

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reassemble the printer. Turn the printer on. When the printer started up, click the [ Select "Reset Menu" using the [ ] or [ ] button. ] button, then click the [OK] button.
Select "Reset XXXXX Counter" using the [ ] or [ ] button, then click the [OK] button. The life counter of "XXXXX" will be reset to "0".
Parts Fuser Unit Maintenance Unit Menu Reset Fuser Counter Reset Maintenance Counter
Adjustment
Adjustment
398
Confidential
Revision C INSTALLATION AND THE OPERATION OF THE PROGRAM

1. Copy all the files related to "PPInitSetting" program and save them into one folder.
C H E C K P O IN T
5.2.2 Writing USB ID

PURPOSE
EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N comes with the USB interface as a standard, and the computer connected to the EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N via the USB interface identifies the printer by referring to the USB ID information unique to each printer. Since this USB ID information is stored on EEPROM on the main board of the printer, you have to re-define the ID information by following the procedure described below after replacing the main board for repair.
Be sure to save a complete set of files related to "PPInitSetting" program into one folder.
2. 3. 4.
Double-click the program icon [
] to start the program.
TOOL
The program required for writing USB ID and the system requirements are as follows:
Select the model name from [Model Selection]. Select the port used to connect the printer from [Port Selection].
C H E C K P O IN T
Program PPInitSetting_Ver1x E.exe System requirements OS Windows 95/98/ME/2000/XP Port used LPT, USB
When you select "Auto selection", the computer automatically detects the connected printers and starts communicating with the one detected first. When two or more printers are connected, specify the target port to avoid unexpected connection.
Figure 5- 1. Operation of the Program
Adjustment
Adjustment
399
Confidential
EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N WRITING METHOD
Revision C
The method for writing USB ID varies according to the conditions of the main board. Be sure to figure out the appropriate method with reference to the following table. For details on how to write the ID, follow the instructions shown in the program.
Table 5-1. Writing Method

Main Board Condition Communication between the computer and the main board is impossible Previous ID Check The previous ID can be confirmed with a printed paper such as a status sheet. The previous ID cannot be confirmed by any means. Communication between the computer and the main board is possible (The previous ID can be read from the previous main board.) Writing Method (Button Name) Store optional ID Store autogenerated NEW ID OLD ID Retrieval/ Restore Description Enter the previous ID to write it into new main board. The program automatically creates new ID from the serial number of the printer. Write the ID into new main board. Retrieve the ID from the old board, and enter the ID into new board.
Store optional ID
Store auto-generated NEW ID
OLD ID Retrieval/Restore
CONFIRMING THE ID
When the writing USB ID is completed, print a status sheet to confirm that the serial number printed on the sheet is identical to that on the label attached to the printer. (Refer to 7.5.1 Status Sheet (p430))
Adjustment
Adjustment
400
Confidential
Revision C
5.3 Firmware Update

This section explains how to update the firmwares.
Controller firmware
OUTLINE
Operation Panel operation Not required Required Tool Required Required
Unit Controller
Data foemat RCC CRB
C A U T IO N
First use the RCC file to update the controller firmware. Only
when the update using the RCC file is failed, use the CRB file.
The firmware of the Engine Controller cannot be updated

because a masked ROM is used for it. TOOL Firmware update is executed by transmitting data for updating the program from the computer via USB using the exclusive software tool. Make sure to use the software tool described below.
Tool Name: Firmware Update Tool
Adjustment
Firmware Update
401
Confidential
Revision C
MAIN CONTROLLER FIRMWARE UPDATE

Method 1 (RCC) Connect the printer to the computer with a USB cable. Confirm that Ready is displayed on the LCD panel. 2 Connect the printer to the computer Method 2 (CRB) Print a status sheet, and check the current firmware version. Turn off both the printer and the computer, and connect them with a USB cable. C A U T IO N Before connecting the USB cable, make sure to disconnect other interface cables from the product. Turn the computer on, copy the firmware data file (extension: CRB), and save it onto the computer. Hold down [Start/Stop] + [Cancel Job] + [ ] and turn the printer on. The printer will start up in Program ROM update mode. Run the Firmware Update Tool. Select the port and firmware data file on the Firmware Update Tool window.
Procedure 1
Check the current firmware version Print a status sheet, and check the current firmware version.
3 4
Prepare the firmware data file Start up the printer
Turn the computer on, copy the firmware data file (extension: RCC), and save it onto the computer. --Run the Firmware Update Tool. Select the port and firmware data file on the Firmware Update Tool window.
Prepare to transmit the file
Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool window.
Click [Send] on the Firmware Update Tool window.
Transmit the data
Adjustment
Firmware Update
402
Confidential
Revision C
Procedure
Method 1 (RCC) When the printer starts to receive the file or begins rewriting, the data LED flashes and the message ROM P Writing appears on the LCD panel. When the transfer is complete, the Completion window pops up. Click [OK].
Method 2 (CRB) Confirm that both old and new firmware versions are displayed on the LCD panel, and press the [ ] button on the control panel. The Completion window will be displayed when the data transfer is finished. Click [OK].
Perform the update
8 9 10 11
Confirm the checksum Reboot the printer Print a status sheet Check the firmware version on the status sheet
--After confirming the data LED is turned off and the LCD panel displays Ready, turn the printer power off and turn back on again. Print a status sheet. Confirm that the firmware has been updated properly by comparing the status sheet with the one printed in step 1. Refer to 7.4.1 Status Sheet (p.430)
When the program update is finished, the checksum appears on the LCD panel. Confirm the checksum. Press [ ]. The printer automatically reboots. Print a status sheet. Confirm that the program firmware version has been updated correctly by comparing the status sheet with that printed in step 1. Refer to 7.4.1 Status Sheet (p.430)
Adjustment
Firmware Update
403
Confidential
CHAPTER
MAINTENANCE
Confidential
Revision C
6.1 Overview
This section gives information necessary for maintaining the printer in its optimum condition. In maintenance and checks, never fail to observe the following precautions.
W A R N IN G
To ensure the safety during servicing (to prevent electric shocks

or damage to the circuit), before servicing, be sure to unplug the power cable from the AC inlet of the printer, unless power to the printer is required for, say, printing or operation check. The FUSER ASSY and other high-temperature parts remain at hazardous temperature for a certain period of time even after stop of operation and turning off of the power. To prevent suffering a burn, be sure to wait after power turning off until the temperature of the parts cool down to a safe level, and then start working on the printer. Always wear gloves for maintenance and checks to avoid injury from sharp metal edges. Take great care not to expose yourself to the laser beam; otherwise, you could suffer injury (blindness). When you perform maintenance or service of the laser printer, never open any cover on which a warning label about laser beam is affixed. Understand how the laser beam functions and take maximum precautions not to injure yourself or anyone around you. To avoid dust explosion or ignition, never bring any consumables close to flame or throw them into fire.
C A U T IO N
Do not use alcohol, paint thinner, or any other such solvents. Do not clean the roller surface of the Transfer Roller (BTR
Assy). If the roller is particularly dirty, try printing some sheets to remove the dirt, or take out the Transfer Roller Unit and blow the dirt off using a compressed air gun.
Maintenance
Overview
405 Confidential
Revision C
6.1.1 Maintenance
Regular Replacement Parts and Consumables are as follows: The maintenance work of this printer does not require any special tool or grease. Table 6-1. Regular Replacement Parts and Consumables
Name Component OPC drum (organic photoconductor) Electrification roller Cleaning blade Developer Black single component electromagnetic toner Waste toner box Toner agitate mechanism Heat roller Product Lifetime*1
EPL-N3000
ROLL ASSY NUDGER BTR ASSY FUSER ASSY ROLL ASSY FEED
Imaging Cartridge
Average 6,000 pages*2 Average 17,000 pages AcuLaser M4000N Average 7,500 pages*3 Average 20,000 pages 200,000 pages
150 Paper Cassette
ROLL ASSY FEED
B
ROLL ASSY NUDGER
Fuser Unit BTR ASSY (EPL-N3000 only) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
After printing of about 200,000 sheets
After printing of about 200,000 sheets (Two rollers mounted at each paper feed opening and one roller mounted in each cassette) After printing of about 200,000 sheets Maintenance unit is composed of the following parts. Maintenance unit BTR ASSY (AcuLaser M4000N only) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED x 2 sets (For MP Tray and Cassette 1)
ROLL ASSY RETARD 550 Paper Cassette
ROLL ASSY RETARD
*1: This print number indicates the approximate number of sheets that can be printed during continuous printing using A4 size paper at 5% image coverage ratio. The cartridge life varies according to the image occupation rate and type of printing (continuous, intermittent, printing density, toner save mode). *2: Included with main unit is 6k cartridge. *3: Included with main unit is 7.5k cartridge.
Note : The standard time for replacement specified above is on the assumption that A4 LEF is always used.
Option 550 Feeder
ROLL ASSY FEED
C
ROLL ASSY NUDGER Option 550 Paper Cassette
ROLL ASSY RETARD

JG8104EA
Figure 6-1. Regular Replacement Parts
Maintenance
Overview
406 Confidential
Revision C
6.1.2 Cleaning
Check the inside of the printer, and remove foreign matters, if any, such as paper clips, staples, bits of paper, paper dust or toner. Table 6-2. Cleaning Items
Item Glass window on ROS ASSY Paper Feed Rollers Time for Cleaning When image problem occurs When image quality has lowered or paper feed error occurs Cleaning Method Wipe with dry soft cloth. Wipe the rubber surface with a soft cloth soaked in water once and then squeezed strongly
C H E C K P O IN T
Cleaning of the Paper Feed Rollers can be performed on the user level. If this cleaning is required frequently, check the paper used by the user and the printer location conditions and inform the user how to clean the Paper Feed Rollers. Refer to Cleaning of Paper Feed Rollers in User's Guide.
HOW TO CLEAN THE PAPER FEED ROLLERS

Table below lists the paper feed rollers and described below is the replacement procedure for the paper feed rollers in the printer main unit. Table 6-3. Paper Feed Rollers
Service Parts Name KIT ROLL ASSY FEED Roller Name ROLL ASSY RETARD ROLL ASSY NUDGER ROLL ASSY FEEDER ROLL ASSY RETARD ROLL ASSY NUDGER ROLL ASSY FEEDER ROLL ASSY RETARD ROLL ASSY NUDGER ROLL ASSY FEEDER Location Standard 150 Paper Cassette Main Unit 150 Paper Feeder Standard 550 Paper Cassette Main Unit 550 Paper Feeder Option 550 Paper Cassette Option 550 Paper Feeder C B Fig. 6-1 A
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
Rubber Parts
Procedure
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn the printer off and open cover A. Remove the imaging cartridge. Remove the 2 pickup rollers by bending their tabs slightly outwards while sliding them off the spindles. With a clean damp cloth, wipe the pickup rollers rubber parts. Reattach the pickup rollers. Then, fit the hook in the concave part of the shafts to fix them. Reinstall the imaging cartridge. Figure 6-2. Cleaning Procedure
Maintenance
Overview
407 Confidential
CHAPTER
7
APPENDIX
Confidential
Revision C EPL-N3000
1
7.1 Connectors
This section shows the connector locations of EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N. [P] and [J] represent plug and jack, respectively.
7.1.1 Connector P/J Locations of the Printer

P/J 1 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 22 24 26 27 28 29 *1 30 *1 31 131 140 144 160 170 280 400 411 1821 2083 JD2083B Remarks Connects OPERATION PANEL and HARNESS ASSY PANEL Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY ROS and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY ROS and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY ANT and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY ROS and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY ROS and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR1 and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY TONER1 and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY CHUTE and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY LOW PAPER SNR and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and HVPS/MCU Connects FFC ASSY ESS and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR1 and HVPS/MCU Connects HARNESS ASSY OCT1 and HVPS/MCU Connects GUIDE ASSY CRU and HVPS/MCU Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS Connects INTERLOCK SW and HARNESS ASSY LVPS Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS Connects FFC ASSY ESS and "BOARD ASSY.,MAIN" Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and "BOARD ASSY.,MAIN" Connects COVER OPEN SW and HARNESS ASYY LVPS Connects GUIDE TRAY L ASSY and HARNESS ASSY LVPS Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR1 and HARNESS ASSYFDR2 Connects HARNESS ASSY PANEL and ESS
144 411 30 170 160 140 1821 280 26 131 10 20 2083 31 11 16 27 13 17 14 15 18 22 24 28 29 JD2083B 400
AcuLaser M4000N
1
170 30 160 140 400 1821 180 210 131 10 20 2083 31 11 16 27 13 17 14 15 18 24 28 29
Note *1: *Used only for the machines specified for 1:500 PAPER EXIT.
Appendix
Connectors
409 Confidential
EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N EPL-N3000

142 290 291 150 3070 310 240 246 244 221 245 248 48 260 241 243 247 47 4647 2750 220 480 103 270 102
Revision C
P/J 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 101 102 103 141 142 150 220 221 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 260 270 290 *1 291 *1 310 480 2750 3070 *1 4647
Remarks Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and LVPS Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and LVPS Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and LVPS Connects MAIN MOTOR and LVPS Connects INTERLOCK SW REAR and LVPS Connects INTERLOCK SW 24V and LVPS Connects HARNESS ASSY FUSER and LVPS Connects HARNESS ASSY FUSER and LVPS Connects HARNESS ASSY 100V and LVPS Connects LVPS and PWBA EXIT MOTOR Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and PWBA EXIT MOTOR Connects MOTOR ASSY EXIT and PWBA EXIT MOTOR Connects HARNESS ASSY ROS and HARNESS ASSY LVPS Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and INTERLOCK SW 5V Connects PWBA ASSY ANT and HARNESS ASSY ANT Connects SENSOR TONER and HARNESS ASSY TONER1 Connects HARNESS ASSY TONER1 and HARNESS ASSY TONER2 Connects SENSOR NO PAPER and HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 Connects SENSOR REGI and HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 Connects CLUTCH ASSY PH and HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 Connects CLUTCH REGI and HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 Connects FAN MAIN and HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 Connects HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 and HARNESS ASSY CHUTE Connects SENSOR NO PAPER and HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 Connects CLUTCH ASSY PH and HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 Connects HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 and HARNESS ASSY CHUTE Connects SENSOR LOW PAPER and HARNESS ASSY LOW PAPER SNR Connects FAN SUB and HARNESS ASSY LVPS Connects SENSOR FULL STACK and HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR1 Connects SENSOR FACE UP OPEN and HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR1 Connects Imaging Cartridge and GUIDE ASSY CRU Connects HARNESS ASSY 100V and POWER SWITCH Connects HARNESS ASSY LVPS and HARNESS ASSY DUP Connects HARNESS ASSY OCT1 and HARNESS ASSY OCT2 Connects HARNESS ASSY FUSER and FUSER ASSY
141
101
42
40 41 43 44 45 46
242
AcuLaser M4000N
141 290 291 150 3070 310 240 246 244 40 41 43 44 45 103 270 102
271
101
42 46
245 48 248 241 243 247 242 4647 2750 47
480
Note *1: *Used only for the machines specified for 1:500 PAPER EXIT.
Appendix
Connectors
410 Confidential
Revision C
7.1.2 Connector P/J Locations of the Optional Units

OPTION 550 FEEDER P/J LOCATIONS Table 7-1. P/J List (Option 550 Feeder)
P/J Remarks 80 Connects HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2 and PWBA FEEDER 550 81 Connects HARNESS LOW PAPER and PWBA FEEDER 550 82 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT and PWBA FEEDER 550 83 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR2 and PWBA FEEDER 550 84 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR5 and PWBA FEEDER 550 85 Connects HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 and PWBA FEEDER 550 801 Connects HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 and HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2 802 Connects HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 and OPT ASSY SIZE 810 Connects SENSOR LOW PAPER and HARNESS LOW PAPER 820 Connects MOTOR FEEDER and HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT 852 Connects SENSOR NO PAPER and HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 853 Connects CLUTCH ASSY PH and HANESS ASSY CLSNR1 854 Connects CLUTCH ASSY PR-REGI and HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 855 Connects HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 and HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 2083 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR1 and HARNESS ASSY FDR2 8483 Connects HARNESS ASSY FDR5 and HARNESS ASSY FDR5
<Option 550 Feeder>

853 820 801
854
852
810
855
802
80 83 84 81 85 82 8483 2083
<Option Duplex>
50 52
OPTION DUPLEX P/J LOCATIONS Table 7-2. P/J List (Option Duplex)
51
2750
P/J
Remarks 50 Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP and PWBA DUPLEX 51 Connects MOTOR DUPLEX and PWBA DUPLEX 52 Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER and PWBA DUPLEX 53 Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR and PWBA DUPLEX 54 Connects FAN DUPLEX and PWBA DUPLEX 56 Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH and PWBA DUPLEX 520 Connects SWITCH DUPLEX and HARNESS ASSY DUP 530 Connects SENSOR DUP and HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR
530 53 54 560 56 520
560 Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH and EARTH ASSY PLATE 2750 Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP and HARNESS ASSY LVPS
Figure 7-1. P/J Locations (Option Unit)
Appendix
Connectors
411 Confidential
Revision C
OPTION OCT Table 7-3. P/J List (Option OCT)

P/J Remarks 70 Connects HARNESS ASSY OCT2 and PWBA OCT 71 Connects MOTOR ASSY OCT and PWBA OCT 72 Connects MOTOR ASSY OFFSET and PWBA OCT 73 Connects HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR and PWBA OCT 74 Connects HARNESS ASSY REAR COVER and PWBA OCT 75 Connects SOLENOID ASSY GATE and PWBA OCT 730 Connects SENSOR OCT and HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR 740 Connects SWITCH REAR COVER and HARNESS ASSY REAR COVER 3070 Connects HARNESS ASSY OCT2 and HARNESS ASSY OCT1
<Option OCT>
710 74 740
70 72 71 73 75
730
3070
Appendix
Connectors
412 Confidential
Revision C
Table 7-4. Wiring Diagram Symbols (Overall) (continued)
Wiring Diagram Symbol Description Represents a component, with its name and the plate of the Parts List shown inside.
7.2 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information

7.2.1 Notes on Use of Connection Wiring Diagrams
7.2.1.1 Symbols in Overall Connection Wiring Diagrams
The table below shows how to interpret the Overall Connection Wiring Diagrams. Table 7-4. Wiring Diagram Symbols (Overall)
Wiring Diagram Symbol Description Represents connection of components by HARNESS, wire, etc. Represents connection which varies with specification.
Represents a functional part of a component, with its name shown inside.
Represents connection of components by a conductor such as leaf spring. Represents connection between components by jointing with a screw. Represents frame ground.
Represents a section in Components Connection Wiring Diagram and the section No.
Represents a screw to secure harness and an electroconductive member, such as a flat spring. Represents an electroconductive member, such as a flat spring.
Represents a connector, with the connector No. shown inside.
Represents a contact terminal with a flat spring or the like on a circuit board, with the connector (terminal) No. shown inside. Represents a connector directly mounted on the circuit board, with the connector No. shown inside.
Appendix
Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information
413 Confidential
Revision C
Table 7-5. Wiring Diagram Symbols (Components Connection) (continued)
Wiring Diagram Symbol Description Represents signal ground.
7.2.1.2 Notes on Use of Components Connection Wiring Diagram

The table below shows how to interpret the Components Connection Wiring Diagrams. However, description of general symbols is omitted. Table 7-5. Wiring Diagram Symbols (Components Connection)
Wiring Diagram Symbol Description Represents a component connected by harness, wire, etc. Also indicates signal wire name and details. Arrows on the line indicate signal direction. Represents connection, which varies with specification, between components by means of harness or wires, and represents the signal line name or its function. The arrow < or > shown on the line represents the direction of signal. Represents connection between components by conductor such as leaf spring. Also indicates signal wire name and details. Arrows on the line indicate signal direction. Represents a function and a signal logical value (Low: L, High: H) at the time when the function is operated. The voltage is a value at the time when the signal is High. The arrow represents a signal direction. Represents a function and a signal logical value (Low: L, High: H) at the time when the function is detected. The voltage is a value at the time when the signal is High. The arrow represents a signal direction. Represents connection between wires.
Represents frame ground.
Represents return. Represents connector. Connector number is given above and pin number is given below. P : Represents plug side of connector. J: Represents jack side of connector. Represents a contact terminal with a flat spring or the like on a circuit board, with the connector (terminal) No. shown inside. Represents a connector directly mounted on the circuit board, with the connector No. shown inside.
Represents a component, with its name and the plate of the Parts List shown inside.
Represents connection between components by jointing with a screw. Indicates that A and A are connected.
Represents a functional part of a component, with its name or function name shown inside.
Indicates information related to that section. Represents an approximate value of DC voltage which is measured by connecting the negative terminal to SG (signal ground).
Appendix
414 Confidential
EPL-N3000
7.2.2 Overall Connection Wiring Diagram
7.2.2.1 Overall Connection Wiring Diagram of Printer
Appendix
SENSOR FULL STACK PL10.1.26
P/J290
P/J29
SENSOR FACE UP OPEN P/J291 PL10.1.25
HVPS /MCU PL12.1.19
INTERLOCK P/J142 S/W 5V PL8.1.12 P/J141 P/J28 P/J280 P/J14 SWITCH I/L ASSY PL1.1.11 Interlock S/W 5V R P/J144 Interlock S/W Front R P/J411 P/J27 A P/J270 P/J102 P/J2011 SOS P/J201 LDD P/J170 P/J17 P/J16 P/J11 P/J10 P/J140 A P/J41 P/J42
UI
P1
OPERATION PANEL PL1.1.1
"BOARD ASSY., MAIN" PL12.1.3

P/J400
FAN SUB PL8.1.5 PWBA EXIT MOTER PL12.1.4

P/J101 P/J45 P/J103 MOTOR ASSY EXIT PL10.1.15
ROS ASSY PL8.1.1

P/J160 P/J130 P/J131 P/J13 Scanner
LVPS PL12.1.5
INTERLOCK S/W 24V PL8.1.11 P/J44 INTERLOCK S/W REAR PL12.1.7 P/J43 MAIN MOTOR PL11.1.2
GUIDE TRAY LEFT PL6.1.7/ PL7.1.7 Tray 1 P/J180 SW Size1 P/J1821

Tray 2
P/J18
P/J40
P/J210
SW Size2
P/J48 P/J46 P/J4647 P/J248 P/J24 P/J47 P/J4248
INLET HARNESS ASSY AC 100V PL12.1.8

P/J4249 P/J4647 P/J245
Tray 2 SENSOR NO PAPER P/J246 PL6.1.38/PL7.1.38
Figure 7-2. Overall Connection Wiring Diagram of Printer

Tray 2 CLUTCH P/J247 ASSY PH PL6.1.21/PL7.1.20
Tray 1 P/J240 SENSOR NO PAPER PL5.1.38 Tray 1

SENSOR REGI P/J241 PL5.1.30 Tray 1 CLUTCH ASSY P/J242 PH PL5.1.21 CLUTCH REGI PL5.1.23 FAN MAIN PL 12.1.10 P/J243 P/J244
PRB
FUSER ASSY PL8.1.20
DB CR DTS
P/J31 P/J15
Imaging Cartridge
TR
P/J310
BTR ASSY PL8.1.21

P/J150 PWBA ASSY ANT
PL8.1.23
Revision C
415 Confidential
AcuLaser M4000N
Appendix
P/J290 P/J29
SENSOR FACE UP OPEN P/J291 PL10.1.25 P/J28
HVPS /MCU PL12.1.19
P/J280 PWBA ESS
UI
P1
HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK3 PL8.1.12 P/J141 P/J14
PL12.1.13
P/J400
P/J27
P/J270 P/J271
FAN SUB PL8.1.5
P/J2011 SOS P/J201 LDD P/J170 P/J17 P/J16 P/J140
P/J102
PWBA EXIT MOTOR PL12.1.4

P/J101
P/J103
MOTOR ASSY EXIT PL10.1.15
ROS ASSY 45-1200 PL8.1.1

P/J160 Scanner P/J130 P/J131
P/J11 P/J13 P/J10
P/J41 P/J42
LVPS PL12.1.5
P/J45
HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK1 PL8.1.11 P/J44 INTERLOCK S/W REAR PL12.1.7 P/J43 MAIN MOTOR PL11.1.2
GUIDE TRAY LEFT PL7.1.7

Tray 1
P/J180
P/J1821
SW Size1
Tray 2
P/J18
P/J40
P/J210
SW Size2
P/J48 P/J46 P/J47 P/J4248 P/J4647
INLET HARNESS ASSY AC 100V PL12.1.8

P/J4249 P/J4647

SENSOR NO PAPER PL7.1.38
P/J246
P/J248
P/J24
CLUTCH ASSY PH PL7.1.20

P/J247
PRB
FUSER ASSY PL8.1.20
P/J240 P/J245
DB
SENSOR REGI P/J241 PL5.1.30 CLUTCH ASSY PH PL5.1.21 CLUTCH REGI PL5.1.23 FAN MAIN 80 PL1.1.14 P/J242 P/J31 P/J243 P/J15 P/J244
EP CARTRIDGE CR DTS TR
P/J310
BTR ASSY PL8.1.21

P/J150 PWBA ASSY ANT
PL8.1.23
Revision C
416 Confidential
Revision C
7.2.2.2 Connection Wiring of Option 550 Feeder

HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19
P/J20 P/J2083
7.2.2.3 Overall Connection Wiring of Option Duplex

HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19 PWBA DUPLEX PL21.1.32
P/J2750 P/J50 P/J53
PWBA FEEDER 550 PL20.1.34

P/J83 P/J80 P/J801 P/J802
P/J54
OPT ASSY SIZE PL20.1.18 SENSOR
P/J27
FAN DUPLEX PL21.1.33

P/J530 SENSOR DUP
PL21.1.34
P/J81
P/J810 LOW PAPER
PL20.1.30
P/J52
P/J82 P/J820
P/J520
MOTOR FEEDER PL20.1.17

P/J51
SWITCH DUPLEX PL21.1.27 MOTOR DUPLEX PL21.1.29
P/J85
P/J855
P/J853
CLUTCH ASSY PH PL20.2.21 CLUTCH PR-REGI PL20.2.22 SENSOR

P/J852 NO PAPER
P/J56
P/J560
P/J84
P/J854
Figure 7-4. Overall Connection Wiring of Option Duplex
PL20.2.33
P/J8483 P/J2083
7.2.2.4 Overall Connection Wiring of Option OCT

HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19 PWBA OCT PL23.1.22
P/J71 P/J30 P/J3070 P/J70 P/J710
Figure 7-3. Connection Wiring of Option 550 Feeder
MOTOR ASSY OCT PL23.1.6
P/J72
MOTOR ASSY OFFSET PL23.1.20
P/J75
SOLENOID ASSY GATE PL23.1.27
P/J73
P/J730
SENSOR OCT PL23.1.30
P/J74
P/J740
S/W REAR COVER PL23.1.18
Figure 7-5. Overall Connection Wiring of Option OCT
Appendix
417 Confidential
Revision C 6 500 Paper Exit (p.425)

Connects HVPS/MCU and SENSOR FACE UP OPEN Connects HVPS/MCU and SENSOR FULL STACK
7.2.3 Wiring and Signal Descriptions between Components

7.2.3.1 Configuration
The Connection Wiring Diagrams are divided into 9 sections. Sections from 1 to 6 show details of connection between components of the printer main unit and Sections from 7 to 9 show details of connection between components of the optional units.
7 Option 550 Feeder (p.426)

1 INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W REAR, MAIN MOTOR, FAN

SUB, MOTOR ASSY EXIT (p.419)

Connects INTERLOCK S/W 24V, INTERLOCK S/W REAR and LVPS Connects MAIN MOTOR and LVPS Connects FAN SUB and HVPS/MCU Connects MOTOR ASSY EXIT and PWBA EXIT MOTOR Connects HVPS/MCU and LVPS, PWBA EXIT MOTOR, "BOARD ASSY.,MAIN"
Connects HVPS/MCU and PWBA FEEDER550 Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and OPT ASSY SIZE Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and SENSOR LOW PAPER Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and MOTOR FEEDER Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and CLUTCH ASSY PH Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and CLUTCH PR-REGI Connects PWBA FEEDER550 and SENSOR NO-PAPER Connects HVPS/MCU and PWBA DUPLEX Connects PWBA DUPLEX and FAN DUPLEX Connects PWBA DUPLEX and SENSOR DUP Connects PWBA DUPLEX and SWITCH DUPLEX Connects PWBA DUPLEX and MOTOR DUPLEX Connects HVPS/MCU and PWBA OCT Connects PWBA OCT and MOTOR ASSY OCT Connects PWBA OCT and MOTOR ASSY OFFSET Connects PWBA OCT and SOLENOID ASSY GATE Connects PWBA OCT and SENSOR OCT Connects PWBA OCT and S/W REAR COVER
8 Option Duplex (p.427)

2 FUSER ASSY, POWER SWITCH (p.421)

Connects FUSER ASSY and LVPS,GUIDE ASSY CRU R Connects POEWR SWITCH and LVPS
9 Option OCT (p.427)

3 Imaging Cartridge, BTR ASSY (p.422)

Connects Imaging Cartridge and GUIDE ASSY CRU R Connects BTR ASSY and GUIDE ASSY CRU R Connects PWBA ASSY ANT and HVPS/MCU Connects GUIDE ASSY CRU R and HVPS/MCU
4 ROS ASSY, INTERLOCK S/W 5V, SWITCH I/L ASSY (p.423)

Connects ROS ASSY and HVPS/MCU Connects INTERLOCK S/W 5V and HVPS/MCU Connects SWITCH I/L ASSY and HVPS/MCU
5 150 Paper Feeder, 550 Paper Feeder, FAN MAIN (p.424)

Connects GUIDE TRAY L ASSY and HVPS/MCU Connects Tray1 SENSOR NO PAPER and HVPS/MCU Connects SENSOR REGI and HVPS/MCU Connects Tray1 CLUTCH ASSY PH and HVPS/MCU Connects CLUTCH REGI and HVPS/MCU Connects Tray2 SENSOR LOW PAPER and HVPS/MCU Connects Tray2 SENSOR NO PAPER and HVPS/MCU Connects Tray2 CLUTCH ASSY PH and HVPS/MCU Connects FAN MAIN and HVPS/MCU Connects SENSOR TONER and HVPS/MCU
Appendix
418 Confidential
Revision C
1 INTERLOCK S/W 24V,INTERLOCK S/W REAR,MAIN MOTOR,FAN SUB,MOTOR ASSY EXIT

Signal Line Name /HEAT ON MOTOR ON MOTOR ALM INTERLOCK AFT INTERLOCK BEF FAN ALARM EXIT /INB EXIT /INA EXIT INB EXIT INA EXIT CUR A EXIT CUR B A and B /A and /B /PRFD /CCLK /CMD Control signal of MAIN MOTOR Monitor signal of MAIN MOTOR Front or Rear Cover Open detection signal. Goes High when the Front or Rear Cover is opened. Front Cover Open detection signal. High when Front Cover is open. FUN SUB monitor signal. High when there is an error. Phase /B excitation signal of EXIT MOTOR. Phase /B excitation signal of EXIT MOTOR. Phase /B excitation signal of EXIT MOTOR. Phase /B excitation signal of EXIT MOTOR. Current change signal for EXIT MOTOR. Current change signal for EXIT MOTOR. Current output to each coil of EXIT MOTOR. Phase A, phase B Current output to each coil of EXIT MOTOR. Phase A, phase B Pre-feed signal. Works only when /RDY is Low Clock signal. Transmitted simultaneously with /STA or /CMD Command signal. Transmitted from the controller in synchronization with /CCLK when /CBSY is Low. Ready signal of power to the controller. Turns Low upon completion of CPU initialization after turning on of power to the controller. Turns High at occurrence of any error in CPU Printing start signal. Works only when /RDY is Low. Command busy signal. Low during /CMD transmission. (Except when /SBSY is Low or /PPRD is High) Status signal. When /SBSY is Low, Status is transmitted in synchronization with /CCLK. Status busy signal. Low during /STA transmission from the printer. (Except when /CBSY is Low or /PPRD is High) Vertical synchronizing signal of image data. Output periodically during operation of ROS Motor. Ready signal. Low during waiting for reception of /START. Ready signal of power to the printer. Turns Low upon completion of MCU CPU initialization after turning on of power to the printer. Turns High when MCU has detected an error. Horizontal synchronizing signal of image data. Output periodically during operation of ROS Motor. Description AC power control signal of Heater Rod. Low: ON / High: OFF
Signal Line Name /SLP /VDO1 /VDO2
Description Control signal for the LVPS. Low in power-saving mode. Image data signal. Transmitted in synchronization with /TOP and /BD. High (White) for any data other than effective data.
/CPRDY /START /CBSY /STA /SBSY /TOP /RDY /PPRDY
/BD
Appendix
419 Confidential
EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N EPL-N3000

5
HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19 HARNESS ASSY LVPS(1/6) PL12.1.1 P/J11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 MCU STBY Power Save 1 Power Save 2 /HEAT ON(Short) /HEAT ON(Long) MOTOR ON STS 2 STS MOTOR ALM /EXIT INTERLOCK AFT INTERLOCK BEF 5V DC SG LG 3.3V DC P/J41 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Revision C AcuLaser M4000N
A
LVPS PL12.1.5
24V DC Supply
P/J45 1 3 P/J44 1 3 P/J43 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P/J40 4 3 2 1
HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19
P/J11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
HARNESS ASSY LVPS(1/6) PL12.1.1

MCU STBY Power Save 1 Power Save 2 /HEAT ON(Short) /HEAT ON(Long) MOTOR ON STS STS 2 MOTOR ALM /EXIT INTERLOCK AFT INTERLOCK BEF 5V DC SG LG 3.3V DC
LVPS PL12.1.5
P/J41 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
24V DC Supply
P/J45 1 3 P/J44 1 3 P/J43 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
24VDC
24VDC
INTERLOCK S/W 24V PL8.1.11
HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK1 PL8.1.11 INTERLOCK S/W REAR PL12.1.7

24VDC AFT 24VDC AFT 24V RTN 24V RTN MOTOR ON MOTOR ALM LG
24VDC AFT
24VDC AFT
INTERLOCK S/W REAR PL12.1.7
24VDC AFT 24VDC AFT 24V RTN 24V RTN MOTOR ON MOTOR ALM LG
MAIN MOTOR PL11.1.2
MAIN MOTOR 45 PL11.1.2
P/J10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
HARNESS ASSY LVPS (2/6) PL12.1.1

24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V RTN 24V RTN 24V RTN 24V RTN 24V AFT
HARNESS ASSY LVPS(4/6) PL12.1.1 LG 3.3V DC SG 5V DC

P/J10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
HARNESS ASSY LVPS (2/6) PL12.1.1

24V DC 24V DC 24V DC 24V RTN 24V RTN 24V RTN 24V RTN 24V AFT
B
P/J42 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J270 1 3 2 2 3 1 P/J102 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NC 8 4 3 2 1
2 /MOT SPEED LOW
HARNESS ASSY LVPS(4/6) P/J40 PL12.1.1 LG

3.3V DC SG 5V DC
P/J42 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P/J270 1 3 2 2 3 1 P/J102 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
24VDC AFT 24V RTN
19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
24V DC 24V RTN FAN ALARM 3.3V DC LG EXIT / INB EXIT / INA EXIT INB EXIT INA EXIT CUR A EXIT CUR B
FAN SUB PL8.1.5 PWBA EXIT MOTOR PL12.1.4

P/J101 1 2 P/J103 1 2 3 4 5
24V DC A B /A /B
P/J27 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
24V DC 24V RTN FAN ALARM 3.3V DC LG EXIT / INB EXIT / INA EXIT INB EXIT INA EXIT CUR A /MOT SPEED LOW
FAN SUB PL8.1.5 PWBA EXIT MOTOR PL12.1.4

P/J101 1 2 P/J103 1 2 3 4 5
24V DC A B /A /B
24VDC AFT 24V RTN
HARNESS ASSY LVPS(3/6) PL12.1.1 P/J27
P/J28 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FFC ASSY ESS PL12.1.16

LG RESERVED LG / PRFD / CCLK / CMD / CPRDY / START / CBSY LG NC(FWE) / STA / SBSY / TOP / RDY / PPRDY LG / BD LG RESERVED (TEST PRINT) / SLP 3.3V DC (VMON) LG /VDO1 / LG /VDO2
P/J280 "BOARD ASSY., 1 P/J400 MAIN" 2 4 PL12.1.13 3 3 4 2 5 1 6 7 HARNESS ASSY 8 OPERATION PANEL PL1.1.10 9 P1 PANEL 10 11 PL1.1.1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
P/J28 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FFC ASSY ESS PL12.1.16

LG RESERVED LG /PRFD /CCLK /CMD /CPRDY /START /CBSY LG NC(FWE) /STA /SBSY /TOP /RDY /PPRDY LG /BD LG RESERVED (TEST PRINT) /SLP 3.3V DC (VMON) LG /VDO1 /LG /VDO2
P/J280 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
PWBA ESS PL12.1.13
P/J400 4 3 2 1
HARNESS ASSY PANEL PL1.1.10

P1
/MOT SPEED P/J271 /MOT SPEED LOW LOW 2 NC 1 2 1 NC
Figure 7-6. Components Connection Wiring Diagram 1 (EPL-N3000)
Figure 7-7. Components Connection Wiring Diagram 1 (AcuLaser M4000N)
Appendix
420 Confidential
Revision C
2 FUSER ASSY, POWER SWITCH

Signal Line Name /EXIT STS PRB Description Signal from Exit Sensor. Light received: Low Temperature monitor signal (analog signal) from Temperature Sensor (Thermistor). Detects temperature of the Heat Roll surface. Output from the HVPS for applying high voltage to the Pressure Roll.
EPL-N3000
LVPS PL12.1.5 HARNESS ASSY FUSER PL8.1.17
STS 2 LG Pullup 3.3V LG / EXIT STS 1 LG
AcuLaser M4000N
FUSER ASSY PL8.1.20
P/J4647 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 (Secondary) P/J4248 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 P/J4247 Exit Sensor P.ROLL (Primary) P/J47 1 3 5 LINE NUT NUT TS TS J2 J1 H.ROLL
A4 Long A4 Short
LVPS PL12.1.5
P/J43 P/J46 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
HARNESS ASSY FUSER PL8.1.17

STS 2 LG Pullup 3.3V LG / EXIT STS 1 LG
FUSER ASSY PL8.1.20

P/J43 P/J4647 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 (Secondary) P/J43 P/J4248 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 P/J4247 Exit Sensor P.ROLL (Primary) P/J43 P/J4249 2 1 1 2
P/J46 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P/J4249 2 1 1 2
(Secondary) (Primary) P/J48 LINE 1 NUT 3
(Secondary) (Primary) P/J43 P/J48 LINE 1 NUT 3 P/J43 P/J47 1 3 5 LINE NUT NUT TS TS
3 2 1
T1
3 2 1
H.ROLL
A4 Long A4 Short
INLET HARNESS ASSY AC100V PL12.1.8 POWER SWITCH P/J 480 PL12.1.6
4 2 1 3 FG
INLET
FG
HARNESS ASSY AC IN PL12.1.8 POWER SWITCH

FG
FG
P/J 480 PL12.1.6 4 2 1 3
HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19
GUIDE ASSY CRU R PL8.1.25
HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19
GUIDE ASSY CRU R PL8.1.25
PRB
PRB
HVPS
HVPS
Appendix
421 Confidential
Revision C
3 Imaging Cartridge, BTR ASSY

Signal Line Name DB CR DTS TR
HVPS/ MCU PL 12.1.19
Description Output from the HVPS to the Mag Roll. (Development bias) Output from the HVPS to the BCR. Output from the HVPS to the Detack Saw. Output from the HVPS to the BTR.
GUIDE ASSY CRU R PL 8.1.25 Imaging Cartridge
DB
Mag Roll
CR
BCR Drum
DTS
Detack Saw
P/J 310 1 BTR
P/J 31 1 HVPS MCU P/J15 1 2 3
TR
BTR ASSY PL 8.1.21

P/J150 PWBA ASSY ANT ANT IN ANT OUT 2 1
PL8.1.23
HARNESS ASSY ANT PL 8.1.24
Figure 7-10. Components Connection Wiring Diagram 3
Appendix
422 Confidential
EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N AcuLaser M4000N

HARNESS ASSY ROS PL8.1.2
N.C. P/J141 1 2 3 3 2 1 N.C. N.C.
Revision C
4 ROS ASSY,INTERLOCK S/W 5V, SWITCH I/L ASSY

Signal Line Name /SOS /PCONT Vref MO/DET-OUT /LDENB XP DATA+ XP DATA/ROSMOT ON /ROSMOT CLK Description Synchronizing signal generated by the SOS Sensor, which orders starting each scanning. Sample/hold circuit. Low = sample (LD forced lighting) High = hold Laser output control signal which determines or adjusts the current flowing in the Laser Diode. Laser output monitor signal which feeds back the output of laser beam emitted by the Laser Diode (analog signal). Control signal which permits the emission of light of the Laser Diode. High: Laser Diode OFF Print image data. DATA+>DATA-: Lighting DATA+<DATA-: Light out
P/J142 1 2 3 3 2 1 N.C.
HARNESS ASSY INTERLOCK3 PL8.1.12
HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19
P/J14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5V DC SG /SOS /PCONT 1 Vref MO/DET-OUT /PCONT2 /LDENB
P/J140 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LDD
ROS ASSY 45-1200 PL8.1.1 SOS
P/J201 P/J2011 5VDC AFT 1 3 /SOS 2 2 SG 3 1
P/J17 1 2
XPDATA 2+ XPDATA 2-
P/J170 2 1
Scanner Motor Control signal which turns on and off the Scanner Motor. Low: ON / High: OFF Clock signal to the ROS MOTOR
P/J16 1 2
XPDATA 1+ XPDATA 1-
P/J160 2 1
P/J13 P/J14 1 2 3 4 4 7 8 P/J142 1 2 2 1 24V DC 24V RTN/SG /ROSMOT ON /ROSMOT CLK
P/J131 1 2 3 4 4 4 3 2 4 1
P/J130 Scanner 5 4 3 2 1
EPL-N3000
HARNESS ASSY ROS PL8.1.2
P/J141 1 2 2 1
INTERLOCK S/W 5V PL8.1.12
SWITCH I/L ASSY PL1.1.11

P/J144 1 2 2 1
Interlock S/W 5V R
P/J411 1 3 2 1 N.C.
HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19
N.C.
2 3
Interlock S/W Front R
P/J14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
5V DC SG /SOS /PCONT 1 Vref MO/DET-OUT /PCONT2 /LDENB
P/J140 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LDD
ROS ASSY PL8.1.1
P/J201 P/J2011 5VDC AFT 1 3 /SOS 2 2 SG 3 1
SOS
P/J17 1 2
XPDATA 2+ XPDATA 2-
P/J170 2 1
P/J16 1 2
XPDATA 1+ XPDATA 1-
P/J160 2 1
P/J13 1 2 3 4 24V DC 24V RTN/SG /ROSMOT ON /ROSMOT CLK
P/J131 1 2 3 4 4 3 2 1
P/J130 Scanner 5 4 3 2 1
Appendix
423 Confidential
EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N AcuLaser M4000N

Description Signal from the SENSOR LOW PAPER. Light received: Low Signal from the SENSOR NO PAPER of Tray 2. Light received: Low CLUTCH ASSY PH control signal of Tray 2. Low: ON / High: OFF Signal from the SENSOR NO PAPER of Tray 1. Light received: Low Signal from the SENSOR REGI. Light received: Low CLUTCH ASSY PH control signal of Tray 1. Low: ON / High: OFF CLUTCH REGI control signal. Low: ON / High: OFF Fan monitor signal. Goes High when the rotation of the FAN MAIN is abnormal. Imaging Cartridge toner detection signal from the SENSOR TONER.
HARNESS ASSY CHUTE HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 PL12.1.17 PL7.1.36 P/J248 P/J246
PULLUP 3.3V LG 24V DC CLUTCH-TRAY2 ON 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5
P/J247
Revision C
5 150PAPER FEEDER,550 PAPER FEEDER

Signal Line Name /LOW-PAPER2 SNR ON /NO-PAPER2 SNR ON CLUTCH-TRAY2 ON /NO-PAPER1 SNR ON /REG SNR ON CLUTCH-TRAY1 ON CLUTCH-REGI ON FAN ALARM D OUT
HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19

P/J18 1 2 3 4 5
SW 4 SW 3 LG SW 2 SW 1
GUIDE TRAY LEFT PL7.1.7

P/J1821 10 1 9 8 7 6 2 3 4 5 P/J180 5 4 3 2 1
Tray1 SW Size1
6 7 8 9 10
SW 4 SW3 LG SW2 SW1
4 7 3 8 2 9 1 10
P/J210 5 4 3 2 1
Tray2 SW Size2
EPL-N3000
HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19
P/J18 1 2 3 4 5
P/J24 1 2
3 2 1 2 1 1 2
SW 4 SW 3 LG SW 2 SW 1
GUIDE TRAY LEFT PL7.1.7/

P/J1821 10 1 9 8 7 6 2 3 4 5
3 4 5
/NO-PAPER2 SNR ON
SENSOR NO PAPER PL7.1.38 CLUTCH ASSY PH PL7.1.20
Tray1 Size Switch
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PULL UP 3.3V LG /NO-PAPER1 SNR ON PULLUP 3.3V LG /REG SNR ON 24V DC CLUTCH-TRAY1 ON 24V DC CLUTCH-REGI ON FAN ALARM 24V RTN 24V DC
P/J245 6 1 5 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
HARNESS ASSY TR P/J240 PL5.1.37

3 2 1

P/J241 3 2 1
6 7 8 9 10
SW 4 SW3 LG SW2 SW1
Tray2 Size Switch
SENSOR REGI PL5.1.30
4 7 3 8 2 9 1 10
P/J242 2 1 1 2 P/J243 2 1 1 2 P/J244 3 1 2 2 1 3
CLUTCH ASSY PH PL5.1.21 CLUTCH REGI PL5.1.23
P/J24 1 2 3 4 5
HARNESS ASSY CHUTE HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 PL12.1.17 PL6.1.36/PL7.1.36 P/J248 P/J246
PULLUP 3.3V LG 24V DC CLUTCH-TRAY2 ON 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5
P/J247
3 2 1 2 1 1 2
/NO-PAPER2 SNR ON
Tray 2 SENSOR NO PAPER PL7.1.38 Tray 2 CLUTCH ASSY PH PL7.1.20 Tray 1 SENSOR NO PAPER PL5.1.38
P/J241 3 2 1
16 17 18
FAN MAIN 80 PL 1.1.14
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
PULL UP 3.3V LG /NO-PAPER1 SNR ON PULLUP 3.3V LG /REG SNR ON 24V DC CLUTCH-TRAY1 ON 24V DC CLUTCH-REGI ON FAN ALARM 24V RTN 24V DC
P/J245 13 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 PL5.1.37
P/J240 3 2 1
SENSOR REGI PL5.1.30
P/J242 2 1 1 2 P/J243 2 1 1 2 P/J244 3 1 2 2 1 3
Tray 1 CLUTCH ASSY PH PL5.1.21 CLUTCH REGI PL5.1.23 FAN MAIN PL 12.1.10
4 10 3 11 2 12 1 13
Appendix
424 Confidential
Revision C
6 500 PAPER EXIT

Signal Line Name /LOW-PAPER2 SNR ON /NO-PAPER2 SNR ON Description Signal from the SENSOR FULL STACK. Light received: Low Signal from the SENSOR FACE UP OPEN of Tray 2. Light received: Low
HVPS/ P/J29 MCU 1 PL12.1.19

2 3
HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR PL10.1.27

Pull Up 3.3V LG / FULLSTACK SNR ON P/J290 3 2 1
4 5 6
Pull Up 3.3V LG / FACE UP OPEN SNR ON
P/J291 3 2 1
SENSOR FACE UP OPEN PL10.1.25
Figure 7-15. Components Connection Wiring Diagram 6
Appendix
425 Confidential
Revision C
7 OPTION 550 FEEDER

Signal Line Name
TRAY SNS /LOW-PAPER FEEDER550 SNR ON A and B /A and /B CLUTCH-TURN550 ON CLUTCH-FEED550 ON /NO-PAPER FEED550 SNR ON
HVPS/MCU PL12.1.19
Description
Option Feeder detection signal. ID is recognized by the number of fall edges. Signal from the SENSOR LOW PAPER. Light received: Low Phase A and B excitation signals of MOTOR 550 FEEDER Phase /A and /B excitation signals of MOTOR 550 FEEDER CLUTCH ASSY PH control signal. Low: ON / High: OFF CLUTCH PR-REGI control signal. Low: ON / High: OFF Signal from the SENSOR NO PAPER. Light received: Low
HARNESS ASSY FDR1 PL12.1.21

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 24V DC RTN 24V DC RTN RTN 3.3V DC LG TRAY SNS TXD RXD

P/J2083 1 10 2 9 3 8 4 7 5 6 6 5 7 4 8 3 9 2 10 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PWBA FEEDER 550 PL20.1.34

P/J80 1 2 3 4 5
HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR 2 PL20.1.35

SW 4 SW 3 LG SW 2 SW 1 5 4 3 2 1
HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR 1 PL20.1.19

P/J801 1 2 3 4 5 P/J802 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5
P/J20
P/J83
OPT ASSY SIZE PL20.1.18
P/J81 1 Pull Up 3.3V 2 LG 3 /LOW-PAPER FEED SNR ON
HARNESS LOW PAPER PL20.1.33
P/J810 3 2 1
SENSOR LOW PAPER PL20.1.30
HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT PL20.1.37

P/J82 1 2 3 4 5 24V DC A B /A /B P/J820 5 1 4 2 3 3 2 4 1 5
MOTER FEEDER PL20.1.17
HARNESS ASSY HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 CLSNR1 PL20.1.36 PL20.2.31

P/J85 1 24V DC 2 CLUTCH -TURN ON 3 4 5 6 7 24V DC CLUTCH -FEED ON Pull Up 3.3V LG /NO-PAPER FEED SNR ON P/J855 7 1 6 2 5 4 3 4 5 6 7 P/J853 2 1 1 2 P/J854 2 1 1 2 P/J852 3 2 1
CLUTCH ASSY PH PL20.2.21 CLUTCH PR-REGI PL20.2.22 SENSOR NO PAPER PL20.2.33
3 2 1
P/J84 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RXD TXD TRAY SNS LG 3.3V DC RTN RTN 24V DC RTN 24V DC N.C.
P/J8483 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Figure 7-16. Components Connection Wiring Diagram (Option 550 Feeder)
Appendix
426 Confidential
Revision C
8 OPTION DUPLEX
Signal Line Name FAN ALARM /DUP SNR ON /DUP COVER OPEN A and B /A and /B
HVPS/ MCU PL12.1.19 HARNESS ASSY LVPS PL12.1.1
24V DC RTN 24V DC RTN 3.3V DC LG TXD RXD N.C.
9 OPTION OCT
Description Fan monitor signal. Turns High when an error has occurred in operation of the FAN DUPLEX. Signal from the SENSOR DUP. Light received: Low Signal from the SWITCH DUPLEX. Turns Low when the cover (COVER HSG DUP) of the Duplex has been closed.
Phase A and B excitation signals of MOTOR Option Duplex Phase /A and /B excitation signals of MOTOR Option Duplex
HARNESS PWBA DUPLEX ASSY DUP PL21.1.32 P/J2750 PL21.1.7 P/J50 P/J54
1 1 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 N.C. N.C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3
HARNESS ASSY OCT1 PL12.1.26
24V DC RTN 24V DC RTN 3.3V DC LG TXD RXD N.C. N.C.
Signal Line Name

A and B DIR SOL FUKKI DIR SOL KYUIN /REAR COVER OPEN
Description
Phase A and B excitation signals of MOTOR ASSY OCT and MOTOR ASSY OFFSET. Control signals of SOLENOID ASSY GATE. Signal from the S/W REAR COVER. Goes Low when the rear cover (COVER REAR) of the OCT is closed.
HARNESS ASSY OCT2 PL23.1.25
P/J3070 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 N.C. N.C. P/J70 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 P/J72 1 2 3 4 5 6 N.C. 24V DC A B /A /B
HVPS/ P/J30 MCU 8 PL12.1.19

7 6 5 4 3 2
PWBA OCT PL23.1.22
HARNESS ASSY OCT MOT PL23.1.46

P/J71 24V DC 1 2 A B 3 /A 4 5 /B P/J710 5 1 4 2 3 2 1 3 4 5
P/J27 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
MOTOR ASSY OCT PL23.1.6
24V DC 24V RTN FAN ALARM
FAN DUPLEX PL21.1.33
HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR PL21.1.35

P/J53 Pull Up 3.3V 1 LG 2 / DUP SNR ON 3 P/J530 3 2 1
SENSOR DUP PL21.1.34
10 10
MOTOR ASSY OFFSET PL23.1.20
N.C. 10 1
HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER PL21.1.31 P/J52 P/J520

1 2 LG / DUP COVER OPEN 2 1
P/J75 DIR SOL FUKKI 3 24V DC 2 DIR SOL KYUIN 1
SOLENOID ASSY GATE PL23.1.27
SWITCH DUPLEX PL21.1.27
HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR PL23.1.26

P/J73 Pull Up 3.3V 1 2 LG / OCT SNR ON 3 P/J730 3 2 1
SENSOR OCT PL23.1.30
P/J51 24V DC 1 A 2 B 3 /A 4 /B 5
MOTOR DUPLEX PL21.1.29
HARNESS ASSY REAR COVER PL23.1.29 Sensor Full Stack

P/J74 LG 2 1 / REAR COVER OPEN P/J740 2 1
S/W REAR COVER PL23.1.18
HARNESS ASSY ASSY DUP EARTH P/J56 PL21.1.28 P/J560
Sensor Offset
Figure 7-18. Components Connection Wiring Diagram (Option DUPLEX) Figure 7-17. Components Connection Wiring Diagram (Option DUPLEX)
Appendix
427 Confidential
Revision C
7.3 Control Panel Special Operations

This printer provides the special functions listed in the following table by means of the special button operations.
Do not disclose this information (except for Support mode) to users as these features are for product development and servicing.
7.3.1 Operation Method & Functions

Model name Function Support Mode Maintenance mode Panel setting initialization Program ROM update Engine controller update CPU reset (when a service call error occurs) Error sheet print Detailed information display (when a service call error occurs) RAM check (all areas) DIAGNOSTIC MODE X O EPL-N3000 O O O O O AcuLaser M4000N O O O O O Operation Method Turn on the power while pressing the [ button. Turn on the power while pressing the [ [ ] ,[ ] and [ ] switches. ] ], Explanation Adds Support Menu and Printer Adjust Menu to the panel menu.For details on each menu, see Support Menu (p429) and Printer Adjust Menu (p429). Adds Maintenance Menu to the panel menu. For details on each menu, see Maintenance Menu (p429).
Turn on the power while pressing the [Cancel Values set from the control panel are all initialized. Job] button. Turn on the power while pressing the [ [Cancel Job] and [Start/Stop] switches. ], Updates the program ROM. For operational procedures, see Firmware Update (p401).
Turn on the power while pressing the [ ], Updates engine controller firmware. [ ], [Cancel Job], and [Start/Stop] switches. For operational procedures, see Firmware Update (p401). Press the [ ], [ ], [ ], [ ], and [Cancel For special use only. Not used in normal maintenance/repair. Job] switches when a Service Call error occurs. After the CPU is reset in a Service Call, Press For special use only. Not used in normal maintenance/repair. the [ ] switch. Press the [ ], [ ], and [Cancel Job] switches when a Service Call occurs. For special use only. Not used in normal maintenance/repair.
O O X
O O O
Turn on the power while pressing the [Start/ Checks RAM (all area) at power-on. Perform this check when a controller-related error Stop], [ ], [ ] and [ ] buttons. is occurred in order to identify if the cause of the problem is the RAM or not. Turn the power on while pressing the [ button. Mode used by OEM manufacturers for the mass production test. The USB ID is fixed to "000000000000000000". The network interface starts as DHCP enabled and "IP address setting" and "IP address" are not displayed on the panel setting.
Appendix
Control Panel Special Operations
428 Confidential
Revision C
7.3.2 Special Menu

The following special adjustment menu is provided. The underlined values are default values. SUPPORT MENU
Setting item HDD Format PS3 HDD Init HDD Data All Delete Sleep Mode Settings Executable type Executable type Executable type Enable, Disenable Explanation Formatting the hard disk drive Erase only the fonts installed from the Adobe PostScript 3 (PS3). Delete data by filling all sectors with 0. Sets the Sleep Mode behavior. EPL- AcuLaser N3000 M4000N O O X O O O O O O O
MAINTENANCE MENU
Setting item Engine Status Sheet Settings Explanation EPL- AcuLaser N3000 M4000N X X X X X O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Executable type Starts printing the Engine Status Sheet.
Print Log Report Executable type Starts printing the Print Log Sheet. Reset LC2 Counter Reset LC3 Counter Clear Error Log TOP MP TOP LC1 TOP LC2 TOP LC3 TOP Duplex Executable type Resets the counter for the used amount of the paper source feed Executable type roller. Executable type Clears the Error Log List stored to display on the Engine Status Sheet. -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 Sets the margin on top direction of the paper in each paper feeder .The -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 unit is (mm). -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 The value can be changed in -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 increments of 0.5mm. -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 Sets the margin on side direction of the paper in each paper feeder. -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 The unit is (mm). The value can be -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 changed in increments of 0.5mm. -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0 -4.0 ~ 0.0 ~ 4.0
LCD Backlight Auto, On, Off Selects the control on the backlight of the LCD panel.
PRINTER ADJUST MENU

Setting item Normal Settings 0~1 Explanation Sets the paper type and printing speed to be notified to the engine when printing with PaperType = Normal. Sets the printing speed to be notified to the engine when printing with PaperType = Thick. Sets the printing speed to be notified to the engine when printing with PaperType = Extra Thick. EPL- AcuLaser N3000 M4000N X O
TOP Thick Side MP Side LC1 Side LC2 Side LC3 Side Duplex X O
Thick
0~1
Extra Thick
0~1
X O O O O
O O O O O
Feed Offset Scan Offset Feed Offset 1 Scan Offset 2
-3.5 ~ 0.0 ~ 3.5 Sets the physical offset on the one side of the paper.The unit is (mm). The value -3.5 ~ 0.0 ~ 3.5 can be changed in increments of 0.5mm. -3.5 ~ 0.0 ~ 3.5 Sets the physical offset on the two-front of the paper.The unit is (mm). The value -3.5 ~ 0.0 ~ 3.5 can be changed in increments of 0.5mm.
Appendix
Control Panel Special Operations
429 Confidential
Revision C
Table 7-6. Status Sheet Information
Location 4 Item Footer information (EPL-N3000) Explanation
USB communication mode
7.5 Information Sheet

7.5.1 Status Sheet
The information printed on the status sheet are described in the table below. Table 7-6. Status Sheet Information
Location 1 Item Explanation Date and Time MMMM: Month, DD: Day, YYYY: Year, HH: Hour, MM: (AcuLaser M4000N Minute. Date and time are printed only when time is only) synchronized. Printer information / Information on the following items is printed. Printer setup Consumables life Operational history Main unit information Settings information Hardware environment Information on the following items is printed. Interfaces Paper feeders Optional parts/units The character string includes the following information. Date of firmware IAxxxx: The format is xxxx=ddym. m indicates October=a, November=b and December=c. Parallel interfacefs communication mode e: ECP n: Nibble none: Compatibility Case of Flash DIMM *: Displayed if program can be updated Number of paper jam occurrences JCxxxxxx: the number of times is indicated in 6-digit Number of toner cartridge replacements IC x: May be one or more digits are used, depending on the number. USB ID xxPxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
This printer always uses UFS. After the printer turns on, if no communication with the USB interface is performed (except when USB cable is not connected) when USB I/ F=OFF is set in USN Menu, it is not displayed. Mechanical control version MCxxxxxxx
Footer information (EPL-N3000)
Footer information The character string includes the following information. (AcuLaser M4000N) Code ROM device type * : Flash space : Mask USB ID 54PXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX The latest USB communication mode H:HS F: FS space: No USB connection USB communication mode D: D4 compliant device connected space: Non D4 compliant device Type-B level 3: L3 TypeB space: other than L3 Result of IEEE1284 negotiation e: ECP n: Nibble space: Compatibility Number of paper jam occurrences JCxxxxxx: the number of times is indicated in 6-digit Number of toner cartridge replacements ICkkk: the number of times is indicated in 3-digit Number of operations cancelling toner cartridge errors KKK: the number of times is indicated in 3-digit
Appendix
Information Sheet
430 Confidential
Revision C
Figure 7-19. Status Sheet (EPL-N3000)
Figure 7-20. Status Sheet (AcuLaser M4000N)
Appendix
Information Sheet
431 Confidential
Revision C
7.4.2 Network Status Sheet (AcuLaser M4000N only)

The following pages give an example of the Network Status Sheet printout. The Network Status Sheet consists of three pages.
Figure 7-21. Network Status Sheet (1/3)
Appendix
Information Sheet
432 Confidential
Revision C
Appendix
Information Sheet
433 Confidential
Revision C
Table 7-7. Engine Status Sheet
Location Explanation Total number of printed pages Number of paper jam occurrences Remaining amount of toner Total number of dots Number of detections of new toner cartridges Remaining toner capacity Amount of toner consumption Total number of impressions printed using the cartridge. Remaining amount of Fuser Unit. Total number of impressions printed using the Fuser Unit. Number of replacements of new Fuser Unit. The current usage level of the maintenance unit. Total number of impressions printed since the unit is installed. Number of replacements of the unit. Consumption percentage of the paper feed roller LC2. Total number of pages printed since the roller is installed. Number of replacements of the roller. 8 9 10 11 Power On Sleep MCU Error Log Thick Step 7 Printer Adjust Menu Normal Step Changes Times 6 LC3 Feed Roller Item Consumed Sheets Units % Sheets Explanation Consumption percentage of the paper feed roller LC2. Total number of pages printed since the roller is installed. Number of replacements of the roller. The paper type to be notified to the engine when printing with PaperType = Normal. The printing speed to be notified to the engine when printing with PaperType = Thick. The printing speed to be notified to the engine when printing with PaperType = Extra Thick. The offset values specified using the printer adjustment function.
7.4.3 Engine Status Sheet (AcuLaser M4000N only)

Table 7-7. Engine Status Sheet
Location 1 2 Total Counts Item Total Pages Jam Counts Toner Cartridge Remain Total Dots Changes Capacity Consumed Pages 3 Fuser Unit Remain Pages Changes 4 Maintenance Unit Remain Pages Changes 5 LC2 Feed Roller Consumed Sheets Changes Units pages times % --times pages --pages % pages times % pages times % Sheets Times
Extra Thick
Step
Feed Offset Scan Offset
mm mm
Feed Offset 2 mm Scan Offset 2 mm Times Times --Number of power-on times Number of times returned from the power save mode. Engine controller firmwareversion (A 10-digit number).
The following information for each error is printed; panel messages, EJL status code, the number of printed pages, jam code, paper size, paper type, date and time. Up to 20 errors are printed in reverse chronologic order. The target errors are paper jam errors and service request errors that occurred after (Ready) status. JAM : Jam status code is expressed in hexadecimal eight-digit character string. Table 7-8 Paper Jam Code, (p,435) for explanation on how to read the code. Size : Paper size indicated on the control panel Type : Paper type name used to be identified by the engine. Date/Time : Paper jam occurrence date and time
Appendix
Information Sheet
434 Confidential

Table 7-8. Paper Jam Code
Hexadecimal number Bit (Engine status indication) 00001000 12 00000800 11 00000400 10 00000200 00000100 00000080 00000040 00000020 00000010 00000008 00000004 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Binary number
Revision C
Description
1 2 3 4 5 6
10000 00000000 OCT Jam 2 1000 00000000 OCT Jam 1 100 00000000 Duplex Jam 4 10 00000000 Duplex Jam 3 1 00000000 Duplex Jam 2 10000000 Duplex Jam 1 1000000 Reg Jam 2 100000 Reg Jam 1 10000 Feed Jam 2 1000 Feed Jam 1 100 EXIT Jam 3 10 EXIT Jam 2 1 EXIT Jam 1
7 8 9
10 11
Note
00000002 00000001
: If you cannot find the corresponding code in the table, multiple paper jam may be occurring. In that case, convert the displayed code (hexadecimal number) into binary number and find the combination in the table. e.g.) 00001080 (hexadecimal number) 00010000 10000000 (binary number) 00010000 00000000 + 00000000 10000000 OCT Jam 2 + Duplex Jam 1
Figure 7-24. Engine Status Sheet
Appendix
Information Sheet
435 Confidential
Revision C
Table 7-9. Print Log Report Information
Location 9 Item Toner cartridge record Current Unit Explanation G or N / pages Toner cartridge type* and the number of printed pages at the time this Print Log Report is printed G or N / pages Toner cartridge type* replaced last time and the number of printed pages using the cartridge G or N / pages Toner cartridge type* replaced the time before last and the number of printed pages using the cartridge
7.4.4 Print Log Report (AcuLaser M4000N only)

Table 7-9. Print Log Report Information
Location 1 2 S/N Date Item Unit --yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm Explanation The serial number of the main unit The local year / month / date / time information is printed. Not printed when the time has not been synchronized. Remaining amount of K toner Total number of printed pages Total number of printed simplex pages Total number of printed duplex pages Number of pseudo pages added for duplex printing Total number of printed pages per print mode The proportion of printed dots to the total number of dots available on one page per color (each time one page is printed, the coverage percentage is averaged) Number of dots printed using 1% of toner (each time the toner amount decreases by 1%, the value is updated) Number of pages printable using the remaining toner amount (calculated based on the values of 6 and 7)
1 record prior 2 record prior * : G = genuine, N = not genuine
3 4
Toner Remain Print of papers
K Toner Total Simplex Duplex Dummy
% pages pages pages pages pages %
5 6
Print of mode Coverage Duty
Dots/1%
dots
Estimate
pages
Appendix
Information Sheet
436 Confidential
Revision C
5 6
10
Figure 7-25. Print Log Report
Appendix
Information Sheet
437 Confidential
Revision C
7.6 Exploded Diagrams

The following pages show exploded diagrams of this product.
Appendix
Exploded Diagrams
438 Confidential
C 554-C AS E -001
T he parts to which no reference number is assigned will not be available as after-sale service parts.
1 10
[Ref PL10.1]
12 13 (with 7-9,11) 6
9 11 3
JG5014EA
F OR E P L-N3000 (1.1)
R ev.01 C 554
C 554-E LE C -001
19
16 26 29 35
21
17
13
33 32 10 6
34
11
7 23 8
JG5018EA
F OR E P L-N3000 (12.1)
R ev.01 C 554
C 554-ME C H-001
1 7 8 11
50 (with 1-39,99) 99 (with PL5.1-a) 3 13 15 6
10
18 38 39
19 18 19 20 21 24 23
37
35
26 25 27
28
33
32
JG5002EA
F OR E P L-N3000 (2.1)
R ev.01 C 554
C 554-ME C H-002
1 7 8 11
50 (with 1-48,52,53,99) 99 (with PL7.1-a) 3 13
10
15
18 45 46 47 48
19 18 19 20 21 22
27 26 43 28
24 23 25 29
41
40
36
JG5004EA
F OR E P L-N3000 (4.1)
R ev.01 C 554
C 554-ME C H-003
1 (with 2-44,99)
2 (with 3,13,20,40-42) a 99 10 99 42 43 38 39 17 12 7 6 3 (with 4-10)
37
15
14
13 (with 14-19)
33
31 25
31 21 23 26 24 (with 25-28)
R ev.01 C 554
36 30
29
JG5019EA
F OR E P L-N3000 (5.1)
C 554-ME C H-004
3 (with 6)
10 (with 11-31,33-39,99) 11 (with 12-18) a 99 18 15 14 99 36 37 38 28 27
9 9 7 (with 8,9)
23
21 (with 11,22-27)
20 32
JG5015EA
F OR E P L-N3000 (7.1)
R ev.01 C 554
C 554-ME C H-005
EP CARTRIDGE
23 24
1 6 (with 7-15)
9 11 12
25 14 19 18 17 29 30
20
21
22
JG5016EA
F OR E P L-N3000 (8.1)
R ev.01 C 554
C 554-ME C H-006
3 (with 4-7) 2 (with 3-30)
7 14 (with 15-30) 27 26 23 30 10 30 23 20 15 18 17 19 29 (with 21-23,28,30) 12 13
25
JG5017EA
F OR E P L-N3000 (10.1)
R ev.01 C 554
C 554-ME C H-007
1 (with 2-23)
17
3 3 3 3 4 4 4
11
14
23 22
21 (with 19,20)
24 (with 25)
JG5702EA
F OR E P L-N3000 (10.2)
R ev.01 C 554
C 554-ME C H-008
9 10
11 11
JG5020EA
F OR E P L-N3000 (11.1)
R ev.01 C 554
C 802-OP T I-132
38
38
5 6 6
37 36 35 29 (with 30-33) 33 31 30
34
17 8 (with 9-17)
18 19 39
[Ref No.2]
26 22
21 22
23 25
JG5501EA
FOR 550-S heet P aper C assette Unit A4 Universal (E P L-N3000) No.1
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-133
1 (with 2-34,99)
2 (with 3,15-20) 3 (with 4-10) a
99
10 7
99 31
13
15
14
32 33 19
28
21 28 24 (with 25-28) 22
34
JG5502EA
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-134
1 7 8 11
50 (with 1-48,52,53,99) 99 (with No.2-a) 3 13
10
15
18 45 46 47 48
19 18 19 20 21 22
27 26 43 28
24 23 25 29
41
40
36
JG5004EA
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-135
1 (with 2-4)
4 40 12 11 4 13 4 4 10
4 15
10
11
17 41 17 17 16
5 (with 3,4,6-10,43)
25 40 37 36
35 34 33 32 31
27 28
29
JG5602EA
F OR Duplex Unit (E P L-N3000) No.1
R ev.01
C 802-OP T I-136
The parts to which no reference number is assigned will not be available as after-sale service parts.
2
55 48
7 46 8 11
15
49(with 47)
50(with 47) 18 20
16
11
30 31 29 28 27
22
36
26
35 (with 13,36-39) 40 (with 41-44,53)
25
JG5801EA
F OR S T AC K E R (E P L-N3000) No.1
R ev.01
1.1.1
1.1.14
1.1.10
1.1.2
[Ref PL10.1] 1.1.7
1.1.8
1.1.15
1.1.9 1.1.6
1.1.9
1.1.3
1.1.4
1.1.5
Only numbered Service Parts are available.
JG5014EA
EPSON AcuLaser M4000N (1.1)
Rev.1
CA10-CASE-001
12.1.1
12.1.19 12.1.36
12.1.21 12.1.16
12.1.26 12.1.17
12.1.13 12.1.4 12.1.5 12.1.33
12.1.6
12.1.34
12.1.7
12.1.8
JG5018EA
EPSON AcuLaser M4000N
(12.1)
Rev.01 CA10-ELEC-001
2.1.50 (with 1-39) 2.1.1 2.1.3 2.1.8 2.1.11 2.1.13 2.1.6 2.1.5
2.1.7
2.1.10
2.1.15
2.1.18
2.1.19 2.1.18 2.1.19
2.1.39 2.1.38 2.1.37
2.1.20
2.1.21
2.1.26 2.1.25 2.1.35 2.1.27
2.1.23 2.1.24
2.1.28
2.1.33 2.1.32
JG5002EA
Rev.01
CA10-MACH-001
4.1.1 4.1.3 4.1.11 4.1.13
4.1.50 (with 1-48,52,53)
4.1.7 4.1.8
4.1.5
4.1.10
4.1.15
4.1.6
4.1.18 4.1.47 4.1.46 4.1.45 4.1.48
4.1.19 4.1.18 4.1.19
4.1.20 4.1.21
4.1.24 4.1.23 4.1.27 4.1.26 4.1.25 4.1.28 4.1.43 4.1.29
4.1.41 4.1.40
4.1.36
JG5004EA
Rev.01 CA10-MECH-002
5.1.6
5.1.12 5.1.38 5.1.37
5.1.17
5.1.15
5.1.21
5.1.23 5.1.30
JG5019EA
7.1.3(with 6)
7.1.9 7.1.9 7.1.7 (with 8,9)
7.1.14
7.1.36
7.1.38
7.1.20
JG5015EA
8.1.5
EP CARTRIDGE*
8.1.23
8.1.24 8.1.2 8.1.1
8.1.9
8.1.11 8.1.25
8.1.12
8.1.15 8.1.19 8.1.18
8.1.14
8.1.17
8.1.29 8.1.30
8.1.21
8.1.22
JG5016EA
10.1.3 (with 4-7)
10.1.7
10.1.27 10.1.26 10.1.10 10.1.12 10.1.23 10.1.30 10.1.30 10.1.23 10.1.22 10.1.22 10.1.22 10.1.22 10.1.20 10.1.15 10.1.18 10.1.17 10.1.29 (with 21-23,28,30) 10.1.19 10.1.13
10.1.25
JG5017EA
10.2.1 (with 2-23)
10.2.3 10.2.3 10.2.3 10.2.3
10.2.17
10.2.4 10.2.4 10.2.4 10.2.4
10.2.6
10.2.11
10.2.14
10.2.23
10.2.22
10.2.21 (with 19,20)
10.2.24 (with25)
JG5702EA
EPSON AcuLaser M4000N (10.2) Rev.01 CA10-MECH-007
11.1.3 11.1.2
11.1.4
11.1.9
11.1.10
11.1.11
11.1.11
JG5020EA
EPSON AcuLaser M4000N
(11.1)
20.1.38
20.1.38
20.1.5
(JD2083)
20.1.6
(P820)
20.1.37 20.1.36 20.1.35 (P801)
(J85) (J80) (P855)
(J82) (J83)
20.1.6
20.1.17 20.1.34
(J820)
20.1.8 (with 9-17)
(J802)
20.1.18
(P802) (J801) (J84)

20.1.39 20.1.26 20.1.19
(PD8483) [Ref PL20.2.1]
20.1.22
20.1.22
20.1.25
J25501AA
550-Sheet Paper Cassette Unit for AcuLaser M4000N (20.1)
Rev.01 C802-OPTI-202
20.2.6 20.2.31 20.2.14
20.2.32 20.2.33
20.2.28 20.2.28 20.2.22
20.2.21
20.2.24 (with 25-28)
JG5502EA
20.3.50 (with 1-13,15-32,34-48,52,53)

20.3.1 20.3.3
20.3.7
20.3.8
20.3.11 20.3.13
20.3.5
20.3.10
20.3.15
20.3.6
20.3.19 20.3.18 20.3.18 20.3.19 20.3.47 20.3.46 20.3.45 20.3.48
20.3.20 20.3.21
20.3.24 20.3.23 20.3.27 20.3.26 20.3.25 20.3.28 20.3.43 20.3.29
20.3.41 20.3.40
20.3.36
JG5004AB
21.1.1 (with 2-4)
21.1.40
21.1.10 21.1.7
21.1.12
21.1.11
21.1.43
21.1.13 21.1.10 21.1.15 21.1.5 (with 3,4,6-10) 21.1.17 21.1.16
21.1.11
21.1.41
21.1.17 21.1.17
21.1.25 21.1.40
21.1.37 21.1.36 21.1.45 21.1.35 21.1.34 21.1.33 21.1.27 21.1.28
21.1.31 21.1.32
21.1.29
JG5602EA
Duplex Unit for AcuLaser M4000N (21.1)
Revision C
Table 7-10. Main Unit
Ref. No 12-01-32 12-01-33 12-01-34 12-01-35 02-01-01 Code 1037269 1276214 1276215 2085196 1275134 1246285 1249129 1249109 1249140 1275136 1275137 1275138 1249143 1275139 1249131 1249103 1249132 1249104 1249133 1249134 1249135 1249137 1249136 1275140 1275141 1275142 1275143 1275144 1275145 1275146 1246284 1275134 SPRING TYPE-B SHIELD CONT OPTION BOARD ASSY.SUB COVER CST FRICTION CLUTCH SPRING RETARD GEAR PB L GEAR BTM ONEWAY PLATE ASSY BTM GUIDE ASSY SD L 150 GUIDE ASSY SD R 150 GEAR LOCK ONEWAY SPRING BTM UP 150 PLATE GEAR LOCK 150 GEAR PB R RACK BTM LOCK 150 GEAR LOCK PINION SPRING BTM LOCK GEAR LEVER LOCK LEVER BTM LOCK SPRING STOPPER GEAR STOPPER GEAR RACK SIZE HANDLE EXTENSION 150 GUIDE ASSY END 150 LINK SW SIZE 1-150 LINK SW SIZE 2-150 LINK SW SIZE 3-150 150 PAPER CASSETTE KIT ROLL ASSY FEED COVER CST Name GUIDE RAIL TYPE-B
7.7 ASP List (Parts List)

This section shows the Parts List of main unit of printer, 550-Sheet Cassette Unit A4 Universal, Duplex Unit and Stacker. EPL-N3000
Main unit
Ref. No 01-01-01 01-01-02 01-01-03 01-01-04 01-01-05 01-01-06 01-01-09 01-01-10 01-01-11 01-01-12 01-01-13 12-01-01 12-01-04 12-01-05 12-01-06 12-01-07 12-01-08 12-01-10 12-01-13 12-01-16 12-01-17 12-01-19 12-01-21 12-01-26 12-01-29 Code 2085197 1275127 1275128 1275129 1275130 1275131 1062429 2085522 2086897 1275132 1275133 2086939 2082559 2084182 2082675 2082561 2086943 2086945 2086757 2086946 2082677 2086969 2082678 2086972 2084530 CONTROL PANEL COVER OPEN COVER REAR COVER RIGHT COVER FRONT COVER LEFT STOPPER WIRE HARNESS SWITCH I/L ASSY COVER S EXIT COVER TOP ASSY HARNESS ASSY LVPS PWBA EXIT MOTOR LVPS 220 M POWER SWITCH INTERLOCK SWITCH HARNESS ASSY AC 220V FAN MAIN "BOARD ASSY., MAIN" FFC ASSY ESS HARNESS ASSY CHUTE HVPS/MCU 220V HARNESS ASSY FDR1 HARNESS ASSY OCT1 "BOARD ASSY,MEMORY" Name
02-01-03 02-01-06 02-01-07 02-01-08 02-01-10 02-01-11 02-01-13 02-01-15 02-01-18 02-01-19 02-01-20 02-01-21 02-01-23 02-01-24 02-01-25 02-01-26 02-01-27 02-01-28 02-01-32 02-01-33 02-01-35 02-01-37 02-01-38 02-01-39 02-01-50 02-01-99 04-01-01
Appendix
ASP List (Parts List)
468 Confidential

Ref. No 04-01-03 04-01-06 04-01-07 04-01-08 04-01-10 04-01-11 04-01-13 04-01-15 04-01-18 04-01-19 04-01-20 04-01-21 04-01-22 04-01-23 04-01-24 04-01-25 04-01-26 04-01-27 04-01-28 04-01-29 04-01-36 04-01-40 04-01-41 04-01-43 04-01-45 04-01-46 04-01-47 04-01-48 04-01-50 04-01-99 05-01-01 05-01-02 Code 1246285 1249129 1249109 1249140 1275136 1275183 1275184 1249143 1275185 1249329 1249103 1249330 1275186 1249104 1249133 1275187 1249134 1249135 1249137 1249136 1249331 1275140 1275188 1275189 1249334 1249333 1249332 1275190 1275192 1246284 2086902 2086903 SPRING RETARD GEAR PB L GEAR BTM ONEWAY PLATE ASSY BTM GUIDE ASSY SD L 550 GUIDE ASSY SD R 550 GEAR LOCK ONEWAY SPRING BTM UP 550 PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 GEAR PB R RACK BTM LOCK 550 COVER BTM UP 550 GEAR LOCK PINION SPRING BTM LOCK GEAR BTM ROCK GEAR LEVER LOCK LEVER BTM LOCK SPRING STOPPER GEAR STOPPER GEAR GUIDE INDICATOR 3 RACK SIZE HANDLE EXTENSION 550 GUIDE ASSY END 550 LINK SW SIZE 1-550 LINK SW SIZE 2-550 LINK SW SIZE 3-550 LINK SW SIZE LOW 550 PAPER CASSETTE KIT ROLL ASSY FEED 150 FEEDER ASSY CHUTE ASSY FDR1 Name FRICTION CLUTCH Ref. No 05-01-03 05-01-06 05-01-07 05-01-10 05-01-12 05-01-13 05-01-14 05-01-15 05-01-17 05-01-21 05-01-23 05-01-24 05-01-26 05-01-29 05-01-30 05-01-31 05-01-33 05-01-36 05-01-37 05-01-38 05-01-39 05-01-42 05-01-43 05-01-99 07-01-03 07-01-07 07-01-09 07-01-10 07-01-11 07-01-14 07-01-15 07-01-18 Code 1275193 1275194 1249110 1275195 1275196 1275197 1275198 1249113 1249114 2082538 2082538 1275199 1249115 1249165 2021773 1249166 1275200 1275201 2086906 2021773 2086907 1249169 1249170 1246284 2086909 1275203 1249171 2086910 1275193 1275194 1249110 1275195
Revision C
Name SUPPORT ASSY NUDGER ACUTUATOR NO PAPER GEAR IDLER NUDGER ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER ROLL REGI RUBBER CHUTE BTM FDR1 COVER ACUTUATOR ACTUATOR A ACTUATOR B CLUTCH ASSY PH CLUTCH ASSY PH CHUTE ASSY REGI VARISTER COVER SENSOR E.R.M. SENSOR SPRING REGI GEAR REGI RUBBER BLACK GEAR REGI METAL WHITE HARNESS ASSY TRAY1 E.R.M. SENSOR HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED KIT ROLL ASSY FEED GUIDE TRAY R ASSY GUIDE TRAY L ASSY LOCK CST L 550 FEEDER ASSY SUPPORT ASSY NUDGER ACUTUATOR NO PAPER GEAR IDLER NUDGER ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER
Appendix
469 Confidential

Ref. No 07-01-20 07-01-21 07-01-23 07-01-27 07-01-28 07-01-32 07-01-36 07-01-37 07-01-38 07-01-99 08-01-01 08-01-02 08-01-05 08-01-06 08-01-09 08-01-11 08-01-12 08-01-14 08-01-17 08-01-18 08-01-19 08-01-20 08-01-21 08-01-22 08-01-23 08-01-24 08-01-25 08-01-29 08-01-30 10-01-01 10-01-02 10-01-03 Code 2082538 2086911 1275198 1249169 1249170 1275683 2086920 2086907 2021773 1246284 2086921 2086922 2087365 2082553 1249173 2082668 2082669 1249174 2084178 2086923 2086924 2086925 1275221 1275222 2082555 2083944 2082556 1246469 1249186 1275223 2086929 2086930 CLUTCH ASSY PH CHUTE ASSY FDR2 COVER ACUTUATOR CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED CHUTE 550 LOWER HARNESS ASSY TRAY2 HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR E.R.M. SENSOR KIT ROLL ASSY FEED ROS ASSY HARNESS ASSY ROS FAN SUB GUIDE ASSY CRU L SPRING SL INTERLOCK S/W 24V INTERLOCK S/W 5V LEVER GUIDE HARNESS ASSY FUSER 220V LEVER FUSER LH LEVER FUSER RH FUSER ASSY 220V BTR ASSY CHUTE TRANSFER PWBA ASSY ANT HARNESS ASSY ANT GUIDE ASSY CRU R LEVER LINK LINK GEAR 3 COVER EXIT 500 500 EXIT ASSY CHUTE ASSY EXIT UPPER Name Ref. No 10-01-07 10-01-10 10-01-12 10-01-13 10-01-14 10-01-15 10-01-17 10-01-18 10-01-19 10-01-20 10-01-23 10-01-25 10-01-26 10-01-27 10-01-29 10-01-30 10-02-01 10-02-03 10-02-04 10-02-06 10-02-11 10-02-14 10-02-17 10-02-21 10-02-22 10-02-23 10-02-24 11-01-02 11-01-03 11-01-04 Code 1275226 1275227 1275228 1275229 2086931 2086932 1275230 1275231 1275232 1275233 1275247 2021773 2021773 2086933 1275735 1275252 1275253 1275256 1275257 1275258 1275259 1275261 1275263 1275264 1275266 1275269 1275270 2086938 1275275 1246467 LINK GATE OCT ACTUATOR FULL STACK ROLL EXIT GEAR 21 CHUTE ASSY EXIT LOWER MOTOR ASSY EXIT GEAR 16/49 GEAR 25-2 GEAR 25-1 GATE OCT EXIT ROLLER PINCH EXIT E.R.M. SENSOR E.R.M. SENSOR HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR CHUTE LOW ASSY ROLL PINCH OCT COVER REAR 500 ASSY ROLL PINCH FU SPRING PINCH FU GATE FU LEVER RATCH RIGHT ROLL FU LEVER GATE FU COVER REAR 500 COVER DUP STOPPER FSR TRAY FU A3 ASSY MAIN MOTOR GEAR ASSY HOUSING SPRING RELEASE
Revision C
Name
Appendix
470 Confidential

Ref. No 11-01-09 11-01-10 11-01-11 Code 1277519 1275276 1275277 GEAR 9 GEAR ASSY PLATE FOOT Name
Revision C 550-Sheet Cassette Unit A4 Universal

Table 7-11. 550-Sheet Cassette Unit A4 Universal
Ref. No 03-01-05 03-01-06 03-01-08 03-01-17 03-01-18 03-01-19 03-01-22 03-01-23 03-01-25 03-01-26 03-01-29 03-01-30 03-01-31 01-33 01-34 01-35 01-36 01-37 01-38 01-39 03-02-01 03-02-02 03-02-03 03-02-06 03-02-07 03-02-10 03-02-13 03-02-14 03-02-15 03-02-19 03-02-21 Code 2082644 1246471 2082565 2082683 2082564 2087090 1276213 1275671 1275673 2086974 2082566 2021773 1249194 2086975 2082569 2086976 2082686 2086977 1246472 1249171 2086978 2086911 1275193 1275194 1249110 1275195 1249170 1275679 1249169 1275198 2082538 Name HARNESS ASSY FDR2 SPRING EARTH TOP DRIVE ASSY OPT MOTOR FEEDER OPT ASSY SIZE HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR1 FOOT FRAME BASE FRONT COVER RE 550 HARNESS ASSY FDR5 LOW PAPER ASSY E.R.M. SENSOR ACTUATOR LOW PAPER HARNESS LOW PAPER PWBA FEEDER 550 HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR2 HARNESS ASSY CLSNR2 HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT JOINT FEEDER LOCK CST L 550 FEEDER OPTION CHUTE ASSY FDR2 SUPPORT ASSY NUDGER ACUTUATOR NO PAPER GEAR IDLER NUDGER ROLL ASSY GEAR NUDGER CLUTCH ONEWAY FEED ROLL ASSY TURN CLUTCH ONEWAY NUDGER COVER ACUTUATOR CLUTCH ASSY PH
Appendix
471 Confidential

Ref. No 03-02-22 03-02-24 03-02-28 02-31 02-32 02-33 02-34 02-99 03-03-01 03-03-03 03-03-06 03-03-07 03-03-08 03-03-10 03-03-11 03-03-13 03-03-15 03-03-18 03-03-19 03-03-20 03-03-21 03-03-22 03-03-23 03-03-24 03-03-25 03-03-26 03-03-27 03-03-28 03-03-29 03-36 03-40 03-41 Code 2082538 1275681 1249308 2086980 2086907 2021773 1275683 1246284 1275134 1246285 1249129 1249109 1249140 1275136 1275183 1275184 1249143 1275185 1249329 1249103 1249330 1275186 1249104 1249133 1275187 1249134 1249135 1249137 1249136 1249331 1275140 1275188 CLUTCH ASSY PH CHUTE OUT ASSY ROLL PINCH TURN HARNESS ASSY CLSNR1 HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR E.R.M. SENSOR CHUTE 550 LOWER KIT ROLL ASSY FEED COVER CST FRICTION CLUTCH SPRING RETARD GEAR PB L GEAR BTM ONEWAY PLATE ASSY BTM GUIDE ASSY SD L 550 GUIDE ASSY SD R 550 GEAR LOCK ONEWAY SPRING BTM UP 550 PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 GEAR PB R RACK BTM LOCK 550 COVER BTM UP 550 GEAR LOCK PINION SPRING BTM LOCK GEAR BTM ROCK GEAR LEVER LOCK LEVER BTM LOCK SPRING STOPPER GEAR STOPPER GEAR GUIDE INDICATOR 3 RACK SIZE HANDLE EXTENSION 550 Name 03-43 03-45 03-46 03-47 03-48 03-50 03-99
Revision C
Ref. No Code 1275189 1249334 1249333 1249332 1275190 1275192 1246284 Name GUIDE ASSY END 550 LINK SW SIZE 1-550 LINK SW SIZE 2-550 LINK SW SIZE 3-550 LINK SW SIZE LOW 550 PAPER CASSETTE KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
Appendix
472 Confidential
EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N Duplex Unit

Table 7-12. Duplex Unit
Ref. No 03-01-01 03-01-04 03-01-05 03-01-07 03-01-10 03-01-11 03-01-12 03-01-13 03-01-15 03-01-16 03-01-17 03-01-25 03-01-27 03-01-28 03-01-29 03-01-31 01-32 01-33 01-34 01-35 01-36 01-37 01-40 01-41 Code 1275689 1249338 1275690 2086981 1250316 1249339 1275691 1275692 1275693 1249343 1275694 1275695 2082575 2086982 2086983 2086984 2082576 2082577 2026720 2086985 1275696 1275697 1249348 1275698 HSG UPPER ASSY ROLL PINCH HSG LOWER ASSY HARNESS ASSY DUP SCREW THUMB SCREW HINGE COVER TOP LEVER LATCH RIGHT LEVER LATCH LEFT SPRING LATCH ROLLER DUP COVER LEFT SWITCH DUPLEX HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH MOTOR DUPLEX HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER PWBA DUPLEX FAN DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR SPRING ACUTUATOR ACUTUATOR DUP SCREW TAPPING COVER RIGHT Name Ref. No 03-01-01 03-01-02 03-01-04 03-01-06 03-01-07 03-01-08 03-01-11 03-01-15 03-01-16 03-01-18 03-01-20 03-01-22 03-01-25 03-01-26 03-01-27 03-01-28 03-01-29 03-01-30 03-01-31 01-35 01-36 01-40 01-46 01-48 01-49 01-50 01-55 Code 1275699 1275700 1275701 2086988 1275702 1275703 1275704 1275709 1275710 2082575 2086989 2086990 2086991 2086992 2086993 1275711 2086995 2021773 1275712 1275714 1275715 1275716 2086996 1275717 1275718 1275719 1275720 COVER ASSY OCT WEIGHT COVER REAR MOTOR ASSY OCT GEAR 45 GEAR 19/37 GEAR 19 ACUTUATOR FULL STACK ROLL OCT LOWER SWITCH DUPLEX MOTOR ASSY OFFSET PWBA OCT HARNESS ASSY OCT 2 HARNESS ASSY OCT SNR SOLENOID ASSY GATE GEAR CAM HARNESS ASSY REAR COVER E.R.M. SENSOR ACUTUATOR OCT CHUTE OFFSEET ASSY ROLL OCT UPPER TRAY ASSY OCT HARNESS ASSY OCT MOT SHAFT FULL STACK FLAPPER L FLAPPER R COVER S OCT
Revision C Stacker
Table 7-13. Stacker
Name
Appendix
473 Confidential

ACULASER M4000N Table 7-14. Main unit
Ref No 2.1.32 2.1.33 2.1.35 2.1.37 2.1.38 2.1.39 2.1.50 2.1.99 4.1.1 4.1.3 4.1.5 4.1.6 4.1.7 4.1.8 4.1.10 4.1.11 4.1.13 4.1.15 4.1.18 4.1.19 4.1.20 4.1.21 4.1.23 4.1.24 4.1.25 4.1.26 4.1.27 4.1.28 4.1.29 4.1.36 4.1.40 4.1.41 4.1.43 4.1.45 4.1.46 Code 1275140 1490824 1490825 1275143 1275144 1275145 1488762 1246284 1488759 1246285 1403731 1488760 1249109 1249140 1433072 1488765 1490826 1249143 1433075 1249329 1249103 1249330 1249104 1249133 1275187 1249134 1249135 1249137 1249136 1249331 1275140 1490828 1490829 1249334 1249333 Name RACK SIZE HANDLE EXTENSION 150 GUIDE ASSY END 150 LINK SW SIZE 1-150 LINK SW SIZE 2-150 LINK SW SIZE 3-150 150 PAPER CASSETTE KIT ROLL ASSY FEED COVER CST FRICTION CLUTCH HOLDER RETARD SPRING RETARD GEAR PB L GEAR BTM ONEWAY PLATE ASSY BTM GUIDE ASSY SD L 550 GUIDE ASSY SD R 550 GEAR LOCK ONEWAY SPRING BTM UP 550 PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 GEAR PB R RACK BTM LOCK 550 GEAR LOCK PINION SPRING BTM LOCK GEAR BTM ROCK GEAR LEVER LOCK LEVER BTM LOCK SPRING STOPPER GEAR STOPPER GEAR GUIDE INDICATOR 3 RACK SIZE HANDLE EXTENSION 550 GUIDE ASSY END 550 LINK SW SIZE 1-550 LINK SW SIZE 2-550
Revision C
Main unit
Table 7-14. Main unit
Ref No 1.1.1 1.1.2 1.1.3 1.1.4 1.1.5 1.1.6 1.1.7 1.1.8 1.1.9 1.1.10 1.1.14 1.1.15 2.1.1 2.1.3 2.1.5 2.1.6 2.1.7 2.1.8 2.1.10 2.1.11 2.1.13 2.1.15 2.1.18 2.1.19 2.1.20 2.1.21 2.1.23 2.1.24 2.1.25 2.1.26 2.1.27 2.1.28 Code 2118796 1490814 1490815 1490816 1490817 1490818 1490819 1490820 1062429 2118797 1490821 2121941 1488759 1246285 1403731 1488760 1249109 1249140 1433072 1488761 1490822 1249143 1433073 1249131 1249103 1249132 1249104 1249133 1249134 1249135 1249137 1249136 Name CONTROL PANEL COVER OPEN COVER REAR COVER RIGHT COVER FRONT COVER LEFT COVER TOP COVER STOPPER STOPPER HARNESS COVER EXIT 500 FAN MAIN 80 COVER CST FRICTION CLUTCH HOLDER RETARD SPRING RETARD GEAR PB L GEAR BTM ONEWAY PLATE ASSY BTM GUIDE ASSY SD L 150 GUIDE ASSY SD R 150 GEAR LOCK ONEWAY SPRING BTM UP 150 PLATE GEAR LOCK 150 GEAR PB R RACK BTM LOCK 150 GEAR LOCK PINION SPRING BTM LOCK GEAR LEVER LOCK LEVER BTM LOCK SPRING STOPPER GEAR STOPPER GEAR
Appendix
474 Confidential

Ref No 4.1.47 4.1.48 4.1.50 4.1.99 5.1.6 5.1.12 5.1.15 5.1.17 5.1.21 5.1.23 5.1.30 5.1.37 5.1.38 5.1.99 7.1.3 7.1.7 7.1.9 7.1.14 7.1.20 7.1.36 7.1.38 7.1.99 8.1.1 8.1.2 8.1.5 8.1.9 8.1.11 8.1.12 8.1.14 8.1.15 8.1.17 8.1.18 8.1.19 8.1.21 8.1.22 Code 1249332 1275190 1488763 1246284 1461456 1490832 1249113 1249114 2082538 2082538 2021773 2122293 2021773 1246284 2109305 1461055 1249171 1461456 2082538 2122294 2021773 1246284 2121946 2086922 2109310 1249173 2122295 2122296 1249174 1490841 2122298 2086923 2122867 1488764 1275222 Name LINK SW SIZE 3-550 LINK SW SIZE LOW 550 PAPER CASSETTE KIT ROLL ASSY FEED ACTUATOR NO PAPER ROLL REGI RUBBER ACTUATOR A ACTUATOR B CLUTCH ASSY PH CLUTCH ASSY PH E.R.M. SENSOR HARNESS ASSY TR E.R.M. SENSOR KIT ROLL ASSY FEED GUIDE TRAY R ASSY GUIDE TRAY L ASSY LOCK CST L ACTUATOR NO PAPER CLUTCH ASSY PH HARNESS ASSY TRAY 2 E.R.M. SENSOR KIT ROLL ASSY FEED ROS ASSY 45-1200 HARNESS ASSY ROS FAN SUB SPRING SL INTERLOCK S/W 24V INTERLOCK S/W 5V LEVER GUIDE GUIDE CRU LEFT HARNESS ASSY FUSER 220V LEVER FUSER LH LEVER FUSUER RH HOUSING ASSY BTR J2 CHUTE TRANSFER Ref No 8.1.23 8.1.24 8.1.25 8.1.29 8.1.30 10.1.3 10.1.7 10.1.10 10.1.12 10.1.13 10.1.15 10.1.17 10.1.18 10.1.19 10.1.20 10.1.22 10.1.23 10.1.25 10.1.26 10.1.27 10.1.29 10.1.30 10.2.1 10.2.3 10.2.4 10.2.6 10.2.11 10.2.14 10.2.17 10.2.21 10.2.22 10.2.23 10.2.24 11.1.2 11.1.3 Code 2109125 2109126 2109127 1432839 1249186 2086930 1275226 1490848 1275228 1275229 2121947 1275230 1275231 1275232 1275233 1408638 1408636 2021773 2021773 2086933 1275735 1408637 1490858 1275256 1275257 1275258 1490860 1275261 1490861 1490862 1490863 1275269 1493388 2121948 1275275
Revision C
Name PWBA ASSY ANT HARNESS ASSY ANT GUIDE ASSY CRU R LEVER LINK LINK GEAR 3 CHUTE ASSY EXIT UPPER LINK GATE OCT ACTUATOR FULL STACK ROLL EXIT GEAR 21 MOTOR ASSY EXIT GEAR 16/49 GEAR 25-2 GEAR 25-1 GATE OCT EXIT SPRING PINCH EXIT ROLLER PINCH EXIT E.R.M. SENSOR E.R.M. SENSOR HARNESS ASSY EXIT SNR CHUTE LOW ASSY ROLL PINCH OCT COVER REAR 500 ASSY ROLL PINCH FU SPRING PINCH FU GATE FU LEVER LATCH RIGHT ROLL FU LEVER GATE FU COVER REAR 500 COVER DUP STOPPER FSR TRAY FU A4 ASSY MAIN MOTOR45 GEAR ASSY HOUSING
Appendix
475 Confidential

Ref No 11.1.4 11.1.9 11.1.10 11.1.11 12.1.1 12.1.4 12.1.5 12.1.6 12.1.7 12.1.8 12.1.13 12.1.16 12.1.17 12.1.19 12.1.21 12.1.26 12.1.33 12.1.34 12.1.36 Code 1246467 1277519 1275276 1275277 2122302 2109131 2121950 2082675 2122303 2122304 2118794 2086946 2122588 2121951 2122589 2109322 1276214 1276215 1278889 Name SPRING RELEASE GEAR 9 GEAR ASSY PLATE FOOT HARNESS ASSY LVPS PWBA EXIT MOTOR LVPS 220V POWER SWITCH INTERLOCK S/W REAR HARNESS ASSY AC 220V "BOARD ASSY,MAIN" FFC ASSY ESS HARNESS ASSY CHUTE HVPS/MCU 220V HARNESS ASSY FDR 1 HARNESS ASSY OCT 1 SPRING TYPE-B SHIELD CONT OPTION DUCT HIGH
Revision C 550-Sheet Cassette Unit A4 Universal

Ref No 20.1.17 20.1.18 20.1.19 20.1.22 20.1.25 20.1.26 20.1.34 20.1.35 20.1.36 20.1.37 20.1.38 20.1.39 20.1.5 20.1.6 20.1.8 20.2.14 20.2.21 20.2.22 20.2.24 20.2.28 20.2.31 20.2.32 20.2.33 20.2.6 20.2.99 20.3.1 20.3.10 20.3.11 20.3.13 20.3.15 20.3.18 20.3.19 20.3.20 Code 2121954 2082564 2109323 1276213 1490880 2109324 2122306 2109325 2109148 2109326 1246472 1249171 2109142 1246471 2121953 1275679 2082538 2082538 1275681 1249308 2109329 2086907 2021773 1461456 1246284 1488759 1433072 1488765 1490826 1249143 1433075 1249329 1249103 Name MOTOR FEEDER OPT ASSY SIZE HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR 1 FOOT COVER RE 550 HARNESS ASSY FDR 5 PWBA FEEDER 550 HARNESS ASSY SIZE FDR 2 HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 2 HARNESS ASSY FDR MOT JOINT FEEDER LOCK CST L HARNESS ASSY FDR 2 SPRING EARTH TOP DRIVE ASSY OPT FDR 45 ROLL ASSY TURN CLUTCH ASSY PH CLUTCH ASSY PH CHUTE OUT ASSY ROLL PINCH TURN HARNESS ASSY CLSNR 1 HOLDER NO PAPER SENSOR E.R.M. SENSOR ACTUATOR NO PAPER KIT ROLL ASSY FEED COVER CST PLATE ASSY BTM GUIDE ASSY SD L 550 GUIDE ASSY SD R 550 GEAR LOCK ONEWAY SPRING BTM UP 550 PLATE GEAR LOCK 550 GEAR PB R
Appendix
476 Confidential

Ref No 20.3.21 20.3.23 20.3.24 20.3.25 20.3.26 20.3.27 20.3.28 20.3.29 20.3.3 20.3.36 20.3.40 20.3.41 20.3.43 20.3.45 20.3.46 20.3.47 20.3.48 20.3.5 20.3.50 20.3.6 20.3.7 20.3.8 20.3.99 Code 1249330 1249104 1249133 1275187 1249134 1249135 1249137 1249136 1246285 1249331 1275140 1490828 1490829 1249334 1249333 1249332 1275190 1403731 1488763 1488760 1249109 1249140 1246284 Name RACK BTM LOCK 550 GEAR LOCK PINION SPRING BTM LOCK GEAR BTM ROCK GEAR LEVER LOCK LEVER BTM LOCK SPRING STOPPER GEAR STOPPER GEAR FRICTION CLUTCH GUIDE INDICATOR 3 RACK SIZE HANDLE EXTENSION 550 GUIDE ASSY END 550 LINK SW SIZE 1-550 LINK SW SIZE 2-550 LINK SW SIZE 3-550 LINK SW SIZE LOW HOLDER RETARD 550 PAPER CASSETTE SPRING RETARD GEAR PB L GEAR BTM ONEWAY KIT ROLL ASSY FEED
Revision C Duplex Unit

Table 7-16. Duplex Unit
Ref No 21.1.1 21.1.10 21.1.11 21.1.12 21.1.13 21.1.15 21.1.16 21.1.17 21.1.25 21.1.27 21.1.28 21.1.29 21.1.31 21.1.32 21.1.33 21.1.34 21.1.35 21.1.36 21.1.37 21.1.40 21.1.41 21.1.43 21.1.45 21.1.5 21.1.7 Code 1275689 1250316 1432031 1490899 1490900 1275693 1249343 1275694 1490901 2082575 2086982 2109331 2086984 2122308 2121956 2026720 2086985 1275696 1275697 1432033 1490816 1490903 1490904 2121955 2109330 Name HSG UPPER ASSY SCREW THUMB SCREW HINGE COVER TOP LEVER LATCH RIGHT LEVER LATCH LEFT SPRING LATCH ROLLER DUP COVER LEFT SWITCH DUPLEX HARNESS ASSY DUP EARTH MOTOR DUPLEX HARNESS ASSY DUP COVER PWBA DUPLEX FAN DUP J2 EXIT SENSOR HARNESS ASSY DUP SNR SPRING ACUTUATOR ACUTUATOR DUP SCREW TAPPING COVER RIGHT SPRING FG DUP COVER REAR DUP HSG LOWER ASSY HARNESS ASSY DUP
Appendix
477 Confidential

Service Manual

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Deskripsi Asli:

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Service Manual

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

SERVICE MANUAL

A4 Monochrome Laser Printer

EPSON EPL-N3000 AcuLaser M4000N

About This Manual

Symbols Used in this Manual

ROS ASSY Warning Label

Maximum average electric power: 10 mW Wavelength:

The laser beam has a narrower frequency band and more

High Temperature Assembly

Laser Product Identification Marking

Improper Printer Use

Caution Label About High-temperature Surface

<SW REAR COVER>

Safety System Outline Diagram

Option 550 Feeder

(Feed Back) Out Put Control Primary Control

Heater Rod Short

/HEAT ON Short /HEAT ON Long

Heater Rod Long

<INTERLOCK S/W 24V>

<INTERLOCK S/W REAR>

<PWBA EXIT MOTOR>

A,B,/A,/B, 24VDC AFT

<MOTOR ASSY EXIT>

<FAN MAIN> <FAN SUB>

<FAN MAIN> <SWITCH DUPLEX>

<SW REAR COVER>

Option 550 Feeder

SCANNER MOTOR ON, SCANNER MOTOR CLOCK

<ROS ASSY> <HVPS/MCU> LDD SCANNER MOTOR Control

CRU A,CRU B,INA,INB /INA,/INB

Low Voltage Generation POWER SWITCH

Heater Rod Short

/HEAT ON Short /HEAT ON Long POWER SAVE 1 POWER SAVE 2

MAIN MOTOR ON MAIN MOTOR ALM

Heater Rod Long

<INTERLOCK S/W 24V>

<INTERLOCK S/W REAR>

<PWBA EXIT MOTOR>

A,B,/A,/B, 24VDC AFT

<MOTOR ASSY EXIT>

Oct 31, 2003 Nov 21, 2003 Feb 29, 2008

EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N

1.2 List of Printer Messages ................................................................................... 30

Chapter 2 Operating Principles

EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N

EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N

Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly

EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N

EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N

EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N

EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N

1.1 Product Specifications

Item Power Max. consumption (100V/ Printing 110V/220240V) Sleep Stand by

1.1.1 Basic Specifications

Storage and transportation conditions Life

Equipped with LCD

Dimensions (Main unit) Weight (Main unit) Power supply

EPSON EPL-N3000/AcuLaser M4000N

EXTERNAL VIEW AND PART NAMES Table 1-1. Names of Parts

Table 1-2. Names of Parts

USB interface connector

8 1 2 3 7 10 6 5 4 8 9 5 11 8 7 6 7 5 6 AcuLaser M4000N 3 Figure 1-2. Rear View 12 4 EPL-N3000 9 1 2

Replace Toner Cartridge Paper Set ttt6 uuu7